DARC-051 Suministro e Instalacion Del Sistema Contraincendios.

INDICE DE ANEXOS.
ANEXO 1: TUBERIA Y ACCESORIOS PARA RED EXTERIOR DEL SISTEMA CONTRAINCENDIOS.

ANEXO 2: TUBERIA Y ACCESORIOS PARA RED INTERIOR DEL SISTEMA CONTRAINCENDIOS.
ENEXO 3: HIDRANTES Y SUS COMPONENTES.
ANEXO 4: GABINETE CLASE II Y GABINETE CLASE III, COMPONENTES.
ANEXO 5: RISER Y SUS COMPONENTES.
ANEXO 6: EXTINTORES.
ANEXO 7: ROCIADORES.
ANERXO 8: EQUIPO DE BOMBEO PRINCIPAL.
ANEXO 9: EQUIPO DE BOMBEO PRINCIPAL.
ANEXO 10: EQUIPO DE BOMBEO SECUNDARIO.
ANEXO 11: TANQUE DE RESERVA DE DIESEL.
ANEXO 12: CONTROLADOR DE EQUIPO DE BOMBEO PRINCIPAL.
ANEXO 13: CONTROLADOR DE EQUIPO DE BOMBEO SECUNDARIO.
ANEXO 14: VALVULERIA Y ACCESORIO DEL ARBOL DE DESCARGA.
TUBERIA Y ACCESORIOS PARA
RED EXTERIOR DEL SISTEMA
CONTRAINCENDIOS.
MUNICIPAL
AWWA C900/IB PVC Pressure Pipe
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
GASKETED INTEGRAL BELL
North American Pipe Corporation’s AWWA C900

Gasketed Integral Bell PVC Pipe product line is
manufactured to meet the needs of modern municipal
water, wastewater, and reclaimed water systems.
With top quality raw materials and modern processing
technology, our C900 pipe meets all industry standards in
addition to our own rigorous quality control requirements.
Our C900 pipe utilizes Rieber style gaskets throughout

the entire product offering to create a leak-free joint.
Short Form Specification

Pipe Standard: AWWA C900-16
Diameter Std.: Cast Iron Outside Diameter (CIOD)

4", 6", 8", 10", 12", 14", 16",
Nominal Sizes:
18", 20", 24", 30", 36"
Dimension Ratios DR 51 – 80 psi DR 18 – 235 psi
& Pressure DR 41 – 100 psi (185 psi)**
Ratings: DR 32.5 – 125 psi DR 14 – 305 psi
DR 25 – 165 psi (250 psi)**
DR 21 – 200 psi
Lay Length: 20' [6.1m]
Pipe Compound: ASTM D1784 Cell Class 12454
Pipe Joint Std.: ASTM D3139

Max. Angular
1°
Joint Deflection:‡
Gasket Standard: ASTM F477, UL 157
Gasket Material Standard – SBR
Offerings: Optional – NBR or EPDM
Installation Std.: AWWA C605
Potable Waste- Reclaimed

Applications Water water Water
Color: Blue Green Purple
NSF 14
NSF 61
Certifications:* CSA B137.3 CSA B137.3 CSA B137.3
UL 1285
FM 1612**
*See Certification Letter for full explanation and list of exceptions.

**FM 1612 calculates pressure ratings differently than AWWA for
4"-12" only with DR 18 as 185 psi and DR 14 as 250 psi.
‡See Installation Guide for more information.
Only products
bearing the NSF
Mark are Certified
NorthAmericanPipe.com
1.855.624.7473 MU-PS-001 0817
North American Pipe Corporation, a Westlake company
Copyright © 2017 North American Pipe Corporation. All rights reserved.
MUNICIPAL
C900/IB PIPE DIMENSIONS & PERFORMANCE

Outside Pressure Min. Wall Internal Approx. Bell Bell 1st 2nd
Nom. Diameter Class Thickness Diameter Diameter Depth Insertion Insertion
Size (OD) DR psi [kPa] (T) (ID) (BD) (C) Mark (L1) Mark (L2)
25 165 0.192 4.416
4" 4.800 18 235 0.267 4.266 6.250 5.000 3.375 4.375
14 305 0.343 4.114
25 165 0.276 6.348
6" 6.900 18 235 0.383 6.134 8.625 5.750 4.625 5.625
14 305 0.493 5.914
25 165 0.362 8.326
8" 9.050 18 235 0.503 8.044 11.500 7.000 5.625 6.625
14 305 0.646 7.758
25 165 0.444 10.212
10" 11.100 18 235 0.617 9.866 14.000 7.250 6.125 7.125
14 305 0.793 9.514
25 165 0.528 12.144
12" 13.200 18 235 0.733 11.734 16.563 8.000 6.875 7.875
14 305 0.943 11.314
32.5 125 [860] 0.471 [12.0] 14.358 [364.7]
25 165 [1150] 0.612 [15.6] 14.076 [357.5]
14" 15.300 19.063 9.000 7.500 8.500
21 200 0.729 13.842
[350mm] [388.6] [484.2] [228.6] [190.5] [215.9]
18 235 [1620] 0.850 [21.6] 13.600 [345.4]
14 305 1.093 13.114
41 100 0.424 16.552
32.5 125 [860] 0.535 [13.6] 16.330 [414.8]
16" 17.400 25 165 [1150] 0.696 [17.7] 16.008 [406.6] 21.750 10.000 8.500 9.500
[400mm] [442.0] 21 200 0.829 15.742 [552.5] [254.0] [215.9] [241.3]
18 235 [1620] 0.967 [24.6] 15.466 [392.8]
14 305 1.243 14.914
1.855.624.7473 MU-PS-001 0817
MUNICIPAL
C900/IB PIPE DIMENSIONS & PERFORMANCE

Outside Pressure Min. Wall Internal Approx. Bell Bell 1st 2nd
Nom. Diameter Class Thickness Diameter Diameter Depth Insertion Insertion
Size (OD) DR psi [kPa] (T) (ID) BD) (C) Mark (L1) Mark (L2)
41 100 0.476 18.548
32.5 125 [860] 0.600 [15.2] 18.300 [464.8]
18" 19.500 23.563 10.375 8.875 9.875
25 165 [1150] 0.780 [19.8] 17.940 [455.7]
[450mm] [459.3] [598.5] [263.5] [225.4] [250.8]
21 200 0.929 17.642
18 235 [1620] 1.083 [27.5] 17.334 [440.3]
32.5 125 [860] 0.665 [16.9] 20.270 [514.9]
20" 21.600 25 165 [1150] 0.864 [22.0] 19.872 [504.7] 26.063 11.000 9.500 10.500
[500mm] [548.6] 21 200 1.029 19.542 [662.0] [279.4] [241.3] [266.7]
18 235 [1620] 1.200 [30.5] 19.200 [487.7]
41 100 0.629 24.542
32.5 125 [860] 0.794 [20.2] 24.212 [615.0]
24" 25.800 31.063 13.000 11.500 12.500
25 165 [1150] 1.032 [26.2] 23.736 [602.9]
[600mm] [655.3] [789.0] [330.2] [292.1] [317.5]
21 200 1.229 23.342
18 235 [1620] 1.433 [36.4] 22.934 [582.5]
51 80 0.627 30.746
41 100 0.780 30.440
30" 32.000 32.5 125 0.985 30.030 37.500 15.125 13.625 14.625
25 165 1.280 29.440
21 200 1.524 28.952
51 80 0.751 36.798
41 100 0.934 36.432
36" 38.300 32.5 125 1.178 35.944 44.500 19.125 17.625 18.625
25 165 1.532 35.236
21 200 1.824 34.652
Notes:
1. These dimensions are for estimating purposes only. All dimensions not in brackets are in inches unless otherwise
specified.
2. Products certified to CSA B137.3 have dimensions in brackets in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
3. DR = Dimension Ratio
4. AWWA and CSA Pressure Class @ 73°F [23°C] which includes a 2:1 safety factor.
5. Internal diameter calculated using nominal outside diameter and minimum wall thickness.
6. Dimension given for Approx. Bell Diameter (BD) is for highest pressure class.
1.855.624.7473 MU-PS-001 0817
Victaulic® Vic-Flange Adapters
Styles 741 and 743 06.06
Style 741 Style 741

Exaggerated for clarity Exaggerated for clarity
2 − 12"/DN50 − DN300 14 − 24"/DN350 − DN600
Style 743
Exaggerated for clarity
2 – 12"/DN50 – DN300
1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Available Sizes
• Style 741: 2 – 24"/DN50 – DN600
• Style 743: 2 – 12"/DN50 – DN300
Maximum Working Pressure
• Style 741: Up to 300 psi/2068 kPa/20 Bar
• Style 743: Up to 720 psi/4964 kPa/49 Bar
Application
• Designed to transition from flanged to grooved piping systems
Pipe Material
• Carbon steel
• For use with stainless steel pipe, refer to Victaulic publication 17.09 for pressure ratings and end loads.
• For use with PVC pipe, refer to Victaulic publication 32.01 for pressure ratings.
• For use with aluminum pipe, refer to Victaulic publication 21.04 for pressure ratings and end loads.
• For exceptions reference section 6.0 Notifications
ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT.
System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph
Submitted By Date Approved Date
victaulic.com
06.06 1534 Rev T Updated 05/2020 © 2020 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
1
victaulic.com
2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS
NOTE
• See Victaulic publication 02.06: Victaulic Potable Water Approvals ANSI/NSF for potable water approvals if applicable.
3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL

Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A395, Grade
65-45-15, is available upon special request.
Housing Coating: (specify choice)
Standard: Black enamel.
Optional: Hot dipped galvanized.
Optional: Contact Victaulic with your requirements for other coatings.
Gasket: (specify choice1)
Victaulic Grade “E” EPDM
EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range –30ºF to +230ºF/–34ºC to +110ºC. May be specified for hot
water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical
services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73°F/+23°C and hot +180°F/+82°C potable
water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES OR STEAM
SERVICES.
Victaulic Grade “T” Nitrile

Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range 20ºF to +180ºF/29ºC to +82ºC. May be specified
for oil related services, including air with oil vapor, this gasket may be specified for temperatures rated
up to +180°F/+82°C. For water related services, this gasket may be specified for temperatures rated up
to +150°F/+66°C. For oil free, dry air services, this gasket may be specified for temperatures rated up to
+140°F/+60°C. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER SERVICES OR STEAM SERVICES.
Others

For alternate gasket selection, reference publication 05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide.
1 Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should
always be made to the latest Victaulic Seal Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible.
Draw Bolts/Nuts (14 – 24"/DN350 – DN600 only):

Carbon steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial) and
ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (metric). Carbon steel hex flange nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of
ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial - heavy hex nuts) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric - hex nuts). Track bolts and
hex flange nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 ZN/FE5, finish Type III (imperial) or Type II (metric).
victaulic.com 2
victaulic.com
4.0 DIMENSIONS
Style 741
2 – 12"/DN50 – DN300
ANSI Class 125 and 150 Flanges
Z
Mating
Vic- Flange
Flange
X Y W
A B
Proper Gasket Positioning Max. Min.
Shaded area of mating face must be free

from gouges, undulations or deformities Exaggerated for clarity
of any type for effective sealing.
Size Assembly Bolt/Nut2 Sealing Surface Dimensions Weight

Actual
Outside “A” “B” Approximate
Nominal Diameter Qty. Size Max. Min. W X Y Z (Each)
inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb
DN mm inches mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
2 2.375 2.38 3.41 6.75 6.00 4.75 0.75 3.1
4 5/8 x 2 3/4
DN50 60.3 60 87 172 152 121 19 1.4
2 1/2 2.875 2.88 3.91 7.88 7.00 5.50 0.88 4.8
4 5/8 x 3
73.0 73 99 200 178 140 22 2.1
3 3.500 3.50 4.53 8.50 7.50 6.00 1.00 5.3
4 5/8 x 3
DN80 88.9 89 115 216 191 152 25 2.4
4 4.500 4.50 5.53 10.00 9.00 7.50 1.00 7.4
8 5/8 x 3
DN100 114.3 114 141 254 229 191 25 3.4
5 5.563 5.56 6.71 11.00 10.00 8.50 1.00 8.6
8 3/4 x 3 1/2
141.3 141 171 279 254 216 25 3.9
6 6.625 6.63 7.78 12.00 11.00 9.50 1.00 9.9
8 3/4 x 3 1/2
DN150 168.3 168 198 305 279 241 25 4.5
8 8.625 8.63 9.94 14.75 13.50 11.75 1.13 16.6
8 3/4 x 3 1/2
DN200 219.1 219 252 375 343 298 29 7.5
10 10.750 10.75 12.31 17.25 16.00 14.25 1.25 24.2
12 7/8 x 4
DN250 273.0 273 313 438 406 362 32 11.0
12 12.750 12.75 14.31 20.25 19.00 17.00 1.25 46.8
12 7/8 x 4
DN300 323.9 324 364 514 483 432 32 21.2
2 Total assembly bolts required to be supplied by installer.
NOTE
• IMPORTANT: Style 741 Vic-Flange adapters provide rigid joints when used on pipe with standard cut or roll groove dimensions and consequently allow no linear
or angular movement at the joint. When used with Victaulic Series 700 butterfly valves, plastic pipe or light wall metallic pipe, small teeth in I.D. of key section
should be removed and may be used on one side of the valve. Contact Victaulic for information on ISO 2084 (PN10); DIN 2532 (PN10) and JIS B-2210 (10K)
flanges.
victaulic.com 3
victaulic.com
4.1 DIMENSIONS
Style 741
DN50 – DN300/2 – 12"
PN10 and PN16 Flanges
Z
Mating
Vic- Flange
Flange
X Y W
A B

Size PN10 Flanges PN16 Flanges Sealing Surface Dimensions Weight

Assembly Assembly
Actual Bolt/Nut2 Bolt/Nut2
Nominal Diameter Qty. Size Qty. Size Max. Min. W X Y Z (Each)
DN mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
inches inches mm mm inches inches inches inches inches inches lb
DN50 60.3 60 87 178 165 127 22 1.4
4 16 4 16
2 2.375 2.38 3.41 7.00 6.50 5.00 0.88 3.1
DN65 76.1 76 103 210 187 146 22 2.1
4 16 4 16
3.000 3.00 4.05 8.25 7.38 5.75 0.88 4.7
DN80 88.9 89 115 219 200 162 22 2.4
8 16 8 16
3 3.500 3.50 4.53 8.63 7.88 6.38 0.88 5.4
DN100 114.3 114 141 251 229 181 25 3.5
8 16 8 16
4 4.500 4.50 5.55 9.88 9.00 7.13 1.00 7.7
DN125 139.7 141 171 276 251 213 29 4.2
8 16 8 16
5.500 5.55 6.73 10.88 9.88 8.38 1.13 9.3
159.0 159 187 314 289 241 29 4.5
8 20 8 20
6.250 6.25 7.36 12.38 11.38 9.50 1.13 10.0
165.1 165 192 305 279 241 25 5.0
8 3/4 x 3 1/2 8 3/4 x 3 1/2
6.500 6.50 7.56 12.00 11.00 9.50 1.00 11.0
DN150 168.3 168 198 302 279 241 25 4.5
8 20 8 20
6 6.625 6.63 7.78 11.88 11.00 9.50 1.00 10.0
DN200 219.1 219 252 3683 3433 2953 293 7.5
8 20 12 20
8 8.625 8.63 9.94 14.50 13.50 11.63 1.13 16.6
DN250 273.0 273 313 4384 3974 3524 294 11.0
12 20 12 24
10 10.750 10.75 12.31 17.25 15.63 13.88 1.13 24.2
DN300 323.9 324 365 4795 4605 4005 325 17.4
12 20 12 24
12 12.750 12.75 14.31 18.88 18.13 15.75 1.25 38.4
3 PN16 dimensions (mm/inches): W = 360/14.17; X = 340/13.38; Y = 295/11.63; Z = 32/1.25.
NOTES
• Longer bolts required when flange utilized with wafer-type valves.
• IMPORTANT: Style 741 Vic-Flange adapters provide rigid joints when used on pipe with standard cut or roll groove dimensions and consequently allow no linear
or angular movement at the joint. When used with Victaulic Series 700 butterfly valves, plastic pipe or light wall metallic pipe, small teeth in I.D. of key section
should be removed and may be used on one side of the valve. Contact Victaulic for information on ISO 2084 (PN10); DIN 2532 (PN10) and JIS B-2210 (10K)
flanges.
victaulic.com 4
victaulic.com
4.2 DIMENSIONS
Style 741
DN50 – DN200/2 – 8"
Australian Standard Table “E” Flanges
Z
Mating
Vic- Flange
Flange
X Y W
A B


Actual
inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb
DN506 60.3 60 84 165 152 114 19 1.9
4 5/8 x 2 3/4
2 2.375 2.38 3.31 6.50 6.00 4.50 0.75 4.1
DN80 88.9 89 113 200 191 146 25 2.4
4 5/8 x 3
3 3.500 3.50 4.44 7.88 7.50 5.75 1.00 5.4
DN100 114.3 114 131 251 229 178 25 3.3
8 5/8 x 3
4 4.500 4.50 5.16 9.88 9.00 7.00 1.00 7.2
DN150 168.3 168 192 286 279 235 25 4.5
8 3/4 x 3 1/2
6 6.625 6.63 7.56 11.25 11.00 9.25 1.00 9.9
DN200 219.1 219 247 368 343 292 29 5.7
8 3/4 x 3 1/2
8 8.625 8.63 9.72 14.50 13.50 11.50 1.13 12.5
6 Contact Victaulic for details.
victaulic.com 5
victaulic.com
4.2 DIMENSIONS
Style 741
DN50 – DN200/2 – 8"
Chinese Standard Table "E" Flanges
Z
Mating
Vic- Flange
Flange
X Y W
A B


Actual
inches inches mm inches inches inches inches inches inches lb
DN50 60.3 60 87 172 152 121 19 1.4
4 M16 X 70
2 2.375 2.38 3.41 6.75 6.00 4.75 0.75 3.1
DN65 76.1 78 94 210 187 146 22 2.1
4 M16 X 70
3.000 3.07 3.68 8.25 7.38 5.75 0.88 4.7
DN80 88.9 89 115 213 191 152.4 25 2.4
8 M16 X 76
3 3.500 3.50 4.53 8.38 7.50 6.00 1.00 5.4
108.0 110 126 248 222 181 25 3.5
8 M16 X 76
4.250 4.33 4.97 9.75 8.75 7.13 1.00 7.7
DN100 114.3 114 141 251 229 191 25 3.5
8 M16 X 76
4 4.500 4.50 5.55 9.88 9.00 7.50 1.00 7.7
133.0 135 153 276 251 213 29 3.9
8 M16 X 76
5.250 5.33 6.02 10.88 9.88 8.38 1.13 8.6
DN125 139.7 142 160 276 251 213 29 3.9
8 M16 X 76
5.500 5.59 6.28 10.88 9.88 8.38 1.13 8.6
159.0 159 187 314 289 241 29 4.5
8 M20 X 89
6.250 6.25 7.36 12.38 11.38 9.50 1.13 10.0
165.1 165 195 305 280 241 29 4.5
8 M20 X 89
6.500 6.50 7.68 12.00 11.00 9.50 1.13 10.0
DN200 219.1 219 252 368 343 298 29 7.5
12 M20 X 89
8 8.625 8.63 9.94 14.50 13.50 11.75 1.13 16.6
NOTES
• IMPORTANT NOTE: Style 741 Vic-Flange adapters provide rigid joints when used on pipe with standard cut or roll groove dimensions and consequently allow no linear
or angular movement at the joint. When used with Victaulic Series 700 butterfly valves, plastic pipe or light wall metallic pipe, small teeth in I.D. of key section should
be removed and may be used on one side of the valve. Contact Victaulic for information on ISO 2084 (PN10); DIN 2532 (PN10) and JIS B-2210 (10K) flanges.
victaulic.com 6
victaulic.com
4.3 DIMENSIONS
Style 741
14 – 24"/DN350 – DN6007
Z
V
Mating
Vic- Flange
Flange
A
X
B Y T W
A B

Size Bolt/Nut Sealing Surface Dimensions Weight

Actual Assembly2 Draw8
Nominal Diameter Qty. Size Qty. Size Max. Min. T V W X Y Z (Each)
inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb
DN mm inches inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
14 14.000 14.00 16.39 19.38 1.00 24.50 21.00 18.75 2.50 62.0
12 1 x 41/2 4 5/8 x 31/2
DN350 355.6 356 416 492 25 622 533 476 64 28.1
16 16.000 16.00 18.39 21.50 1.00 27.13 23.50 21.25 2.50 79.0
16 1 x 4 1/2 4 5/8 x 31/2
DN400 406.4 406 467 546 25 689 597 540 64 35.8
18 18.000 18.00 20.00 22.25 1.00 29.00 25.50 22.75 2.75 82.3
16 1 1/8 x 4 3/4 4 3/4 x 41/4
DN450 457.0 457 508 565 25 737 648 578 70 37.3
20 20.000 20.00 22.50 25.00 1.00 31.50 27.50 25.00 2.75 103.3
20 1 1/8 x 5 1/4 4 3/4 x 41/4
DN500 508.0 508 572 635 25 800 699 635 70 46.9
24 24.000 24.00 27.75 29.00 1.00 36.00 32.00 29.50 3.00 142.0
20 1 1/4 x 5 3/4 4 3/4 x 41/4
DN600 610.0 610 705 737 25 914 813 749 76 64.4
7 For
cut groove systems only. For 14 – 24"/DN350 – DN600 roll groove systems, AGS (Advanced Groove System) products are used. Style 741 is not
compatible with the AGS system.
8 Draw bolts supplied with 14 – 24"/DN350 – DN600 Vic-Flange adapters.
victaulic.com 7
victaulic.com
4.4 DIMENSIONS
Style 743
Grooved pipe adapter to ANSI Class 300 flanges
Remove to mate Z
to flat-faced
flanges.
Mating
Vic- Flange
Flange
X YW
A B


Actual
DN mm inches mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
2 2.375 2.38 3.41 7.75 6.50 5.00 1.00 4.8
8 5/8 x 3
DN50 60.3 60 87 197 165 127 25 2.2
21/2 2.875 2.88 3.91 8.63 7.50 5.88 1.13 7.4
8 3/4 x 31/4
73.0 73 99 219 191 149 29 3.4
3 3.500 3.50 4.53 9.50 8.25 6.63 1.25 9.1
8 3/4 x 31/2
DN80 88.9 89 115 241 210 168 32 4.1
4 4.500 4.50 5.53 11.38 10.00 7.88 1.38 15.3
8 3/4 x 33/4
DN100 114.3 114 141 289 254 200 35 6.9
5 5.563 5.56 6.72 12.38 11.00 9.25 1.50 17.7
8 3/4 x 4
141.3 141 171 314 279 235 38 8.0
6 6.625 6.63 7.78 13.88 12.50 10.63 1.50 23.4
12 3/4 x 41/2
DN150 168.3 168 198 352 318 270 38 10.6
8 8.625 8.63 9.94 16.75 15.00 13.00 1.75 34.3
12 7/8 x 43/4
DN200 219.1 219 252 425 381 330 44 15.6
10 10.750 10.75 12.31 19.25 17.50 15.25 2.00 48.3
16 1 x 51/4
DN250 273.0 273 313 489 445 387 51 21.9
12 12.750 12.75 14.31 22.25 20.50 17.75 2.13 70.5
16 1 1/8 x 53/4
DN300 323.9 324 363 565 521 451 54 32.0
victaulic.com 8
victaulic.com
5.0 PERFORMANCE
Style 741
2 – 12"/DN50 – DN300
Size Performance
Actual Maximum Maximum
Nominal Outside Diameter Working Pressure9 End Load9
inches inches psi lb
DN mm kPa N
2 2.375 300 1330
DN50 60.3 2068 5920
2 1/2 2.875 300 1950
73.0 2068 8680
3 3.500 300 2885
DN80 88.9 2068 12840
4 4.500 300 4770
DN100 114.3 2068 21225
5 5.563 300 7290
141.3 2068 32440
6 6.625 300 10350
DN150 168.3 2068 46060
8 8.625 300 17500
DN200 219.1 2068 77875
10 10.750 300 27215
DN250 273.0 2068 121110
12 12.750 300 38285
DN300 323.9 2068 170270
9 WorkingPressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in
accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe.
NOTE
• WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown.
Style 741
DN50 – DN300/2 – 12"
PN10 and PN16 Flanges
Size PN10 Flanges PN16 Flanges
Actual Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum
Nominal Outside Diameter Working Pressure9 End Load9 Working Pressure9 End Load9
DN mm Bar N Bar N
inches inches psi lb psi lb
DN50 60.3 10 2850 16 4561
2 2.375 145 640 230 1025
DN65 76.1 10 4540 16 7275
3.000 145 1020 230 1635
DN80 88.9 10 6210 16 9925
3 3.500 145 1395 230 2230
DN100 114.3 10 10260 16 16420
4 4.500 145 2305 230 3690
DN125 139.7 10 15330 16 24520
5.500 145 3446 230 5512
159.0 10 19800 16 31400
6.250 145 4450 230 7056
DN150 168.3 10 22250 16 35600
6 6.625 145 5000 230 8000
DN200 219.1 10 37690 16 60320
8 8.625 145 8470 230 13555
DN250 273.0 10 58560 16 93695
10 10.750 145 13160 230 21055
DN300 323.9 10 82370 16 131810
12 12.750 145 18510 230 29620
NOTE
victaulic.com 9
victaulic.com
5.0 PERFORMANCE (Continued)
Style 741
DN50 – DN200/2 – 8"
Australian Standard Table “E” Flanges
Size Performance
Outside Working End
Nominal Diameter Pressure9 Load9
DN mm kPa N
DN50 10 60.3 1400 3996
2 2.375 203 900
DN80 88.9 1400 8700
3 3.500 203 1955
DN100 114.3 1400 14374
4 4.500 203 3220
DN150 168.3 1400 31150
6 6.625 203 7000
DN200 219.1 1400 52777
8 8.625 203 11860
9 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in
10 C ontact Victaulic for details.
NOTE
Style 741
DN50 – DN200/2 – 8"
Chinese Standard Table "E" Flanges
Size Performance
Outside Working End
DN mm kPa N
DN50 60.3 1400 3996
2 2.375 203 900
DN65 76.1 1400 6365
3.000 203 1431
DN80 88.9 1400 8700
3 3.500 203 1955
108.0 1400 12819
4.250 203 2882
DN100 114.3 1400 14374
4 4.500 203 4370
133.0 1400 19440
5.250 203 4822
DN125 139.7 1400 21448
5.500 203 4822
159.0 1400 27784
6.250 203 6246
165.1 1400 29920
6.500 203 6726
DN200 219.1 1400 52777
8 8.625 203 11860
9 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in
victaulic.com 10
victaulic.com
5.0 PERFORMANCE (Continued)
Style 741
14 – 24"/DN350 – DN600
Size Performance
Outside Working End
DN mm kPa N
14 14.000 300 46180
DN350 355.6 2068 205500
16 16.000 300 60300
DN400 406.4 2068 268335
18 18.000 300 76340
DN450 457.0 2068 339700
20 20.000 300 94250
DN500 508.0 2068 419400
24 24.000 300 135700
DN600 610.0 2068 603865
NOTE
Style 743
Grooved pipe adapter to ANSI Class 300 flanges
Size Performance
Outside Working End
DN mm kPa N
2 2.375 720 3190
DN50 60.3 4964 14200
21/2 2.875 720 4670
73.0 4964 20780
3 3.500 720 6925
DN80 88.9 4964 30815
4 4.500 720 11445
DN100 114.3 4964 50930
5 5.563 720 17500
141.3 4964 77875
6 6.625 720 24805
DN150 168.3 4964 110380
8 8.625 720 42045
DN200 219.1 4964 187100
10 10.750 720 65315
DN250 273.0 4964 290650
12 12.750 720 91880
DN300 323.9 4964 408870
NOTE
victaulic.com 11
victaulic.com
6.0 NOTIFICATIONS
• The Style 741 (2 – 12"/DN50 – DN300) design incorporates small teeth inside the key shoulder I.D. to prevent
rotation. These teeth should be removed when Vic-Flange adapter is utilized with a Victaulic Series 700 grooved-
end butterfly valve, Schedule 5 pipe or plastic pipe. Vic-Flange adapter Style 741 may only be used on one side of
Victaulic Series 700 butterfly valve, sizes 2 – 4"/DN50 – DN100 fitted with standard or latch-lock handles.
• Vic-Flange adapter must be assembled so it does not interfere with handle operation. Because of the outside
flange dimension, Vic-Flange adapter should not be used within 90º of one another on a standard fitting. When
wafer or lug-type valves are used adjoining a Victaulic fitting, check disc dimensions to assure proper clearance.
• Vic-Flange adapters should not be used as anchor points for tie-rods across nonrestrained joints. Mating rubber
faced flanges, valves, etc. requires the use of a Vic-Flange washer.
• Area A-B noted in the above drawing must be free from gouges, undulations or deformities of any type for
effective sealing.
• Vic-Flange adapter gaskets must always be assembled with the color coded lip on the pipe and the other lip
facing the mating flange.
• Vic-Flange hinge points must be oriented approximately 90º to each other when mated.
• Flange Washers: Vic-Flange adapters require a smooth hard surface at the mating flange face for effective
sealing. Some applications for which the Vic-Flange adapter is otherwise well suited do not provide an adequate
mating surface. In such cases, it is recommended that a metal (Type F phenolic for Style 641 with copper
systems) Flange Washer be inserted between the Vic-Flange adapter and the mating flange to provide the
necessary sealing surface.
• Typical applications where a Flange Washer should be used are:
A. When mating to a serrated flange: a flange gasket should be used adjacent to the serrated flange and then
the Flange Washer is inserted between the Vic-Flange adapter and the flange gasket.
B. When mating to a wafer valve: where typical valves are rubber lined and partially rubber faced (smooth or
not), the Flange Washer is placed between the valve and the Vic-Flange adapter.
C. When mating a rubber faced flange: the Flange Washer is placed between the Vic-flanges and the rubber
faced flange.
D. When mating AWWA cast flanges to IPS flanges: the Flange Washer or Transition Ring is placed between two
Vic-Flange adapters with the hinge points oriented 90º to each other. If one flange is not a Vic-Flange adapter
(e.g., flanged valve), then a flange gasket must be placed adjacent to that flange and the Flange Washer
inserted between the flange gasket and the Vic-Flange adapter. Transition rings rather than Flange Washers
must be used when mating Style 741 to Style 341 Flange Adapters in sizes 14 – 24"/DN350 – DN600.
E. When mating to components (valves, strainers, etc.) where the component flange face has an insert: follow
the same arrangement as in Application 1.
• When ordering Flange Washers, always specify product style (Style 741, 743, 341, 641, 994) and size to assure
proper Flange Washer is supplied.
NOTE
• Style 741 is compatible with ANSI CL 125 or CL150, PN10/16 and Australian Standard Table E bolt hole patterns.
victaulic.com 12
victaulic.com
6.0 NOTIFICATIONS (Continued)
WARNING
• Victaulic RX roll sets must be used when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe for use with Victaulic
Couplings.
Failure to use Victaulic RX roll sets when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe may cause joint failure,
resulting in serious personal injury and/or property damage.
NOTICE
• Victaulic RX grooving rolls must be ordered separately. They are identified by a silver color and the designation
RX on the front of the roll sets.
NOTICE
• Victaulic does not recommend the use of any furnace butt-welded pipe with sizes NPS 2”/DN50 and smaller
Victaulic gasketed joint products. This includes, but is not limited to, ASTM A53 Type F pipe.
7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS

02.06: Victaulic Potable Water Approvals
05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide
10.01: Victaulic Regulatory Approval Reference Guide
17.01: Victaulic Pipe Preparation for Use on Stainless Steel Pipe With Victaulic Products
17.09: Victaulic Pressure Ratings and End Loads for Victaulic Ductile Iron Grooved Couplings on Stainless Steel Pipe
29.01: Victaulic Terms and Conditions/Warranty
1-100: Victaulic Field Installation Handbook
User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note

Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products
Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
standards and project specifications, as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.
recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to Installation
alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation
of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment
Intellectual Property Rights of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available
No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com.
product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license Warranty
under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.
or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such
material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Trademarks
property right. The terms “Patented” or “Patent Pending” refer to design or utility patents Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of
or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries.
countries.
victaulic.com 13
Your FITTING Choice ! Full Body
Mechanical Joint Fittings
Ductile Iron &
Cast Iron
® Certified to
® ANSI/NSF 61
REVOL
CE
VE
SERVI
YOU
S AROU
UR
O ND
...
WAREHOUSE & Cream Ridge, NJ Houston, TX Ontario, CA Alexander City, AL Victoriaville, Que., CAN
SALES LOCATIONS
(Russell Pipe) (SIGMA-MAG)
Warehouse, Sales & Corp. Office Warehouse & Sales Office Warehouse & Sales Office Warehouse & Sales Office Warehouse & Sales Office
PHONE (609) 758-0800 (281) 987-1200 (909) 983-7944 (256) 234-2514 (819) 758-2222
TOLL FREE (800) 999-2550 (800) 999-0109 (800) 688-6230 (800) 824-4513 (888) 744-6262
FAX (609) 758-1158/1159 (281) 987-0200 (909) 391-2033 (256) 234-4956 (819) 758-1153
FULL BODY MECHANICAL JOINT FITTINGS
Cast Iron / Ductile Iron as per AWWA / ANSI C-110 / A21.10
3"-48" FULL BODY MECHANICAL JOINT FITTINGS

BASIC SPECIFICATIONS
MATERIAL: Cast Iron ASTM A48

Ductile Iron ASTM A536
PRESSURE: Cast Iron 250 PSI Water Working Pressure
Ductile Iron 3" - 24", 350 PSI Water Working Pressure
Ductile Iron 30" - 48", 250 PSI Water Working Pressure
TESTING: In accordance with ANSI / AWWA C110 / A21.10
LAYING LENGTH: In accordance with ANSI / AWWA C110 / A21.10
CEMENT LINING: In accordance with ANSI / AWWA C104 / A21.4
COATING: Tar coated (bituminous) inside and out in accordance with
ANSI / AWWA C104 / A21.4
GASKETS: SBR In accordance with ANSI / AWWA C111 / A21.11
T-BOLTS: Low alloy corrosion resistant high strength steel in accordance with
ANSI / AWWA C111 / A21.11
APPROVALS: 3"-12" Factory Mutual Approved
STANDARDS: ANSI / AWWA C110 / A21.10
T T1
L
C
B
D B.C. A E
MECHANICAL JOINT PLAIN END

DETAILS DETAILS
BOLTS
Size A B B.C. C D E T T1 No. Size L Size O.D. L
3 3.96 2.50 6.19 3/4 7.69 7.69 .62 .94 4 5/8 3 3 3.96 5.5
4 4.80 2.50 7.50 7/8 9.12 9.12 .75 1.00 4 3/4 3.5 4 4.80 5.5
6 6.90 2.50 9.50 7/8 11.12 11.12 .88 1.06 6 3/4 3.5 6 6.90 5.5
8 9.05 2.50 11.75 7/8 13.37 13.37 1.00 1.12 6 3/4 4 8 9.05 5.5
10 11.10 2.50 14.00 7/8 15.69 15.69 1.00 1.19 8 3/4 4 10 11.10 5.5
12 13.20 2.50 16.25 7/8 17.88 17.94 1.00 1.25 8 3/4 4 12 13.20 5.5
14 15.30 3.50 18.75 7/8 20.25 20.31 1.25 1.31 10 3/4 4.5 14 15.30 8.0
16 17.40 3.50 21.00 7/8 22.50 22.56 1.31 1.38 12 3/4 4.5 16 17.40 8.0
18 19.50 3.50 23.25 7/8 24.75 24.83 1.38 1.44 12 3/4 4.5 18 19.50 8.0
20 21.60 3.50 25.50 7/8 27.00 27.08 1.44 1.50 14 3/4 4.5 20 21.60 8.0
24 25.80 3.50 30.00 7/8 31.50 31.58 1.56 1.62 16 3/4 5.0 24 25.80 8.0
30 32.00 4.00 36.88 1 1/8 39.12 39.12 2.00 1.81 20 1 6 30 32.00 8.0
36 38.30 4.00 43.75 1 1/8 46.00 46.00 2.00 2.00 24 1 6 36 38.30 8.0
42 44.50 4.00 50.62 1 3/8 53.12 53.12 2.00 2.00 28 1 1/4 6 42 44.50 8.0
48 50.80 4.00 57.50 1 3/8 60.00 60.00 2.00 2.00 32 1 1/4 6 48 50.80 8.0
Weights in pounds
Dimensions in Inches
All Weights shown without accessories
BENDS, 1/4 (90 DEG)

MJxMJ MJxMJ MJxPE MJxPE MJxMJ MJxPE
CAST DUCTILE CAST DUCTILE
IRON IRON IRON IRON Approx Approx
Size Item No. Item No. A Item No. Item No. B R T Wt. Wt.
3 CMB390 XMB390 5.5 CME390 XME390 13.5 4.0 .48 35 35
4 CMB490 XMB490 6.5 CME490 XME490 14.5 4.5 .52 55 50
6 CMB690 XMB690 8.0 CME690 XME690 16.0 6.0 .55 85 80
8 CMB890 XMB890 9.0 CME890 XME890 17.0 7.0 .60 125 120
10 CMB1090 XMB1090 11.0 CME1090 XME1090 19.0 9.0 .68 190 190
12 CMB1290 XMB1290 12.0 CME1290 XME1290 20.0 10.0 .75 255 255
14 XMB1490 14.0 XME1490 22.0 11.5 .66 340 325
16 XMB1690 15.0 XME1690 23.0 12.5 .70 430 410
18 XMB1890 16.5 XME1890 24.5 14.0 .75 545 520
20 XMB2090 18.0 XME2090 26.0 15.5 .80 680 650
24 XMB2490 22.0 XME2490 30.0 18.5 .89 1025 985
30 XMB3090 25.0 XME3090 33.0 21.5 1.03 1690 1585
36 XMB3690 28.0 XME3690 36.0 24.5 1.15 2475 2310
42 XMB4290 31.0 XME4290 39.0 27.5 1.28 3410 3200
48 XMB4890 34.0 XME4890 42.0 30.5 1.42 4595 4330
BENDS, 1/8 (45 DEG)

3 CMB345 XMB345 3.0 CME345 XME345 11.0 4.0 .48 30 30
4 CMB445 XMB445 4.0 CME445 XME445 12.0 4.5 .52 50 45
6 CMB645 XMB645 5.0 CME645 XME645 13.0 6.0 .55 75 70
8 CMB845 XMB845 5.5 CME845 XME845 13.5 7.0 .60 110 105
10 CMB1045 XMB1045 6.5 CME1045 XME1045 14.5 9.0 .68 155 155
12 CMB1245 XMB1245 7.5 CME1245 XME1245 15.5 10.0 .75 215 215
14 XMB1445 7.5 XME1445 15.5 11.5 .66 270 255
16 XMB1645 8.0 XME1645 16.0 12.5 .70 340 320
18 XMB1845 8.5 XME1845 16.5 14.0 .75 420 395
20 XMB2045 9.5 XME2045 17.5 15.5 .80 530 500
24 XMB2445 11.0 XME2445 19.0 18.5 .89 755 715
30 XMB3045 15.0 XME3045 23.0 21.5 1.03 1380 1275
36 XMB3645 18.0 XME3645 26.0 24.5 1.15 2095 1930
42 XMB4245 21.0 XME4245 29.0 27.5 1.28 2955 2745
48 XMB4845 24.0 XME4845 32.0 30.5 1.42 4080 3815
Weights in pounds
1
BENDS, 1/16 (22.5 DEG)

3 CMB322 XMB322 3.0 CME322 XME322 11.0 7.56 .48 30 30
4 CMB422 XMB422 4.0 CME422 XME422 12.0 10.06 .52 50 45
6 CMB622 XMB622 5.0 CME622 XME622 13.0 15.06 .55 75 70
8 CMB822 XMB822 5.5 CME822 XME822 13.5 17.62 .60 110 105
10 CMB1022 XMB1022 6.5 CME1022 XME1022 14.5 22.62 .68 160 160
12 CMB1222 XMB1222 7.5 CME1222 XME1222 15.5 27.62 .75 220 220
14 XMB1422 7.5 XME1422 15.5 25.12 .66 275 260
16 XMB1622 8.0 XME1622 16.0 27.62 .70 345 325
18 XMB1822 8.5 XME1822 16.5 30.19 .75 430 405
20 XMB2022 9.5 XME2022 17.5 35.19 .80 535 505
24 XMB2422 11.0 XME2422 19.0 37.69 .89 765 725
30 XMB3022 15.0 XME3022 23.0 57.81 1.03 1400 1295
36 XMB3622 18.0 XME3622 26.0 72.88 1.15 2135 1970
42 XMB4222 21.0 XME4222 29.0 88.00 1.28 3020 2810
48 XMB4822 24.0 XME4822 32.0 103.06 1.42 4170 3905
BENDS, 1/32 (11 1/4 DEG)

3 CMB311 XMB311 3.0 CME311 XME311 11.0 15.25 .48 30 30
4 CMB411 XMB411 4.0 CME411 XME411 12.0 20.31 .52 50 45
6 CMB611 XMB611 5.0 CME611 XME611 13.0 30.50 .55 75 70
8 CMB811 XMB811 5.5 CME811 XME811 13.5 35.50 .60 110 105
10 CMB1011 XMB1011 6.5 CME1011 XME1011 14.5 45.69 .68 160 160
12 CMB1212 XMB1212 7.5 CME1212 XME1212 15.5 55.81 .75 220 220
14 XMB1411 7.5 XME1411 15.5 50.75 .66 275 260
16 XMB1611 8.0 XME1611 16.0 55.81 .70 345 325
18 XMB1811 8.5 XME1811 16.5 60.94 .75 430 405
20 XMB2011 9.5 XME2011 17.5 71.06 .80 540 510
24 XMB2411 11.0 XME2411 19.0 76.12 .89 770 730
30 XMB3011 15.0 XME3011 23.0 116.75 1.03 1410 1305
36 XMB3611 18.0 XME3611 26.0 147.25 1.15 2145 1980
42 XMB4212 21.0 XME4212 29.0 177.69 1.28 3035 2825
48 XMB4811 24.0 XME4811 32.0 208.12 1.42 4190 3925
Weights in pounds
2
Ductile Iron and Cast Iron TEES and CROSSES

Run Br psi CI Tee DI Tee CI Cross DI Cross T T1 H J Tee Wt. Cross Wt.
3 3 250 CMT33 XMT33 CMC33 XMC33 .48 .48 5.5 5.5 55 70
4 3 250 CMT43 XMT43 CMC43 XMC43 .52 .48 6.5 6.5 75 90
4 4 250 CMT44 XMT44 CMC44 XMC44 .52 .52 6.5 6.5 80 105
6 3 250 CMT63 XMT63 CMC63 XMC63 .55 .48 8.0 8.0 110 125
6 4 250 CMT64 XMT64 CMC64 XMC64 .55 .52 8.0 8.0 115 140
6 6 250 CMT66 XMT66 CMC66 XMC66 .55 .55 8.0 8.0 125 160
8 4 250 CMT84 XMT84 CMC84 XMC84 .60 .52 9.0 9.0 165 185
8 6 250 CMT86 XMT86 CMC86 XMC86 .60 .55 9.0 9.0 175 205
8 8 250 CMT88 XMT88 CMC88 XMC88 .60 .60 9.0 9.0 185 235
10 4 250 CMT104 XMT104 CMC104 XMC104 .68 .52 11.0 11.0 235 260
10 6 250 CMT106 XMT106 CMC106 XMC106 .68 .55 11.0 11.0 250 285
10 8 250 CMT108 XMT108 CMC108 XMC108 .68 .60 11.0 11.0 260 310
10 10 250 CMT1010 XMT1010 CMC1010 XMC1010 .80 .80 11.0 11.0 310 380
12 4 250 CMT124 XMT124 CMC124 XMC124 .75 .52 12.0 12.0 315 340
12 6 250 CMT126 XMT126 CMC126 XMC126 .75 .55 12.0 12.0 325 360
12 8 250 CMT128 XMT128 CMC128 XMC128 .75 .60 12.0 12.0 340 385
12 10 250 CMT1210 XMT1210 CMC1210 XMC1210 .87 .80 12.0 12.0 390 460
12 12 250 CMT1212 XMT1212 CMC1212 XMC1212 .87 .87 12.0 12.0 410 495
14 6 250 XMT146 XMC146 .66 .55 14.0 14.0 435 475
14 8 250 XMT148 XMC148 .66 .60 14.0 14.0 450 500
14 10 250 XMT1410 XMC1410 .66 .68 14.0 14.0 465 540
14 12 250 XMT1412 XMC1412 .66 .75 14.0 14.0 495 585
14 14 250 XMT1414 XMC1414 .66 .66 14.0 14.0 520 635
16 6 250 XMT166 XMC166 .70 .55 15.0 15.0 540 575
16 8 250 XMT168 XMC168 .70 .60 15.0 15.0 550 605
16 10 250 XMT1610 XMC1610 .70 .68 15.0 15.0 570 645
16 12 250 XMT1612 XMC1612 .70 .75 i5.0 15.0 590 685
16 14 250 XMT1614 XMC1614 .70 .66 15.0 15.0 620 735
16 16 250 XMT1616 XMC1616 .70 .70 15.0 15.0 650 790
18 6 250 XMT186 XMC186 .75 .55 13.0 15.5 590 625
18 8 250 XMT188 XMC188 .75 .60 13.0 15.5 605 655
18 10 250 XMT1810 XMC1810 .75 .68 13.0 15.5 620 685
18 12 250 XMT1812 XMC1812 .75 .75 13.0 15.5 640 725
18 14 250 XMT1814 XMC1814 .75 .66 16.5 16.5 755 870
18 16 250 XMT1816 XMC1816 .75 .70 16.5 16.5 785 930
18 18 250 XMT1818 XMC1818 .75 .75 16.5 16.5 820 995
20 6 250 XMT206 XMC206 .80 .55 14.0 17.0 725 760
20 8 250 XMT208 XMC208 .80 .60 14.0 17.0 735 790
20 10 250 XMT2010 XMC2010 .80 .68 14.0 17.0 755 820
20 12 250 XMT2012 XMC2012 .80 .75 14.0 17.0 775 860
20 14 250 XMT2014 XMC2014 .80 .66 14.0 17.0 795 905
20 16 250 XMT2016 XMC2016 .80 .70 18.0 18.0 945 1085
20 18 250 XMT2018 XMC2018 .80 .75 18.0 18.0 985 1155
20 20 250 XMT2020 XMC2020 .80 .80 18.0 18.0 1020 1230
Ductile Iron and Cast Iron TEES and CROSSES data continued on following page
Weights in pounds
3
Ductile Iron and Cast Iron TEES and CROSSES (Continued)

Run Br psi CI Tee DI Tee CI Cross DI Cross T T1 H J Tee Wt. Cross Wt.
24 6 250 XMT246 XMC246 .89 .55 15.0 19.0 985 1025
24 8 250 XMT248 XMC248 .89 .60 15.0 19.0 1000 1045
24 10 250 XMT2410 XMC2410 .89 .68 15.0 19.0 1020 1085
24 12 250 XMT2412 XMC2412 .89 .75 15.0 19.0 1030 1110
24 14 250 XMT2414 XMC2414 .89 .66 15.0 19.0 1055 1155
24 16 250 XMT2416 XMC2416 .89 .70 15.0 19.0 1075 1200
24 18 250 XMT2418 XMC2418 .89 .75 22.0 22.0 1400 1590
24 20 250 XMT2420 XMC2420 .89 .80 22.0 22.0 1450 1675
24 24 250 XMT2424 XMC2424 .89 .89 22.0 22.0 1535 1835
30 6 250 XMT306 XMC306 1.03 .55 18.0 23.0 1730 1770
30 8 250 XMT308 XMC308 1.03 .60 18.0 23.0 1745 1795
30 10 250 XMT3010 XMC3010 1.03 .68 18.0 23.0 1760 1830
30 12 250 XMT3012 XMC3012 1.03 .75 18.0 23.0 1780 1865
30 14 250 XMT3014 XMC3014 1.03 .66 18.0 23.0 1800 1905
30 16 250 XMT3016 XMC3016 1.03 .70 18.0 23.0 1820 1950
30 18 250 XMT3018 XMC3018 1.03 .75 18.0 23.0 1845 2000
30 20 250 XMT3020 XMC3020 1.03 .80 18.0 23.0 1875 2060
30 24 250 XMT3024 XMC3024 1.03 .89 25.0 25.0 2400 2675
30 30 250 XMT3030 XMC3030 1.03 1.03 25.0 25.0 2595 3075
36 8 250 XMT368 XMC368 1.15 .60 20.0 26.0 2520 2565
36 10 250 XMT3610 XMC3610 1.15 .68 20.0 26.0 2535 2600
36 12 250 XMT3612 XMC3612 1.15 .75 20.0 26.0 2550 2630
36 14 250 XMT3614 XMC3614 1.15 .66 20.0 26.0 2570 2665
36 16 250 XMT3616 XMC3616 1.15 .70 20.0 26.0 2585 2705
36 18 250 XMT3618 XMC3618 1.15 .75 20.0 26.0 2610 2750
36 20 250 XMT3620 XMC3620 1.15 .80 20.0 26.0 2635 2805
36 24 250 XMT3624 XMC3624 1.15 .89 20.0 26.0 2690 2910
36 30 250 XMT3630 XMC3630 1.15 1.03 28.0 28.0 3545 3965
36 36 250 XMT3636 XMC3636 1.15 1.15 28.0 28.0 3745 4370
42 12 250 XMT4212 XMC4212 1.28 .75 23.0 30.0 3555 3640
42 14 250 XMT4214 XMC4214 1.28 .66 23.0 30.0 3575 3675
42 16 250 XMT4216 XMC4216 1.28 .70 23.0 30.0 3595 3715
42 18 250 XMT4218 XMC4218 1.28 .75 23.0 30.0 3615 3755
42 20 250 XMT4220 XMC4220 1.28 .80 23.0 30.0 3640 3810
42 24 250 XMT4224 XMC4224 1.28 .89 23.0 30.0 3690 3910
42 30 250 XMT4230 XMC4230 1.28 1.03 31.0 31.0 4650 5040
42 36 150 XMT4236 XMC4236 1.28 1.15 31.0 31.0 4880 5425
42 36 250 XMT4236 XMC4236 1.78 1.58 31.0 31.0 6075 6655
42 42 150 XMT4242 XMC4242 1.28 1.28 31.0 31.0 5085 5840
42 42 250 XMT4242 XMC4242 1.78 1.78 31.0 31.0 6320 7145
48 12 250 XMT4812 XMC4812 1.42 .75 26.0 34.0 4870 4955
48 14 250 XMT4814 XMC4814 1.42 .66 26.0 34.0 4885 4985
48 16 250 XMT4816 XMC4816 1.42 .70 26.0 34.0 4905 5025
48 18 250 XMT4818 XMC4818 1.42 .75 26.0 34.0 4925 5065
48 20 250 XMT4820 XMC4820 1.42 .80 26.0 34.0 4950 5115
48 24 250 XMT4824 XMC4824 1.42 .89 26.0 34.0 4995 5210
48 30 250 XMT4830 XMC4830 1.42 1.03 26.0 34.0 5140 5495
48 36 250 XMT4836 XMC4836 1.42 1.15 34.0 34.0 6280 6790
48 42 150 XMT4842 XMC4842 1.42 1.28 34.0 34.0 6510 7150
48 42 250 XMT4842 XMC4842 1.96 1.78 34.0 34.0 8130 8815
48 48 150 XMT4848 XMC4848 1.42 1.42 34.0 34.0 6765 7655
48 48 250 XMT4848 XMC4848 1.96 1.96 34.0 34.0 8420 9380
Shaded items available in both 150 & 250 lb Water Working Pressure
Weights in pounds
4
HYDRANT TEES
DUCTILE
Size IRON
Run Branch Item No. Wt. A B T T1
6 6 XMH66 116 8.0 10.5 .55 .55

8 6 XMH86 210 9.0 11.5 .60 .55
8 8 XMH88 198 9.0 11.5 .60 .60
10 6 XMH106 270 11.0 13.5 .68 .55
12 6 XMH126 341 12.0 14.5 .75 .55
14 6 XMH146 500 14.0 16.5 .66 .55
16 6 XMH166 540 15.0 17.5 .70 .55
16 8 XMH168 649 15.0 17.5 .70 .60
18 6 XMH186 750 13.0 17.5 .75 .55
20 6 XMH206 829 14.0 19.5 .80 .55
24 6 XMH246 1134 15.0 21.5 .89 .55
30 6 XMH306 1739 18.0 24.5 1.03 .55
TEES, MJ x FLANGE
DUCTILE
IRON
Run Branch Item No. Wt. A B T T 1
4 4 XMF44 89 6.5 6.5 .52 .52

6 4 XMF64 129 8.0 8.0 .55 .52
6 6 XMF66 140 8.0 8.0 .55 .55
8 4 XMF84 159 9.0 9.0 .60 .52
8 6 XMF86 195 9.0 9.0 .60 .55
8 8 XMF88 175 9.0 9.0 .60 .60
10 4 XMF104 229 11.0 11.0 .68 .52
10 6 XMF106 222 11.0 11.0 .68 .55
10 8 XMF108 250 11.0 11.0 .68 .60
10 10 XMF1010 260 11.0 11.0 .68 .68
12 4 XMF124 309 12.0 12.0 .75 .52
12 6 XMF126 336 12.0 12.0 .75 .55
12 8 XMF128 330 12.0 12.0 .75 .60
12 10 XMF1210 380 12.0 12.0 .75 .68
12 12 XMF1212 400 12.0 12.0 .75 .75
14 6 XMF146 490 14.0 14.0 .66 .55
14 8 XMF148 500 14.0 14.0 .66 .60
16 4 XMF164 575 15.0 15.0 .70 .52
16 6 XMF166 605 15.0 15.0 .70 .55
16 8 XMF168 615 15.0 15.0 .70 .60
16 10 XMF1610 635 15.0 15.0 .70 .68
16 12 XMF1612 650 15.0 15.0 .70 .75
16 16 XMF1616 730 15.0 15.0 .70 .70
18 6 XMF186 665 13.0 15.5 .75 .55
18 8 XMF188 675 13.0 15.5 .75 .60
18 12 XMF1812 705 13.0 15.5 .75 .75
18 18 XMF1818 915 16.5 16.5 .75 .75
20 6 XMF206 820 14.0 17.0 .80 .55
20 8 XMF208 835 14.0 17.0 .80 .60
20 12 XMF2012 865 14.0 17.0 .80 .75
20 16 XMF2016 1075 18.0 18.0 .80 .70
20 20 XMF2020 1165 18.0 18.0 .80 .80
24 6 XMF246 1125 15.0 19.0 .89 .55
24 8 XMF248 1140 15.0 19.0 .89 .55
24 10 XMF2410 1150 15.0 19.0 .89 .60
24 12 XMF2412 1165 15.0 19.0 .89 .68
24 14 XMF2414 1205 15.0 19.0 .89 .66
24 16 XMF2416 1230 15.0 19.0 .89 .70
24 18 XMF2418 1640 22.0 22.0 .89 .75
24 20 XMF2420 1705 22.0 22.0 .89 .80
24 24 XMF2424 1795 22.0 22.0 .89 .89
30 6 XMF306 1710 18.0 23.0 1.03 .55
30 8 XMF308 1725 18.0 23.0 1.03 .60
36 6 XMF366 2430 20.0 26.0 1.15 .55
36 8 XMF368 2505 20.0 26.0 1.15 .60
Weights in pounds
5
1
1
CMR/XMR CSPR/XSPR CLPR/XLPR

MJ x MJ MJ x PE PE x MJ
REDUCERS
CAST DUCTILE CAST DUCTILE CAST DUCTILE
Size IRON IRON IRON IRON IRON IRON
D D1 Item No. Item No. Wt. Item No. Item No. Wt. Item No. Item No. Wt. L T T 1
4 3 CMR43 XMR43 40 CSPR43 XSPR43 35 CLPR43 XLPR43 40 7 .52 .48

14 6 XMR146 190 XSPR146 175 XLPR146 185 16 .66 .55
14 8 XMR148 210 XSPR148 190 XLPR148 205 16 .66 .60
14 10 XMR1410 230 XSPR1410 215 XLPR1410 230 16 .66 .68
14 12 XMR1412 255 XSPR1412 240 XLPR1412 255 16 .66 .75
16 6 XMR166 230 XSPR166 210 XLPR166 230 18 .70 .55
16 8 XMR168 250 XSPR168 230 XLPR168 250 18 .70 .60
16 10 XMR1610 280 XSPR1610 255 XLPR1610 275 18 .70 .68
16 12 XMR1612 305 XSPR1612 285 XLPR1612 305 18 .70 .75
16 14 XMR1614 335 XSPR1614 310 XLPR1614 315 18 .70 .66
18 8 XMR188 295 XSPR188 270 XLPR188 295 19 .75 .60
18 10 XMR1810 325 XSPR1810 300 XLPR1810 320 19 .75 .68
18 12 XMR1812 350 XSPR1812 325 XLPR1812 350 19 .75 .75
18 14 XMR1814 380 XSPR1814 355 XLPR1814 365 19 .75 .66
18 16 XMR1816 415 XSPR1816 390 XLPR1816 395 19 .75 .70
20 10 XMR2010 375 XSPR2010 345 XLPR2010 375 20 .80 .68
20 12 XMR2012 405 XSPR2012 375 XLPR2012 405 20 .80 .75
20 14 XMR2014 430 XSPR2014 400 XLPR2014 415 20 .80 .66
20 16 XMR2016 470 XSPR2016 435 XLPR2016 445 20 .80 .70
20 18 XMR2018 510 XSPR2018 475 XLPR2018 485 20 .80 .75
24 12 XMR2412 550 XSPR2412 510 XLPR2412 550 24 .89 .75
24 14 XMR2414 575 XSPR2414 535 XLPR2414 560 24 .89 .66
24 16 XMR2416 615 XSPR2416 575 XLPR2416 595 24 .89 .70
24 18 XMR2418 660 XSPR2418 620 XLPR2418 635 24 .89 .75
24 20 XMR2420 705 XSPR2420 665 XLPR2420 675 24 .89 .80
30 16 XMR3016 985 XSPR3016 900 XLPR3016 910 30 1.03 .70
30 18 XMR3018 990 XSPR3018 885 XLPR3018 965 30 1.03 .75
30 20 XMR3020 1050 XSPR3020 945 XLPR3020 1020 30 1.03 .80
30 24 XMR3024 1165 XSPR3024 1060 XLPR3024 1125 30 1.03 .89
36 20 XMR3620 1450 XSPR3620 1285 XLPR3620 1420 36 1.15 .80
36 24 XMR3624 1580 XSPR3624 1410 XLPR3624 1535 36 1.15 .89
36 30 XMR3630 1855 XSPR3630 1690 XLPR3630 1750 36 1.15 1.03
42 20 XMR4220 1915 XSPR4220 1705 XLPR4220 1880 42 1.28 .80
42 24 XMR4224 2060 XSPR4224 1855 XLPR4224 2020 42 1.28 .89
42 30 XMR4230 2370 XSPR4230 2165 XLPR4230 2265 42 1.28 1.03
42 36 XMR4236 2695 XSPR4236 2485 XLPR4236 2530 42 1.28 1.15
48 30 XMR4830 3005 XSPR4830 2740 XLPR4830 2900 48 1.42 1.03
48 36 XMR4836 3370 XSPR4836 3100 XLPR4836 3205 48 1.42 1.15
48 42 XMR4842 3750 XSPR4842 3480 XLPR4842 3540 48 1.42 1.28
ADAPTERS, MJ x FLANGE
DUCTILE
IRON
Size Item No. Wt. L T
6 XMFA6 60 8.0 .55
8 XMFA8 85 8.0 .60
12 XMFA12 155 8.0 .75
14 XMFA14 195 8.0 .66
16 XMFA16 240 8.0 .70
18 XMFA18 280 8.0 .75
20 XMFA20 340 8.0 .80
24 XMFA24 455 8.0 .89
30 XMFA30 760 10.0 1.03
36 XMFA36 1070 10.0 1.15
Weights in pounds 42 XMFA42 1115 12.0 1.28
Dimensions in Inches 48 XMFA48 1390 12.0 1.42
6
OFFSETS, MJ x MJ
Size Item No. Wt. O V T
3x6 XMO36 50 6 19 .48
3x12 XMO312 60 12 22 .48
3x18 XMO318 75 18 30 .48
4x6 XMO46 75 6 19 .52
4x12 XMO412 85 12 22 .52
4x18 XMO418 105 18 30 .52
6x6 XMO66 110 6 20 .55
6x12 XMO612 135 12 26 .55
6x18 XMO618 165 18 33 .55
6x24 XMO624 195 24 33 .55
8x6 XMO86 160 6 21 .60
8x12 XMO812 200 12 28 .60
8x18 XMO818 245 18 35 .60
8x24 XMO824 325 24 35 .60
10x6 XMO106 220 6 22 .68
10x12 XMO1012 250 12 30 .68
10x18 XMO1018 340 18 38 .68
10x24 XMO1024 400 24 38 .68
12x6 XMO126 320 6 26 .75
12x12 XMO1212 420 12 37 .75
12x18 XMO1218 520 18 48 .75
12x24 XMO1224 600 24 48 .75
20x12 XMO2012 725 12 40 .80
20x18 XMO2018 1050 18 50 .80
20x24 XMO2024 1245 24 50 .80
OFFSETS, MJ x PE
DUCTILE IRON
Size Item No. Wt. O V T
6x12 XMQ612 130 12 34 .55
6x18 XMQ618 160 18 41 .55
6x24 XMQ624 195 24 41 .55
Weights in pounds
7
LATERAL WYES
CAST DUCTILE
IRON IRON
Run Branch Item No. Item No. Wt. A B C T T 1
3 3 XMY33 60 10.0 3.0 10 .48 .48

4 3 XMY43 85 12.0 3.0 12 .52 .48
4 4 XMY44 95 12.0 3.0 12 .52 .52
6 3 XMY63 125 14.5 3.5 14.5 .55 .48
6 4 XMY64 135 14.5 3.5 14.5 .55 .52
6 6 XMY66 150 14.5 3.5 14.5 .55 .55
8 4 XMY84 190 17.5 4.5 17.5 .60 .52
8 6 XMY86 205 17.5 4.5 17.5 .60 .55
8 8 XMY88 225 17.5 4.5 17.5 .60 .60
10 4 XMY104 270 20.5 5.0 20.5 .68 .52
10 6 XMY106 285 20.5 5.0 20.5 .68 .55
10 8 XMY108 305 20.5 5.0 20.5 .68 .60
10 10 XMY1010 375 20.5 5.0 20.5 .68 .68
12 4 XMY124 380 24.5 5.5 24.5 .75 .52
12 6 XMY126 390 24.5 5.5 24.5 .75 .55
12 8 XMY128 415 24.5 5.5 24.5 .75 .60
12 10 XMY210 500 24.5 5.5 24.5 .75 .68
12 12 XMY1212 535 24.5 5.5 24.5 .75 .75
14 4 XMY144 540 27 6 27 .82 .55
14 6 XMY146 565 27 6 27 .82 .60
14 8 XMY148 595 27 6 27 .82 .68
14 10 XMY1410 630 27 6 27 .82 .75
14 12 XMY1412 690 27 6 27 .82 .82
14 14 XMY1414 700 30 6.5 30 .89 .55
16 4 XMY164 720 30 6.5 30 .89 .60
16 6 XMY166 755 30 6.5 30 .89 .68
16 8 XMY168 790 30 6.5 30 .89 .75
16 10 XMY1610 850 30 6.5 30 .89 .82
16 12 XMY1612 905 30 6.5 30 .89 .89
16 14 XMY1614 865 32 7 32 .96 .55
16 16 XMY1616 890 32 7 32 .96 .60
18 4 XMY184 925 32 7 32 .96 .68
18 6 XMY186 960 32 7 32 .96 .75
18 8 XMY188 l0l5 32 7 32 .96 .82
18 10 XMY1810 1070 32 7 32 .96 .89
18 12 XMY1812 1130 32 7 32 .96 .96
18 14 XMY1814 1115 35 8 35 1.03 .60
18 16 XMY1816 1150 35 8 35 1.03 .68
18 18 XMY1818 1190 35 8 35 l.03 .75
20 4 XMY204 1250 35 8 35 1.03 .82
20 6 XMY206 1300 35 8 35 1.03 .89
20 8 XMY208 1365 35 8 35 1.03 .96
20 10 XMY2010 1435 35 8 35 1.03 1.03
20 12 XMY2012 540 27 6 27 .82 .55
20 14 XMY2014 565 27 6 27 .82 .60
20 16 XMY2016 595 27 6 27 .82 .68
20 18 XMY2018 630 27 6 27 .82 .75
20 20 XMY2020 690 27 6 27 .82 .82
24 8 XMY248 1625 40.5 9 40.5 1.16 .60
24 10 XMY2410 1660 40.5 9 40.5 1.16 .68
24 12 XMY2412 1700 40.5 9 40.5 1.16 .75
24 14 XMY2414 1760 40.5 9 40.5 1.16 .82
24 16 XMY2416 1815 40.5 9 40.5 1.16 .89
24 18 XMY2418 1880 40.5 9 40.5 1.16 .96
24 20 XMY2420 1950 40.5 9 40.5 1.16 1.03
24 24 XMY2424 2115 40.5 9 40.5 1.16 1.16
30 12 XMY3012 2850 49 10 49 1.37 .75
30 14 XMY3015 2915 49 10 49 1.37 .82
30 16 XMY3016 2975 49 10 49 1.37 .89
30 18 XMY3018 3040 49 10 49 1.37 .96
30 20 XMY3020 3115 49 10 49 1.37 1.03
30 24 XMY3024 3280 49 10 49 1.37 l.16
30 30 XMY3030 3670 49 l0 49 1.37 1.37
36 12 XMY3612 4895 60 19.5 60 1.58 .75
36 14 XMY3614 4970 60 19.5 60 1.58 .82
36 16 XMY3616 5040 60 19.5 60 l.58 .89
36 18 XMY3618 5120 60 19.5 60 1.58 .96
36 20 XMY3620 5205 60 19.5 60 1.58 1.03
36 24 XMY3624 5390 60 19.5 60 1.58 1.16
36 30 XMY3630 5805 60 19.5 60 l.58 1.37
36 36 XMY3636 6335 60 19.5 60 1.58 1.58
42" and 48" lateral wyes are available on

special order. Contact SIGMA for details.
Weights in pounds
8
SLEEVES
SHORT SLEEVES LONG SLEEVES
CAST IRON DUCTILE IRON CAST IRON DUCTILE IRON
Size Item No. T Wt. L Item No. T Wt. Item No. T Wt. L Item No. T Wt.
3 CMS3 .48 25 7.5 XMS3 .48 25 CML3 .48 30 12.0 XML3 .48 30
4 CMS4 .52 35 7.5 XMS4 .52 35 CML4 .52 45 12.0 XML4 .52 45
6 CMS6 .55 45 7.5 XMS6 .55 45 CML6 .55 65 12.0 XML6 .55 65
8 CMS8 .60 65 7.5 XMS8 .60 65 CML8 .60 85 12.0 XML8 .60 85
10 CMS10 .68 85 7.5 XMS10 .68 85 CML10 .68 115 12.0 XML10 .68 115
12 CMS12 .75 110 7.5 XMS12 .75 110 CML12 .75 145 12.0 XML12 .75 145
14 9.5 XMS14 .66 150 15.0 XML14 .66 195
16 9.5 XMS16 .70 180 15.0 XML16 .70 235
18 9.5 XMS18 .75 215 15.0 XML18 .75 285
20 9.5 XMS20 .80 240 15.0 XML20 .80 325
24 9.5 XMS24 .89 320 15.0 XML24 .89 425
30 15.0 XMS30 1.03 635 24.0 XML30 1.03 885
36 15.0 XMS36 1.15 855 24.0 XML36 1.15 1190
42 15.0 XMS42 1.28 1115 24.0 XML42 1.28 1550
48 15.0 XMS48 1.42 1385 24.0 XML48 1.42 1940
CAPS AND PLUGS

CAST IRON DUCTILE IRON
Cap Item No. Plug Item No. Cap Item No. Plug Item No.
Size Solid Tapped Solid Tapped T Cap Wt Plug Wt. Solid Tapped Solid Tapped T Cap Wt Plug Wt.
3 CMK3 CTK3 CMP3 CTP3 .50 12 10 XMK3 XTK3 XMP3 XTP3 .50 12 10
14 XMK14 XTK14 XMP14 XTP14 .66 110 115
16 XMK16 XTK16 XMP16 XTP16 .70 150 145
18 XMK18 XTK18 XMP18 XTP18 .75 185 185
20 XMK20 XTK20 XMP20 XTP20 .80 240 225
24 XMK24 XTK24 XMP24 XTP24 .89 345 335
30 XMK30 XTK30 XMP30 XTP30 1.03 590 575
36 XMK36 XTK36 XMP36 XTP36 1.15 850 815
42 XMK42 XTK42 XMP42 XTP42 1.28 1180 1110
48 XMK48 XTK48 XMP48 XTP48 1.42 1595 1455
Weights in pounds
9
®
® Certified to
® ANSI/NSF 61
Member
C110 DUCTILE IRON MECHANICAL JOINT FITTINGS

BASIC SPECIFICATIONS
SIZES: • 2” - 48”
MATERIAL: • Ductile Iron ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12, 60-42-10 or 70-50-05.
PRESSURE: • 350 PSI Water Working Pressure 2” - 24”.
• 250 PSI Water Working Pressure 30” - 48”.

TESTING: • In accordance with ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10
• In accordance with UL - FM requirements.
• All fittings are hydrostatically tested in accordance with SIGMA Quality Management Standard.
• All fittings are heat coded to ensure traceability and verification of metallurgical properties in accordance with the pre-
vailing standards and SIGMA Quality Management Standards.
LAYING LENGTH: • In accordance with ANSI / AWWA C110/A21.10.
DEFLECTION: • Maximum allowable deflection for MJ Joint on a full length pipe is as mentioned below:
1. 3” - 4” = 8 Degrees
2. 6” = 7 Degrees
3. 8” - 12” = 5 Degrees
4. 14” - 48” = 3 Degrees
CEMENT LINING: • Double cement lined in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104 / A21.4.
COATING: • Interior of fitting is seal coated (asphaltic material) in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 and NSF61 approved.
• Exterior of fitting is seal coated (asphaltic material) in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 and NSF61 approved.
GASKETS: • SBR in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11.
• Also available in EPDM, NBR and CR.
T-BOLTS: • Low Alloy corrosion resistant high strength steel in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11.
APPROVALS: • 3”-16” Underwriters Laboratories listed and Factory Mutual Approved.
STANDARDS: • Certified to NSF61 Standard including Annex G & 372.
• ANSI / AWWA C110/A21.10 for Full Body Ductile Iron Fittings 2”-48” for water and other liquids.
INSTALLATION: • Per ANSI/AWWA C600 and C111 using DIP conforming to C150/C151 and PVC pipe conforming to C900/C905.
SIGMA Corporation 700 Goldman Drive 800 999 2550 p www.sigmaco.com

Cream Ridge, NJ 08514 609 758 1163 f
crm-sales@sigmaco.com
INDEX
BENDS
1/4 90° Bends 4
1/8 45° Bends 4
1/16 22 1/2° Bends 5
1/32 11 1/4° Bends 5
90° Bends MJ X Flange 10
45° Bends MJ X Flange 10
Adapters: MJ X Flange 10
TEES
Tees and Crosses 6-7
Hydrant Tees 8
MJ X Flange Tees 8
WYES 45° LATERALS 11-12
REDUCERS: XMR, XSPR, XLPR, XPPR 9

MJ X Flange Reducer 10
Eccentric Reducer 11
OFFSETS 12
LATERAL WYES 13
SLEEVES: XMS, XML 11

XMML 11
CAPS AND PLUGS: XMK, XTK, XMP, XTP, XMMP 14
Weights in pounds, less accessories/Dimensions in inches

2 January 2019 SIGMA Corporation www.sigmaco.com
Plain End
Mechanical Joint Details Ductile Iron Bolts Plain End Details
Size A B C D F J K1 K2 L M N O P S X No. Size Length OD Ls
3 3.96 2.50 4.84 4.94 4.06 6.19 7.69 7.69 0.94 0.62 1.37 0.31 0.63 0.52 3/4 4 5/8 3.00 3.96 5.50
4 4.80 2.50 5.92 6.02 4.90 7.50 9.12 9.12 1.00 0.75 1.50 0.31 0.75 0.65 7/8 4 3/4 3.50 4.80 5.50
6 6.90 2.50 8.02 8.12 7.00 9.50 11.12 11.12 1.06 0.88 1.63 0.31 0.75 0.70 7/8 6 3/4 3.50 6.90 5.50
8 9.05 2.50 10.17 10.27 9.15 11.75 13.37 13.37 1.12 1.00 1.75 0.31 0.75 0.75 7/8 6 3/4 4.00 9.05 5.50
10 11.10 2.50 12.22 12.34 11.20 14.00 15.69 15.62 1.19 1.00 1.75 0.31 0.75 0.80 7/8 8 3/4 4.00 11.10 5.50
12 13.20 2.50 14.32 14.44 13.30 16.25 17.94 17.88 1.25 1.00 1.75 0.31 0.75 0.85 7/8 8 3/4 4.00 13.20 5.50
14 15.30 3.50 16.40 16.54 15.44 18.75 20.31 20.25 1.31 1.25 2.00 0.31 0.75 0.89 7/8 10 3/4 4.50 15.30 8.00
16 17.40 3.50 18.50 18.64 17.54 21.00 22.56 22.50 1.38 1.31 2.06 0.31 0.75 0.97 7/8 12 3/4 4.50 17.40 8.00
18 19.50 3.50 20.60 20.74 19.64 23.25 24.83 24.75 1.44 1.38 2.13 0.31 0.75 1.05 7/8 12 3/4 4.50 19.50 8.00
20 21.60 3.50 22.70 22.84 21.74 25.50 27.08 27.00 1.50 1.44 2.19 0.31 0.75 1.12 7/8 14 3/4 4.50 21.60 8.00
24 25.80 3.50 26.90 27.04 25.94 30.00 31.58 31.50 1.62 1.56 2.31 0.31 0.75 1.22 7/8 16 3/4 5.00 25.80 8.00
30 32.00 4.00 33.29 33.46 32.17 36.88 39.12 39.12 1.81 2.00 2.75 0.38 1.00 1.50 1 1/8 20 1.00 6.00 32.00 8.00
36 38.30 4.00 39.59 39.76 38.47 43.75 46.00 46.00 2.00 2.00 2.75 0.38 1.00 1.80 1 1/8 24 1.00 6.00 38.30 8.00
42 44.50 4.00 45.79 45.96 44.67 50.62 53.12 53.12 2.00 2.00 2.75 0.38 1.00 1.95 1 3/8 28 1 1/4 6.50 44.50 8.00
48 50.80 4.00 52.09 52.26 50.97 57.50 60.00 60.00 2.00 2.00 2.75 0.38 1.00 2.20 1 3/8 32 1 1/4 6.50 50.80 8.00
® Certified to
® ANSI/NSF 61
Member January 2019 SIGMA Corporation www.sigmaco.com 3

1/4 90° BENDS
Size MJxMJ DUCTILE IRON MJxPE DUCTILE IRON R T MJxMJ MJxPE

Item No. A Item No. B Wt. Wt.
3 XMB390 5.50 XME390 13.50 4.00 0.48 35 35
4 XMB490 6.50 XME490 14.50 4.50 0.52 55 50
6 XMB690 8.00 XME690 16.00 6.00 0.55 85 80
8 XMB890 9.00 XME890 17.00 7.00 0.60 125 120
10 XMB1090 11.00 XME1090 19.00 9.00 0.68 190 190
12 XMB1290 12.00 XME1290 20.00 10.00 0.75 255 255 MJ x MJ Bends 90°
14 XMB1490 14.00 XME1490 22.00 11.50 0.66 340 325
16 XMB1690 15.00 XME1690 23.00 12.50 0.70 430 410
18 XMB1890 16.50 XME1890 24.50 14.00 0.75 545 520
20 XMB2090 18.00 XME2090 26.00 15.50 0.80 680 650
24 XMB2490 22.00 XME2490 30.00 18.50 0.89 1,025 985
30 XMB3090 25.00 XME3090 33.00 21.50 1.03 1,690 1,585
36 XMB3690 28.00 XME3690 36.00 24.50 1.15 2,475 2,310
42 XMB4290 31.00 XME4290 39.00 27.50 1.28 3,410 3,200
48 XMB4890 34.00 XME4890 42.00 30.50 1.42 4,595 4,330
MJ x PE Bends 90°
1/8 45° BENDS

Size MJxMJ DUCTILE IRON MJxPE DUCTILE IRON R T MJxMJ MJxPE
3 XMB345 3.00 XME345 11.00 3.62 0.48 30 30
4 XMB445 4.00 XME445 12.00 4.81 0.52 50 45
6 XMB645 5.00 XME645 13.00 7.25 0.55 75 70
8 XMB845 5.50 XME845 13.50 8.44 0.60 110 105
10 XMB1045 6.50 XME1045 14.50 10.88 0.68 155 155
12 XMB1245 7.50 XME1245 15.50 13.25 0.75 215 215
14 XMB1445 7.50 XME1445 15.50 12.06 0.66 270 255 MJ x MJ Bends 45°
16 XMB1645 8.00 XME1645 16.00 13.25 0.70 340 320
18 XMB1845 8.50 XME1845 16.50 14.50 0.75 420 395
20 XMB2045 9.50 XME2045 17.50 16.88 0.80 530 500
24 XMB2445 11.00 XME2445 19.00 18.12 0.89 755 715
30 XMB3045 15.00 XME3045 23.00 27.75 1.03 1,380 1,275
36 XMB3645 18.00 XME3645 26.00 35.00 1.15 2,095 1,930
42 XMB4245 21.00 XME4245 29.00 42.25 1.28 2,955 2,745
48 XMB4845 24.00 XME4845 32.00 49.50 1.42 4,080 3,815
MJ x PE Bends 45°
Weights in pounds, less accessories/Dimensions in inches Certified to

®
4
®
January 2019 SIGMA Corporation www.sigmaco.com
ANSI/NSF 61
Member
1/16 22-1/2° BENDS
MJxMJ DUCTILE IRON MJxPE DUCTILE IRON MJxMJ MJxPE
Size R T
3 XMB322 3.00 XME322 11.00 7.56 0.48 30 30
4 XMB422 4.00 XME422 12.00 10.06 0.52 50 45
6 XMB622 5.00 XME622 13.00 15.06 0.55 75 70
8 XMB822 5.50 XME822 13.50 17.62 0.60 110 105
10 XMB1022 6.50 XME1022 14.50 22.62 0.68 160 160
12 XMB1222 7.50 XME1222 15.50 27.62 0.75 220 220
14 XMB1422 7.50 XME1422 15.50 25.12 0.66 275 260 MJ x MJ Bends 22-1/2°
16 XMB1622 8.00 XME1622 16.00 27.62 0.70 345 325
18 XMB1822 8.50 XME1822 16.50 30.19 0.75 430 405
20 XMB2022 9.50 XME2022 17.50 35.19 0.80 535 505
24 XMB2422 11.00 XME2422 19.00 37.69 0.89 765 725
30 XMB3022 15.00 XME3022 23.00 57.81 1.03 1,400 1,295
36 XMB3622 18.00 XME3622 26.00 72.88 1.15 2,135 1,970
42 XMB4222 21.00 XME4222 29.00 88.00 1.28 3,020 2,810
48 XMB4822 24.00 XME4822 32.00 103.06 1.42 4,170 3,905
MJ x PE Bends 22-1/2°
1/32 11-1/4° BENDS

MJxMJ DUCTILE IRON MJxPE DUCTILE IRON MJxMJ MJxPE
Size Item No. A Item No. B R T
Wt. Wt.
3 XMB311 3.00 XME311 11.00 15.25 0.48 30 30
4 XMB411 4.00 XME411 12.00 20.31 0.52 50 45
6 XMB611 5.00 XME611 13.00 30.50 0.55 75 70
8 XMB811 5.50 XME811 13.50 35.50 0.60 110 105
10 XMB1011 6.50 XME1011 14.50 45.69 0.68 160 160
12 XMB1211 7.50 XME1211 15.50 55.81 0.75 220 220 MJ x MJ Bends 11-1/4°
14 XMB1411 7.50 XME1411 15.50 50.75 0.66 275 260
16 XMB1611 8.00 XME1611 16.00 55.81 0.70 345 325
18 XMB1811 8.50 XME1811 16.50 60.94 0.75 430 405
20 XMB2011 9.50 XME2011 17.50 71.06 0.80 540 510
24 XMB2411 11.00 XME2411 19.00 76.12 0.89 770 730
30 XMB3011 15.00 XME3011 23.00 116.75 1.03 1,410 1,305
36 XMB3611 18.00 XME3611 26.00 147.25 1.15 2,145 1,980
42 XMB4211 21.00 XME4211 29.00 177.69 1.28 3,035 2,825
48 XMB4811 24.00 XME4811 32.00 208.12 1.42 4,190 3,925
MJ x PE Bends 11-1/4°
Certified to
®
5
®
ANSI/NSF 61
Member
MJ x MJ Tee MJ x PE Tee Cross
TEES AND CROSSES (continues on following page)

Size DI TEE Tee XTE Cross
Run Br psi MJxMJ MJxPE DI CROSS T T1 A B S
Wt. Wt Wt
2 2 350 XMT22 0.45 0.45 5.50 5.50
3 3 350 XMT33 XTE33 XMC33 0.48 0.48 5.50 5.50 13.50 55 55 70
4 3 350 XMT43 XTE43 XMC43 0.52 0.48 6.50 6.50 14.50 75 70 90
4 4 350 XMT44 XTE44 XMC44 0.52 0.52 6.50 6.50 14.50 80 75 105
6 2 350 XMT62 0.55 0.48 8.00 8.00 95
6 3 350 XMT63 XTE63 XMC63 0.55 0.48 8.00 8.00 16.00 110 105 125
6 4 350 XMT64 XTE64 XMC64 0.55 0.52 8.00 8.00 16.00 115 110 140
6 6 350 XMT66 XTE66 XMC66 0.55 0.55 8.00 8.00 16.00 125 120 160
8 4 350 XMT84 XTE84 XMC84 0.60 0.52 9.00 9.00 17.00 165 160 185
8 6 350 XMT86 XTE86 XMC86 0.60 0.55 9.00 9.00 17.00 175 170 205
8 8 350 XMT88 XTE88 XMC88 0.60 0.60 9.00 9.00 17.00 185 180 235
10 4 350 XMT104 XTE104 XMC104 0.68 0.52 11.00 11.00 19.00 235 235 260
10 6 350 XMT106 XTE106 XMC106 0.68 0.55 11.00 11.00 19.00 250 250 285
10 8 350 XMT108 XTE108 XMC108 0.68 0.60 11.00 11.00 19.00 260 260 310
10 10 350 XMT1010 XTE1010 XMC1010 0.80 0.80 11.00 11.00 19.00 310 310 380
12 4 350 XMT124 XTE124 XMC124 0.75 0.52 12.00 12.00 20.00 315 315 340
12 6 350 XMT126 XTE126 XMC126 0.75 0.55 12.00 12.00 20.00 325 325 360
12 8 350 XMT128 XTE128 XMC128 0.75 0.60 12.00 12.00 20.00 340 340 385
12 10 350 XMT1210 XTE1210 XMC1210 0.87 0.80 12.00 12.00 20.00 390 390 460
12 12 350 XMT1212 XTE1212 XMC1212 0.87 0.87 12.00 12.00 20.00 410 410 495
14 4 350 XMT144 0.66 0.52 14.00 14.00 384
14 6 350 XMT146 XTE146 XMC146 0.66 0.55 14.00 14.00 22.00 435 420 475
14 8 350 XMT148 XTE148 XMC148 0.66 0.60 14.00 14.00 22.00 450 435 500
14 10 350 XMT1410 XTE1410 XMC1410 0.66 0.68 14.00 14.00 22.00 465 450 540
14 12 350 XMT1412 XTE1412 XMC1412 0.66 0.75 14.00 14.00 22.00 495 475 585
14 14 350 XMT1414 XTE1414 XMC1414 0.66 0.66 14.00 14.00 22.00 520 500 635
16 4 350 XMT164 0.70 0.52 15.00 15.00
16 6 350 XMT166 XTE166 XMC166 0.70 0.55 15.00 15.00 23.00 540 520 575
16 8 350 XMT168 XTE168 XMC168 0.70 0.60 15.00 15.00 23.00 550 530 605
16 10 350 XMT1610 XTE1610 XMC1610 0.70 0.68 15.00 15.00 23.00 570 550 645
16 12 350 XMT1612 XTE1612 XMC1612 0.70 0.75 15.00 15.00 23.00 590 570 685
16 14 350 XMT1614 XTE1614 XMC1614 0.70 0.66 15.00 15.00 23.00 620 600 735
16 16 350 XMT1616 XTE1616 XMC1616 0.70 0.70 15.00 15.00 23.00 650 625 790
18 6 350 XMT186 XTE186 XMC186 0.75 0.55 13.00 15.50 21.00 590 565 625
18 8 350 XMT188 XTE188 XMC188 0.75 0.60 13.00 15.50 21.00 605 580 655
18 10 350 XMT1810 XTE1810 XMC1810 0.75 0.68 13.00 15.50 21.00 620 595 685
18 12 350 XMT1812 XTE1812 XMC1812 0.75 0.75 13.00 15.50 21.00 640 615 725
18 14 350 XMT1814 XTE1814 XMC1814 0.75 0.66 16.50 16.50 24.50 755 730 870
18 16 350 XMT1816 XTE1816 XMC1816 0.75 0.70 16.50 16.50 24.50 785 760 930
18 18 350 XMT1818 XTE1818 XMC1818 0.75 0.75 16.50 16.50 24.50 820 795 995
20 6 350 XMT206 XTE206 XMC206 0.80 0.55 14.00 17.00 22.00 725 695 760
20 8 350 XMT208 XTE208 XMC208 0.80 0.60 14.00 17.00 22.00 735 705 790
20 10 350 XMT2010 XTE2010 XMC2010 0.80 0.68 14.00 17.00 22.00 755 725 820
20 12 350 XMT2012 XTE2012 XMC2012 0.80 0.75 14.00 17.00 22.00 775 745 860
20 14 350 XMT2014 XTE2014 XMC2014 0.80 0.66 14.00 17.00 22.00 795 765 905
20 16 350 XMT2016 XTE2016 XMC2016 0.80 0.70 18.00 18.00 26.00 945 915 1,085
20 18 350 XMT2018 XTE2018 XMC2018 0.80 0.75 18.00 18.00 26.00 985 950 1,155
20 20 350 XMT2020 XTE2020 XMC2020 0.80 0.80 18.00 18.00 26.00 1,020 990 1,230
24 4 350 XMT244 0.89 0.52 15.00 19.00 885
24 6 350 XMT246 XTE246 XMC246 0.89 0.55 15.00 19.00 23.00 985 945 1,025

® Certified to
6
®
ANSI/NSF 61
Member
MJ x MJ Tee MJ x PE Tee Cross
TEES AND CROSSES (continued)

Size DI TEE Tee XTE Cross
Run Br psi MJxMJ MJxPE DI CROSS T T1 A B S
Wt. Wt. Wt.
24 8 350 XMT248 XTE248 XMC248 0.89 0.60 15.00 19.00 23.00 1,000 960 1,045
24 10 350 XMT2410 XTE2410 XMC2410 0.89 0.68 15.00 19.00 23.00 1,020 980 1,085
24 12 350 XMT2412 XTE2412 XMC2412 0.89 0.75 15.00 19.00 23.00 1,030 990 1,110
24 14 350 XMT2414 XTE2414 XMC2414 0.89 0.66 15.00 19.00 23.00 1,055 1,015 1,155
24 16 350 XMT2416 XTE2416 XMC2416 0.89 0.70 15.00 19.00 23.00 1,075 1,035 1,200
24 18 350 XMT2418 XTE2418 XMC2418 0.89 0.75 22.00 22.00 30.00 1,400 1,360 1,590
24 20 350 XMT2420 XTE2420 XMC2420 0.89 0.80 22.00 22.00 30.00 1,450 1,410 1,675
24 24 350 XMT2424 XTE2424 XMC2424 0.89 0.89 22.00 22.00 30.00 1,535 1,490 1,835
30 6 250 XMT306 XTE306 XMC306 1.03 0.55 18.00 23.00 26.00 1,730 1,615 1,770
30 8 250 XMT308 XTE308 XMC308 1.03 0.60 18.00 23.00 26.00 1,745 1,630 1,795
30 10 250 XMT3010 XTE3010 XMC3010 1.03 0.68 18.00 23.00 26.00 1,760 1,645 1,830
30 12 250 XMT3012 XTE3012 XMC3012 1.03 0.75 18.00 23.00 26.00 1,780 1,665 1,865
30 14 250 XMT3014 XTE3014 XMC3014 1.03 0.66 18.00 23.00 26.00 1,800 1,685 1,905
30 16 250 XMT3016 XTE3016 XMC3016 1.03 0.70 18.00 23.00 26.00 1,820 1,705 1,950
30 18 250 XMT3018 XTE3018 XMC3018 1.03 0.75 18.00 23.00 26.00 1,845 1,730 2,000
30 20 250 XMT3020 XTE3020 XMC3020 1.03 0.80 18.00 23.00 26.00 1,875 1,760 2,060
30 24 250 XMT3024 XTE3024 XMC3024 1.03 0.89 25.00 25.00 33.00 2,400 2,280 2,675
30 30 250 XMT3030 XTE3030 XMC3030 1.03 1.03 25.00 25.00 33.00 2,595 2,480 3,075
36 6 250 XMT366 1.15 0.55 20.00 26.00 2,223
36 8 250 XMT368 XTE368 XMC368 1.15 0.60 20.00 26.00 28.00 2,520 2,345 2,565
36 10 250 XMT3610 XTE3610 XMC3610 1.15 0.68 20.00 26.00 28.00 2,535 2,360 2,600
36 12 250 XMT3612 XTE3612 XMC3612 1.15 0.75 20.00 26.00 28.00 2,550 2,375 2,630
36 14 250 XMT3614 XTE3614 XMC3614 1.15 0.66 20.00 26.00 28.00 2,570 2,395 2,665
36 16 250 XMT3616 XTE3616 XMC3616 1.15 0.70 20.00 26.00 28.00 2,585 2,410 2,705
36 18 250 XMT3618 XTE3618 XMC3618 1.15 0.75 20.00 26.00 28.00 2,610 2,435 2,750
36 20 250 XMT3620 XTE3620 XMC3620 1.15 0.80 20.00 26.00 28.00 2,635 2,460 2,805
36 24 250 XMT3624 XTE3624 XMC3624 1.15 0.89 20.00 26.00 28.00 2,690 2,515 2,910
36 30 250 XMT3630 XTE3630 XMC3630 1.15 1.03 28.00 28.00 36.00 3,545 3,365 3,965
36 36 250 XMT3636 XTE3636 XMC3636 1.15 1.15 28.00 28.00 36.00 3,745 3,565 4,370
42 12 250 XMT4212 XTE4212 XMC4212 1.28 0.75 23.00 30.00 31.00 3,555 3,335 3,640
42 14 250 XMT4214 XTE4214 XMC4214 1.28 0.66 23.00 30.00 31.00 3,575 3,355 3,675
42 16 250 XMT4216 XTE4216 XMC4216 1.28 0.70 23.00 30.00 31.00 3,595 3,375 3,715
42 18 250 XMT4218 XTE4218 XMC4218 1.28 0.75 23.00 30.00 31.00 3,615 3,395 3,755
42 20 250 XMT4220 XTE4220 XMC4220 1.28 0.80 23.00 30.00 31.00 3,640 3,420 3,810
42 24 250 XMT4224 XTE4224 XMC4224 1.28 0.89 23.00 30.00 31.00 3,690 3,470 3,910
42 30 250 XMT4230 XTE4230 XMC4230 1.28 1.03 31.00 31.00 39.00 4,650 4,425 5,040
42 36 250 XMT4236 XTE4236 XMC4236 1.78 1.58 31.00 31.00 39.00 6,075 5,850 6,655
42 42 250 XMT4242 XTE4242 XMC4242 1.78 1.78 31.00 31.00 39.00 6,320 6,095 7,145
48 12 250 XMT4812 XTE4812 XMC4812 1.42 0.75 26.00 34.00 34.00 4,870 4,580 4,955
48 14 250 XMT4814 XTE4814 XMC4814 1.42 0.66 26.00 34.00 34.00 4,885 4,595 4,985
48 16 250 XMT4816 XTE4816 XMC4816 1.42 0.70 26.00 34.00 34.00 4,905 4,615 5,025
48 18 250 XMT4818 XTE4818 XMC4818 1.42 0.75 26.00 34.00 34.00 4,925 4,635 5,065
48 20 250 XMT4820 XTE4820 XMC4820 1.42 0.80 26.00 34.00 34.00 4,950 4,660 5,115
48 24 250 XMT4824 XTE4824 XMC4824 1.42 0.89 26.00 34.00 34.00 4,995 4,705 5,210
48 30 250 XMT4830 XTE4830 XMC4830 1.42 1.03 26.00 34.00 34.00 5,140 4,855 5,495
48 36 250 XMT4836 XTE4836 XMC4836 1.42 1.15 34.00 34.00 42.00 6,280 5,995 6,790
48 42 250 XMT4842 XTE4842 XMC4842 1.96 1.78 34.00 34.00 42.00 8,130 7,845 8,815
48 48 250 XMT4848 XTE4848 XMC4848 1.96 1.96 34.00 34.00 42.00 8,420 8,135 9,380
®
® Certified to
ANSI/NSF 61 Weights in pounds, less accessories/Dimensions in inches
Member
January 2019 SIGMA Corporation www.sigmaco.com 7
HYDRANT TEES DUCTILE IRON
Size Item No. Wt. A B T T1
Run Branch
6 6 XMH66 116 8.00 10.50 0.55 0.55
8 6 XMH86 210 9.00 11.50 0.60 0.55
8 8 XMH88 198 9.00 11.50 0.60 0.60
10 6 XMH106 270 11.00 13.50 0.68 0.55
10 8 XMH108 11.00 13.50 0.68 0.60
12 6 XMH126 341 12.00 14.50 0.75 0.55
12 8 XMH128 300 12.00 14.50 0.75 0.60 Hydrant Tees
14 6 XMH146 500 14.00 16.50 0.66 0.55
14 8 XMH148 14.00 16.50 0.66 0.60
16 6 XMH166 540 15.00 17.50 0.70 0.55
16 8 XMH168 649 15.00 17.50 0.70 0.60
18 6 XMH186 750 13.00 17.50 0.75 0.55
18 8 XMH188 13.00 17.50 0.75 0.60
20 6 XMH206 829 14.00 19.50 0.80 0.55
20 8 XMH208 14.00 19.50 0.80 0.60
24 6 XMH246 1,134 15.00 21.50 0.89 0.55
24 8 XMH248 15.00 21.50 0.89 0.60
30 6 XMH306 1,739 18.00 24.50 1.03 0.55
MJ X FLANGE TEES DUCTILE IRON MJ x Flange Tees

Size Item No. Wt. A B T T1
Run Br
3 3 XMF33 5.50 5.50 0.48 0.48 Size
4 3 XMF43 6.50 6.50 0.52 0.48 Run Br Item No. Wt. A B T T1
4 4 XMF44 89 6.50 6.50 0.52 0.52 24 12 XMF2412 1,165 15.00 19.00 0.89 0.75
6 3 XMF63 8.00 8.00 0.55 0.48 24 14 XMF2414 1,205 15.00 19.00 0.89 0.66
6 4 XMF64 129 8.00 8.00 0.55 0.52 24 16 XMF2416 1,230 15.00 19.00 0.89 0.70
6 6 XMF66 140 8.00 8.00 0.55 0.55 24 18 XMF2418 1,640 22.00 22.00 0.89 0.75
8 4 XMF84 159 9.00 9.00 0.60 0.52 24 20 XMF2420 1,705 22.00 22.00 0.89 0.80
8 6 XMF86 195 9.00 9.00 0.60 0.55 24 24 XMF2424 1,795 22.00 22.00 0.89 0.89
8 8 XMF88 175 9.00 9.00 0.60 0.60 30 6 XMF306 1,710 18.00 23.00 1.03 0.55
10 4 XMF104 229 11.00 11.00 0.68 0.52 30 8 XMF308 1,725 18.00 23.00 1.03 0.60
10 6 XMF106 222 11.00 11.00 0.68 0.55 30 10 XMF3010 18.00 23.00 1.03 0.68
10 8 XMF108 250 11.00 11.00 0.68 0.60 30 12 XMF3012 18.00 23.00 1.03 0.75
10 10 XMF1010 260 11.00 11.00 0.80 0.80 30 14 XMF3014 18.00 23.00 1.03 0.66
12 4 XMF124 309 12.00 12.00 0.75 0.52 30 16 XMF3016 18.00 23.00 1.03 0.70
12 6 XMF126 336 12.00 12.00 0.75 0.55 30 18 XMF3018 18.00 23.00 1.03 0.75
12 8 XMF128 330 12.00 12.00 0.75 0.60 30 20 XMF3020 18.00 23.00 1.03 0.80
12 10 XMF1210 380 12.00 12.00 0.87 0.80 30 24 XMF3024 25.00 25.00 1.03 0.89
12 12 XMF1212 400 12.00 12.00 0.87 0.87 30 30 XMF3030 25.00 25.00 1.03 1.03
14 6 XMF146 490 14.00 14.00 0.66 0.55 36 6 XMF366 2,430 20.00 26.00 1.15 0.55
14 8 XMF148 500 14.00 14.00 0.66 0.60 36 8 XMF368 2,505 20.00 26.00 1.15 0.60
14 10 XMF1410 14.00 14.00 0.66 0.68 36 10 XMF3610 20.00 26.00 1.15 0.68
14 12 XMF1412 14.00 14.00 0.66 0.75 36 12 XMF3612 20.00 26.00 1.15 0.75
14 14 XMF1414 14.00 14.00 0.66 0.66 36 14 XMF3614 20.00 26.00 1.15 0.66
16 4 XMF164 575 15.00 15.00 0.70 0.52 36 16 XMF3616 20.00 26.00 1.15 0.70
16 6 XMF166 605 15.00 15.00 0.70 0.55 36 18 XMF3618 20.00 26.00 1.15 0.75
16 8 XMF168 615 15.00 15.00 0.70 0.60 36 20 XMF3620 20.00 26.00 1.15 0.80
16 10 XMF1610 635 15.00 15.00 0.70 0.68 36 24 XMF3624 20.00 26.00 1.15 0.89
16 12 XMF1612 650 15.00 15.00 0.70 0.75 36 30 XMF3630 28.00 28.00 1.15 1.03
16 14 XMF1614 15.00 15.00 0.70 0.66 36 36 XMF3636 28.00 28.00 1.15 1.15
16 16 XMF1616 730 15.00 15.00 0.70 0.70 42 12 XMF4212 23.00 30.00 1.28 0.75
18 6 XMF186 665 13.00 15.50 0.75 0.55 42 14 XMF4214 23.00 30.00 1.28 0.66
18 8 XMF188 675 13.00 15.50 0.75 0.60 42 16 XMF4216 23.00 30.00 1.28 0.70
18 10 XMF1810 13.00 15.50 0.75 0.68 42 18 XMF4218 23.00 30.00 1.28 0.75
18 12 XMF1812 705 13.00 15.50 0.75 0.75 42 20 XMF4220 23.00 30.00 1.28 0.80
18 14 XMF1814 16.50 16.50 0.75 0.66 42 24 XMF4224 23.00 30.00 1.28 0.89
18 16 XMF1816 16.50 16.50 0.75 0.70 42 30 XMF4230 31.00 31.00 1.28 1.03
18 18 XMF1818 915 16.50 16.50 0.75 0.75 42 36 XMF4236 31.00 31.00 1.78 1.58
20 4 XMF204 14.00 17.00 0.80 0.52 42 42 XMF4242 31.00 31.00 1.78 1.78
20 6 XMF206 820 14.00 17.00 0.80 0.55 48 8 XMF488 20.00 34.00 1.42 0.60
20 8 XMF208 835 14.00 17.00 0.80 0.60 48 12 XMF4812 26.00 34.00 1.42 0.75
20 10 XMF2010 14.00 17.00 0.80 0.68 48 14 XMF4814 26.00 34.00 1.42 0.66
20 12 XMF2012 865 14.00 17.00 0.80 0.75 48 16 XMF4816 26.00 34.00 1.42 0.70
20 14 XMF2014 14.00 17.00 0.80 0.66 48 18 XMF4818 26.00 34.00 1.42 0.75
20 16 XMF2016 1,075 18.00 18.00 0.80 0.70 48 20 XMF4820 26.00 34.00 1.42 0.80
20 18 XMF2018 18.00 18.00 0.80 0.75 48 24 XMF4824 26.00 34.00 1.42 0.89
20 20 XMF2020 1,165 18.00 18.00 0.80 0.80 48 30 XMF4830 26.00 34.00 1.42 1.03
24 6 XMF246 1,125 15.00 19.00 0.89 0.55 48 36 XMF4836 34.00 34.00 1.42 1.15
24 8 XMF248 1,140 15.00 19.00 0.89 0.60 48 42 XMF4842 34.00 34.00 1.96 1.78
24 10 XMF2410 1,150 15.00 19.00 0.89 0.68 48 48 XMF4848 34.00 34.00 1.96 1.96
Weights in pounds, less accessories/Dimensions in inches ® Certified to
8
®
ANSI/NSF 61
Member
MJxMJ MJxPE PExMJ PExPE
REDUCERS DUCTILE IRON

Size MJ x MJ MJ x PE PE x MJ PE x PE T T1
D D1 Item No. Wt. L Item No. Wt. L Item No. Wt. L Item No. Wt. L
4 3 XMR43 40 7.00 XSPR43 35 15.00 XLPR43 40 15.00 XPPR43 35 23.00 0.52 0.48
20 8 XSPR208 28.00 0.80 0.60
24 8 XMR248 457 24.00 0.89 0.60
30 6 XMR306 30.00 1.03 0.55
30 8 XSPR308 629 38.00 1.03 0.60
30 12 XMR3012 30.00 1.03 0.75
30 16 XMR3016 985 30.00 XSPR3016 900 38.00 XLPR3016 910 38.00 XPPR3016 46.00 1.03 0.70
30 20 XMR3020 1,050 30.00 XSPR3020 945 38.00 XLPR3020 1,020 38.00 XPPR3020 915 46.00 1.03 0.80
30 24 XMR3024 1,165 30.00 XSPR3024 1,060 38.00 XLPR3024 1,125 38.00 XPPR3024 1,020 46.00 1.03 0.89
36 14 XMR3614 36.00 1.15 0.66
36 18 XMR3618 36.00 1.15 0.75
48 24 XMR4824 45.00 XSPR4824 56.00 1.42 0.89
® Certified to Weights in pounds, less accessories/Dimensions in inches

® ANSI/NSF 61
Member
January 2019 SIGMA Corporation www.sigmaco.com 9
MJ x FLANGE ADAPTERS DUCTILE IRON
Size Item No. Wt. L T
3 XMFA3 30 8.00 0.48
4 XMFA4 40 8.00 0.52
6 XMFA6 60 8.00 0.55
8 XMFA8 85 8.00 0.60
10 XMFA10 115 8.00 0.68
12 XMFA12 155 8.00 0.75
14 XMFA14 195 8.00 0.66
16 XMFA16 240 8.00 0.70
18 XMFA18 280 8.00 0.75
20 XMFA20 340 8.00 0.80
24 XMFA24 455 8.00 0.89
30 XMFA30 760 10.00 1.03 MJ x Flange Adapters
36 XMFA36 1070 10.00 1.15
42 XMFA42 1505 12.00 1.28
48 XMFA48 1885 12.00 1.42
MJ X FLANGE 90° BEND DUCTILE IRON
SIZE Item No. A S T
14 XMFB1490 14.00 14.00 0.66
16 XMFB1690 15.00 15.00 0.70
18 XMFB1890 16.50 16.50 0.75
20 XMFB2090 18.00 18.00 0.80
24 XMFB2490 22.00 22.00 0.89
36 XMFB3690 28.00 28.00 1.15
MJ X FLANGE 45° BEND DUCTILE IRON
SIZE Item No. A S T
30 XMFB3045 15.00 15.00 1.03
36 XMFB3645 18.00 18.00 1.15 MJ x Flange Bend
42 XMFB4245 21.00 21.00 1.28
48 XMFB4845 24.00 24.00 1.42
MJ x Flange
Reducer
MJ X FLANGE REDUCER DUCTILE IRON

Size Item No. L T T1 Wt. Size Item No. L T T1 Wt.
4 3 XMFR43 7.00 0.52 0.48 18 14 XMFR1814 19.00 0.75 0.66
6 3 XMFR63 9.00 0.55 0.48 18 16 XMFR1816 19.00 0.75 0.70
6 4 XMFR64 9.00 0.55 0.52 20 10 XMFR2010 20.00 0.80 0.68
8 4 XMFR84 11.00 0.60 0.52 20 12 XMFR2012 20.00 0.80 0.75
8 6 XMFR86 11.00 0.60 0.55 20 14 XMFR2014 20.00 0.80 0.66
10 4 XMFR104 12.00 0.68 0.52 20 16 XMFR2016 20.00 0.80 0.70
10 6 XMFR106 12.00 0.68 0.55 20 18 XMFR2018 20.00 0.80 0.75
10 8 XMFR108 12.00 0.68 0.60 24 12 XMFR2412 24.00 0.89 0.75
12 4 XMFR124 14.00 0.75 0.52 24 14 XMFR2414 24.00 0.89 0.66
12 6 XMFR126 14.00 0.75 0.55 24 16 XMFR2416 24.00 0.89 0.70
12 8 XMFR128 14.00 0.75 0.60 24 18 XMFR2418 24.00 0.89 0.75
12 10 XMFR1210 14.00 0.75 0.68 24 20 XMFR2420 24.00 0.89 0.80
14 6 XMFR146 16.00 0.66 0.55 30 18 XMFR3018 30.00 1.03 0.75
14 8 XMFR148 16.00 0.66 0.60 30 20 XMFR3020 30.00 1.03 0.80
14 10 XMFR1410 16.00 0.66 0.68 30 24 XMFR3024 30.00 1.03 0.89
14 12 XMFR1412 16.00 0.66 0.75 36 20 XMFR3620 36.00 1.15 0.80
16 6 XMFR166 18.00 0.70 0.55 36 24 XMFR3624 36.00 1.15 0.89
16 8 XMFR168 18.00 0.70 0.60 36 30 XMFR3630 36.00 1.15 1.03
16 10 XMFR1610 18.00 0.70 0.68 42 20 XMFR4220 42.00 1.28 0.80
16 12 XMFR1612 18.00 0.70 0.75 42 24 XMFR4224 42.00 1.28 0.89
16 14 XMFR1614 18.00 0.70 0.66 42 30 XMFR4230 42.00 1.28 1.03
18 6 XMFR186 18.00 0.75 0.55 42 36 XMFR4236 42.00 1.28 1.15
18 8 XMFR188 19.00 0.75 0.60 48 30 XMFR4830 48.00 1.42 1.03
18 10 XMFR1810 19.00 0.75 0.68 48 36 XMFR4836 48.00 1.42 1.15
18 12 XMFR1812 19.00 0.75 0.75 48 42 XMFR4842 48.00 1.42 1.28

® ANSI/NSF 61
10 January 2019 SIGMA Corporation www.sigmaco.com Member

ECCENTRIC REDUCER DUCTILE IRON
Size Item No. L T T1 Wt.
4 3 XMRE43 7.00 0.52 0.48
6 3 XMRE63 9.00 0.55 0.48
6 4 XMRE64 9.00 0.55 0.52
8 4 XMRE84 11.00 0.60 0.52
8 6 XMRE86 11.00 0.60 0.55
10 4 XMRE104 12.00 0.68 0.52 Eccentric Reducer
10 6 XMRE106 12.00 0.68 0.55
10 8 XMRE108 12.00 0.68 0.60
12 4 XMRE124 14.00 0.75 0.52 Size Item No. L T T1 Wt.
12 6 XMRE126 14.00 0.75 0.55 24 6 XMRE246 24.00 0.89 0.55
12 8 XMRE128 14.00 0.75 0.60 24 12 XMRE2412 24.00 0.89 0.75
12 10 XMRE1210 14.00 0.75 0.68 24 14 XMRE2414 24.00 0.89 0.66
14 6 XMRE146 16.00 0.66 0.55 24 16 XMRE2416 24.00 0.89 0.70
14 8 XMRE148 16.00 0.66 0.60 24 18 XMRE2418 24.00 0.89 0.75
14 10 XMRE1410 16.00 0.66 0.68 24 20 XMRE2420 24.00 0.89 0.80
14 12 XMRE1412 16.00 0.66 0.75 30 16 XMRE3016 30.00 1.03 0.70
16 6 XMRE166 18.00 0.70 0.55 30 18 XMRE3018 30.00 1.03 0.75
16 8 XMRE168 18.00 0.70 0.60 30 20 XMRE3020 30.00 1.03 0.80
16 10 XMRE1610 18.00 0.70 0.68 30 24 XMRE3024 30.00 1.03 0.89
16 12 XMRE1612 18.00 0.70 0.75 36 14 XMRE3614 36.00 1.15 0.66
16 14 XMRE1614 18.00 0.70 0.66 36 20 XMRE3620 36.00 1.15 0.80
18 8 XMRE188 19.00 0.75 0.60 36 24 XMRE3624 36.00 1.15 0.89
18 10 XMRE1810 19.00 0.75 0.68 36 30 XMRE3630 36.00 1.15 1.03
18 12 XMRE1812 19.00 0.75 0.75 42 20 XMRE4220 42.00 1.28 0.80
18 14 XMRE1814 19.00 0.75 0.66 42 24 XMRE4224 42.00 1.28 0.89
18 16 XMRE1816 19.00 0.75 0.70 42 30 XMRE4230 42.00 1.28 1.03
20 10 XMRE2010 20.00 0.80 0.68 42 36 XMRE4236 42.00 1.28 1.15
20 12 XMRE2012 20.00 0.80 0.75 48 24 XMRE4824 45.00 1.42 0.89
20 14 XMRE2014 20.00 0.80 0.66 48 30 XMRE4830 48.00 1.42 1.03
20 16 XMRE2016 20.00 0.80 0.70 48 36 XMRE4836 48.00 1.42 1.15
20 18 XMRE2018 20.00 0.80 0.75 48 42 XMRE4842 48.00 1.42 1.28
SLEEVES DUCTILE IRON

Size SHORT SLEEVES LONG SLEEVES
Item No. L T Wt. Item No. L T Wt.
3 XMS3 7.5 .48 25 XML3 12.0 .48 30
4 XMS4 7.5 .52 35 XML4 12.0 .52 45
6 XMS6 7.5 .55 45 XML6 12.0 .55 65
8 XMS8 7.5 .60 65 XML8 12.0 .60 85
10 XMS10 7.5 .68 85 XML10 12.0 .68 115
12 XMS12 7.5 .75 110 XML12 12.0 .75 145
14 XMS14 9.5 .66 150 XML14 15.0 .66 195
16 XMS16 9.5 .70 180 XML16 15.0 .70 235
18 XMS18 9.5 .75 215 XML18 15.0 .75 285
20 XMS20 9.5 .80 240 XML20 15.0 .80 325
24 XMS24 9.5 .89 320 XML24 15.0 .89 425
30 XMS30 15.0 1.03 635 XML30 24.0 1.03 885 Short Sleeves Long Sleeves
36 XMS36 15.0 1.15 855 XML36 24.0 1.15 1,190
42 XMS42 15.0 1.28 1,115 XML42 24.0 1.28 1,550
48 XMS48 15.0 1.42 1,385 XML48 24.0 1.42 1,940
MODIFIED SLEEVES DUCTILE IRON

Size LONG SLEEVES
Item No. L Wt.
4 XMML4 12 46
6 XMML6 12 63
8 XMML8 12 84
10 XMML10 12 115
12 XMML12 12 149
16 XMML16 15 235
20 XMML20 15 362
24 XMML24 15 484

® ANSI/NSF 61

OFFSETS DUCTILE IRON

MJ x MJ Item No. Wt. O V T MJ x PE Wt. O V T
Size Item No.
3x5 XMO35 50 5 19 0.48 XMQ35 5 27 0.48
3x6 XMO36 50 6 19 0.48
3x12 XMO312 60 12 22 0.48 XMQ312 60 12 30 0.48
3x18 XMO318 75 18 30 0.48 XMQ318 75 18 38 0.48
4x6 XMO46 75 6 19 0.52 XMQ46 70 6 27 0.52
4x12 XMO412 85 12 22 0.52 XMQ412 80 12 30 0.52
4x18 XMO418 105 18 30 0.52 XMQ418 100 18 38 0.52
4x24 XMQ424 24 44 0.52
6x6 XMO66 110 6 20 0.55 XMQ66 105 6 28 0.55
6x12 XMO612 135 12 26 0.55 XMQ612 130 12 34 0.55
6x18 XMO618 165 18 33 0.55 XMQ618 160 18 41 0.55
6x24 XMO624 195 24 39 0.55 XMQ624 195 24 47 0.55
8x6 XMO86 160 6 21 0.60 XMQ86 155 6 29 0.60
8x12 XMO812 200 12 28 0.60 XMQ812 195 12 36 0.60
8x18 XMO818 245 18 35 0.60 XMQ818 240 18 43 0.60
8x24 XMO824 325 24 41 0.60 XMQ824 24 49 0.60
10x6 XMO106 220 6 22 0.68 XMQ106 220 6 30 0.68
10x12 XMO1012 250 12 30 0.68 XMQ1012 250 12 38 0.68
10x18 XMO1018 340 18 38 0.68 XMQ1018 340 18 46 0.68 MJ x MJ
10x24 XMO1024 400 24 44 0.68 XMQ1024 24 52 0.68
12x6 XMO126 320 6 26 0.75 XMQ126 320 6 34 0.75
12x12 XMO1212 420 12 37 0.75 XMQ1212 420 12 45 0.75
12x18 XMO1218 520 18 48 0.75 XMQ1218 520 18 56 0.75
12x24 XMO1224 600 24 54 0.75 XMQ1224 24 62 0.75
14 x 6 XMO146 380 6 27 0.66 XMQ146 365 6 35 0.66
14 x 12 XMO1412 480 12 38 0.66 XMQ1412 465 12 46 0.66
14 x 18 XMO1418 585 18 49 0.66 XMQ1418 570 18 57 0.66
14 x 24 XMO1424 24 55 0.66 XMQ1424 24 63 0.66
16 x 6 XMO166 460 6 27 0.70 XMQ166 440 6 35 0.70
16 x 12 XMO1612 600 12 40 0.70 XMQ1612 690 12 48 0.70
16 x 18 XMO1618 710 18 50 0.70 XMQ1618 690 18 58 0.70
16 x 24 XMO1624 24 56 0.70 XMQ1624 24 64 0.70
18 x 6 XMO186 6 28 0.75 XMQ186 6 36 0.75
18 x 12 XMO1812 12 40 0.75 XMQ1812 12 48 0.75
18 x 18 XMO1818 18 51 0.75 XMQ1818 18 59 0.75
18 x 24 XMO1824 24 57 0.75 XMQ1824 24 65 0.75
20 x 6 XMO206 6 28 0.80 XMQ206 6 36 0.80
20x12 XMO2012 725 12 40 0.80 XMQ2012 12 48 0.80
20x18 XMO2018 1050 18 52 0.80 XMQ2018 18 60 0.80
20x24 XMO2024 1245 24 58 0.80 XMQ2024 24 66 0.80
24 x 6 XMO246 6 28 0.89 XMQ246 6 36 0.89
24 x 12 XMO2412 12 40 0.89 XMQ2412 12 48 0.89
24 x 18 XMO2418 18 52 0.89 XMQ2418 18 60 0.89 MJ x PE
24 x 24 XMO2424 24 58 0.89 XMQ2424 24 66 0.89

®
ANSI/NSF 61
Member
LATERAL WYES DUCTILE IRON
Size Item No. Wt. A B C T T1
Run Br
3 3 XMY33 60 10.00 3.00 10.00 0.48 0.48
4 3 XMY43 85 12.00 3.00 12.00 0.52 0.48
4 4 XMY44 95 12.00 3.00 12.00 0.52 0.52
6 3 XMY63 125 14.50 3.50 14.50 0.55 0.48
6 4 XMY64 135 14.50 3.50 14.50 0.55 0.52
6 6 XMY66 150 14.50 3.50 14.50 0.55 0.55
8 4 XMY84 190 17.50 4.50 17.50 0.60 0.52
8 6 XMY86 205 17.50 4.50 17.50 0.60 0.55
8 8 XMY88 225 17.50 4.50 17.50 0.60 0.60
10 4 XMY104 270 20.50 5.00 20.50 0.68 0.52
10 6 XMY106 285 20.50 5.00 20.50 0.68 0.55
10 8 XMY108 305 20.50 5.00 20.50 0.68 0.60
10 10 XMY1010 375 20.50 5.00 20.50 0.68 0.68
12 4 XMY124 380 24.50 5.50 24.50 0.75 0.52
12 6 XMY126 390 24.50 5.50 24.50 0.75 0.55
12 8 XMY128 415 24.50 5.50 24.50 0.75 0.60
12 10 XMY210 500 24.50 5.50 24.50 0.75 0.68
12 12 XMY1212 535 24.50 5.50 24.50 0.75 0.75
14 4 XMY144 540 27.00 6.00 27.00 0.66 0.52
14 6 XMY146 565 27.00 6.00 27.00 0.66 0.55
14 8 XMY148 595 27.00 6.00 27.00 0.66 0.60
14 10 XMY1410 630 27.00 6.00 27.00 0.66 0.68
14 12 XMY1412 690 27.00 6.00 27.00 0.66 0.75
14 14 XMY1414 700 27.00 6.00 27.00 0.66 0.66
16 4 XMY164 720 30.00 6.50 30.00 0.70 0.52 Lateral Wyes
16 6 XMY166 755 30.00 6.50 30.00 0.70 0.55
16 8 XMY168 790 30.00 6.50 30.00 0.70 0.60
16 10 XMY1610 850 30.00 6.50 30.00 0.70 0.68
16 12 XMY1612 905 30.00 6.50 30.00 0.70 0.75
16 14 XMY1614 865 30.00 6.50 30.00 0.70 0.66
16 16 XMY1616 890 30.00 6.50 30.00 0.70 0.70
18 4 XMY184 925 25.00 1.00 27.50 0.75 0.52
18 6 XMY186 960 25.00 1.00 27.50 0.75 0.55
18 8 XMY188 1,015 25.00 1.00 27.50 0.75 0.60
18 10 XMY1810 1,070 32.00 7.00 32.00 0.75 0.68
18 12 XMY1812 1,130 32.00 7.00 32.00 0.75 0.75
18 14 XMY1814 1,115 32.00 7.00 32.00 0.75 0.66
18 16 XMY1816 1,150 32.00 7.00 32.00 0.75 0.70
18 18 XMY1818 1,190 32.00 7.00 32.00 0.75 0.75
20 4 XMY204 1,250 27.00 0.00 29.50 0.80 0.52 Size 10 Wt. A B C T T1
20 6 XMY206 1,300 27.00 0.00 29.50 0.80 0.55 Run Br
20 8 XMY208 1,365 27.00 0.00 29.50 0.80 0.60 36 12 XMY3612 4895 54.00 15.25 54.00 1.15 0.75
20 10 XMY2010 1435 27.00 1.00 29.50 0.80 0.68 36 14 XMY3614 4970 54.00 15.25 54.00 1.15 0.66
20 12 XMY2012 540 35.00 8.00 35.00 0.80 0.75 36 16 XMY3616 5040 54.00 15.25 54.00 1.15 0.70
20 14 XMY2014 565 35.00 8.00 35.00 0.80 0.66 36 18 XMY3618 5120 54.00 15.25 54.00 1.15 0.75
20 16 XMY2016 595 35.00 8.00 35.00 0.80 0.70 36 20 XMY3620 5205 54.00 15.25 54.00 1.15 0.80
20 18 XMY2018 630 35.00 8.00 35.00 0.80 0.75 36 24 XMY3624 5390 54.00 15.25 54.00 1.15 0.89
20 20 XMY2020 690 35.00 8.00 35.00 0.80 0.80 36 30 XMY3630 5805 56.00 15.25 56.00 1.15 1.03
24 6 XMY246 953 31.50 0.50 31.50 0.89 0.55 36 36 XMY3636 6335 60.00 19.50 60.00 1.15 1.15
24 8 XMY248 1,625 31.50 0.00 34.50 0.89 0.60 42 12 XMY4212 52.00 0.00 52.00 1.78 0.75
24 10 XMY2410 1660 31.50 0.50 34.50 0.89 0.68 42 20 XMY4220 60.00 12.00 60.00 1.28 0.80
24 12 XMY2412 1700 31.50 0.50 34.50 0.89 0.75 42 24 XMY4224 60.00 12.00 60.00 1.28 0.89
24 14 XMY2414 1,760 40.50 9.00 40.50 0.89 0.66 42 30 XMY4230 63.00 12.00 63.00 1.28 1.03
24 16 XMY2416 1,815 40.50 9.00 40.50 0.89 0.70 42 36 XMY4236 66.00 12.00 66.00 1.28 1.15
24 18 XMY2418 1,880 40.50 9.00 40.50 0.89 0.75 42 42 XMY4242 71.00 15.00 71.00 1.28 1.28
24 20 XMY2420 1,950 40.50 9.00 40.50 0.89 0.80 48 6 XMY486 52.00 0.00 66.00 1.42 0.55
24 24 XMY2424 2,115 40.50 9.00 40.50 0.89 0.89 48 8 XMY488 52.00 0.00 60.00 1.42 0.60
30 8 XMY308 49.00 10.00 49.00 1.03 0.60 48 12 XMY4812 52.00 0.00 66.00 1.42 0.75
30 12 XMY3012 2,850 49.00 10.00 49.00 1.03 0.75 48 16 XMY4816 52.00 0.00 66.00 1.42 0.70
30 14 XMY3014 2,915 49.00 10.00 49.00 1.03 0.66 48 20 XMY4820 52.00 0.00 66.00 1.42 0.80
30 16 XMY3016 2,975 49.00 10.00 49.00 1.03 0.70 48 24 XMY4824 58.00 5.00 64.00 1.42 0.89
30 18 XMY3018 3,040 49.00 10.00 49.00 1.03 0.75 48 30 XMY4830 59.00 4.00 64.00 1.42 1.03
30 20 XMY3020 3,115 49.00 10.00 49.00 1.03 0.80 48 36 XMY4836 64.00 5.00 68.00 1.42 1.15
30 24 XMY3024 3,280 49.00 10.00 49.00 1.03 0.89 48 42 XMY4842 77.00 12.00 77.00 1.42 1.28
30 30 XMY3030 3,670 52.50 18.25 52.50 1.03 1.03 48 48 XMY4848 77.00 16.00 77.00 1.42 1.42
42” and 48” lateral wyes are available on

special order.
Contact SIGMA for details.

®

® ANSI/NSF 61

CAPS AND PLUGS DUCTILE IRON

CAPS PLUGS
Size Solid Tapped T T1 Wt. Solid Tapped T T1 Wt.
2 XMP2 0.48
3 XMK3 XTK3 0.50 0.48 12 XMP3 XTP3 0.50 0.48 10
4 XMK4 XTK4 0.60 0.52 15 XMP4 XTP4 0.60 0.52 15
6 XMK6 XTK6 0.56 0.55 25 XMP6 XTP6 0.65 0.55 25
8 XMK8 XTK8 0.70 0.60 45 XMP8 XTP8 0.70 0.60 45
10 XMK10 XTK10 0.75 0.68 60 XMP10 XTP10 0.75 0.68 65
12 XMK12 XTK12 0.75 0.75 80 XMP12 XTP12 0.75 0.75 90
14 XMK14 XTK14 0.32 0.66 110 XMP14 XTP14 0.32 0.66 115
16 XMK16 XTK16 0.89 0.70 150 XMP16 XTP16 0.59 0.70 145
18 XMK18 XTK18 0.96 0.75 185 XMP18 XTP18 0.96 0.75 180
20 XMK20 XTK20 1.03 0.80 200 XMP20 XTP20 1.03 0.80 200
24 XMK24 XTK24 1.16 0.89 300 XMP24 XTP24 1.16 0.89 390
30 XMK30 XTK30 1.03 590 XMP30 XTP30 1.03 573
36 XMK36 XTK36 1.15 850 XMP36 XTP36 1.15 815
42 XMK42 XTK42 1.28 1,180 XMP42 XTP42 1.28 1,110
48 XMK48 XTK48 1.42 1,595 XMP48 XTP48 1.42 1,455
PLUGS
Size Solid T T1 Wt.
3 XMMP3 0.50 0.48 10
4 XMMP4 0.60 0.52 16
6 XMMP6 0.65 0.55 26
8 XMMP8 0.70 0.60 47
10 XMMP10 0.75 0.68 65
12 XMMP12 0.75 0.75 88
14 XMMP14 0.32 0.66
16 XMMP16 0.59 0.70 145
18 XMMP18 0.96 0.75 185
20 XMMP20 1.03 0.80 225
24 XMMP24 1.16 0.89 335

® ANSI/NSF 61
Member
C110 Flanged Fittings Non-Standard Items:
Item # Description
•XMB106 C110 DI 10" X 6" MJ X MJ REDUCING BEND
•XMB211 C110 DI 2" MJ x MJ 11-1/4 DEGREE BEND
•XMB222 C110 DI 2" MJ x MJ 22-1/2 DEGREE BEND
•XMB245 C110 DI 2" MJ x MJ 45 DEGREE BEND
•XMB290 C110 DI 2" MJ x MJ 90 DEGREE BEND
•XMB4205 C110 DI 42" X 42" MJ X MJ 5-5/8 DEGREE BEND
•XMB4805 C110 DI 48" X 48" MJ X MJ 5-5/8 DEGREE BEND
•XMB84 C110 DI 8" X 4" MJ X MJ REDUCING BEND
•XMC164 C110 DI 16" X 4" MJ X MJ CROSS
•XMH366 C110 DI 36" X 6" MJ X SWL TEE
•XMS2 C110 DI 2" X 2" MJ X MJ SHORT SLEEVE
•XMT103 C110 DI 10" X 3" MJ X MJ TEE
•XMT343 C110 DI 3" X 4" X 3" MJ X MJ X MJ TEE
•XMT446 C110 DI 4" X 4" X 6" MJ X MJ X MJ TEE MC: W/ 6" SI
•XMY83 C110 DI 8" X 3" MJ X MJ WYE
Note: Contact SIGMA for more information on non-standard fittings
® Certified to
® ANSI/NSF 61

Line Card
AWWA Ductile Iron Fittings
• 2-64” C153 Ductile Iron Mechanical Joint Fittings
LOCATIONS • 2-48” C110 Ductile Iron Mechanical Joint Fittings
• 2-64” C110 Ductile Iron Flanged Fittings
Northeast Region • 3-24” C153 Ductile Iron Push-On Fittings
Cream Ridge, New Jersey (HQ) • 4-24” C110 Ductile Iron Push-On Fittings
700 Goldman Drive • 3-36” Ductile Iron Mechanical Joint Connector
Cream Ridge, NJ 08514 • C116 Fusion Bonded Epoxy Lining Available
• PROTECTO 401® Ceramic Epoxy Lining Available
Phone (800) 999-2550
Visit our website for available special coatings. http://www.sigmaco.com/fittings-coatings-linings/
Fax (609) 758-1158
crmcsr@sigmaco.com Mechanical Joint Accessories
• Prepackaged and Loose Mechanical Joint Accessories
• SIGMASEAL™ Improved Mechanical Joint Gasket
REPCO
• Snap-On Multi-Purpose Gasket for Ductile Iron or PVC Pressure Pipes
395 Boul. Labbé Nord • OMNI-SLEEVE™ Improved Wall Penetration Sleeve
Victoriaville, Qc G6P 1B1 • Specialty Bolts and Nuts for Mechanical Joint Assemblies
Phone (888) 744-6262 ONE-LOK™ Wedge Action Restraints
Fax (819) 758-1153 • 3-48” ONE-LOK D-SLDE Domestic Wedge Restraint for Ductile Iron Pipe
jboucher@repco.ca • 3-64” ONE-LOK SLDE Wedge Restraint for Ductile Iron Pipe (Import)
• 4-48” ONE-LOK T-SLDE Tandem Wedge Restraint for High Pressure Ductile Iron Pipe
Concord Supply • 3-36” ONE-LOK D-SLCE Domestic Wedge Restraint for PVC Pipe
• 3-12” ONE-LOK SLC Wedge Restraint for PVC Pipe (Import)
2353 Bowman Street • 3-60” ONE-LOK SLCE Wedge Restraint for PVC Pipe (Import)
Innisfil, Ontario L9S 3V6 • 3-42” ONE-LOK SLDEH Wedge Harness Restraint for Ductile Iron Pipe
Phone (877) 436-3800 • 4-12” /16” /20” ONE-LOK SLDM Wedge Restraint for Oversized Cast Iron Pipe
Fax (705) 436-6338 • 4-36” ONE-LOK SSLD Split Wedge Restraint for Installed Ductile Iron Pipe & Fitting
• 4-36” ONE-LOK SSLDH Split Wedge Harness Restraint for Installed Ductile Iron Pipe
tanya@concordsupply.ca • 4-12” ONE-LOK SLCEH Wedge Harness Restraint for AWWA C900 PVC Pipe
Visit our website for available special coatings. http://www.sigmaco.com/pipe-restraint-product-coatings-linings/
Midwest Region
PV-LOK™ Serration Lock Restraints
Sauk Village, Illinois
• 4-48” PV-LOK PWM Serrated Restraint for Ductile Iron Fitting & AWWA C900/905 PVC Pipe
21699 Torrence Avenue • 4-48” PV-LOK PWP Serrated Bell Joint Restraint for AWWA C900/905 PVC Pipe
Sauk Village, IL 60411 • 4-12” PV-LOK D-PWP Domestic Serrated Bell Joint Restraint for AWWA C900 PVC Pipe
Phone (888) 999-0420 • 4-12” PV-LOK PWPF Restraint for AWWA C900/905 PVC Pipe & PVC Fitting
• 4-12” PV-LOK PWH Serrated Harness Restraint for AWWA C900 PVC Pipe
Fax (708) 758-6790
• 2-12” PV-LOK PVM Serrated Restraint for Ductile Iron & IPS OD PVC pipe
chicsr@sigmaco.com • 2-12” PV-LOK PVP Serrated Bell Joint Restraint for IPS OD PVC Pipe
• 4-8” PV-LOK PVPF Serrated Restraint for IPS OD PVC Pipe & PVC Fitting
Southeast Region • 4-12” PV-LOK PWP Serrated Bell Joint Restraint for Ductile Iron Pipe
Visit our website for available special coatings. http://www.sigmaco.com/pipe-restraint-product-coatings-linings/
Alexander City, Alabama
1500 Highway 22 W HDPE (Raven) Products
Alexander City, AL 35010
• Rotational Molded Meter Boxes & Pits
Phone (800) 824-4513 • Optional White Interior Available
Fax (256) 234-4956 • Light & Medium Duty Load Capacities
alxcsr@sigmaco.com • Extensive Nationwide Inventory
• Rotational Molded Oil-Water Separators
• OEM Service Available
Southwest Region
Houston, Texas Municipal Construction Castings
5000 Askins Lane
• Manhole Rings and Covers
Houston, TX 77093
• Curb and Meter Boxes
Phone (800) 999-0109 • Frames and Grates
Fax (281) 987-0200 • Storm Inlets
htncsr@sigmaco.com • Valve Boxes, Risers, and Extensions
Products for the Ductile Iron Fabricator

Western Region
• 3-64” High Hub Threaded Flanges
Ontario, California • 3-48” Tapped High Hub Threaded Flanges
4652 E. Guasti Road • 3-36” Extra Heavy 250lb Drilled Threaded Flanges
Ontario, CA 91761 • 3-48” Threaded MJ Bell Adapters
Phone (800) 688-6230 • 3-48” MJ x PE Bell adapter
• 3-48” Anchor Flanges
Fax (909) 391-2033 • 3-16” Filler Flanges
ontcsr@sigmaco.com
Extended Range Products
Auburn, Washington (Branch) • Flange-Pak™ Prepackaged Flange Accessory Sets
• Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe
902 W Main Street • Copper Tubing Products
Auburn, WA 98001 • Tracer Wire & Detectable/Non-Detectable Marking Tape
Phone (800) 688-6230 • Pipe Joint Lubricant & Hydraulic Cement
Fax (909) 391-2033 • Socket Clamps and Tie Rod Accessories
• Boxlok Valve Box Alignment Device
ontcsr@sigmaco.com • Cast Iron Companion Flanges
Flange Adapters
• 3-36” SIGMAFLANGE Flange Adapter Sleeve for PVC and Ductile Iron Pipe
• 2-48” ZIP FLANGE Set Screw Style Flange Adapter
• 3-12” SIGMAFLANGE Universal Joint for Flanged Fittings, Flanged Pipes & Valves
www.sigmaco.com
Terms and Conditions of Sales available at our website.
TRIM-TYTON and TYTON are registered trademarks of the United States Pipe and Foundry Company • PROTECTO 401 is a registered trademark of Induron, Inc.
16 January 2019 SIGMA Corporation www.sigmaco.com © May 2018 SIGMA Corporation All rights reserved.
seton.com
Editable:
877.367.7732
Fax 800.345.7819 Email submittals@seton.com
Signs, Labels & Solutions for a Safer Workplace
Outlined: P.O. Box 458, Buffalo, NY 14240-0458
PRODUCT DATA SHEET

Detectable Underground Warning Tape
n Underground tapes are 1000 ft rolls or made to spec
n All Underground tapes made to APWA approved colors to meet or exceed
industry standards
Description: 5 -mil tape with aluminum backing makes it easy to find
underground assets using a non-ferrous locator. Wider
tapes help locatability at greater depths.
Use: F or non-metallic underground installations such as utility
lines, PVC, and non-metal piping. The aluminum core allows
detectability through a non-ferrous locator so the deeper
the burial the wider the tape should be.
Adhesive Type: Self-Adhesive
Substrate Type: 2 mil clear film laminated to ½ mil Aluminum Foil Center Core
Compliance: Complies with APWA colors
Standard Legend Black
Colors:
Standard Background Blue, yellow, green, red, orange
Colors:
Thickness: .005 inches
Standard Sizes/Dimensions: Width Recommended Depth
2” up to 12” depth
3” for 12” to 18” depth
6” up to 24” depth
Date: / / Job:
Contractor
BFDS2003/Advertising/Submittals/2015/P&V/Anodized Aluminum Nameplates
GRASA PARA UNIONES DE
JUNTA RAPIDA
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Issue Date 18-Feb-2014 Revision Date: 2-Aug-2017 Version 3
1. IDENTIFICATION

GHS Product Identifier
Product Name Phoenix 27-‐XL Water Dispersible Pipe Joint Lubricant

Other Means of Identification
SDS #
Chemical Formula 11-‐4 or 11-‐4R1
Other Information

Recommended Use of the Chemical and Restrictions on Use
Recommended Use Lubricant

Details of the Supplier of the Safety Data Sheet
Supplier Address
JTM Products, Inc.
31025 Carter Street
Solon, OH 44139
Tel. 440-‐287-‐2302
800-‐229-‐6744
Fax. 440-‐287-‐3095

Emergency Telephone Number
Emergency Telephone Chemtel 1-‐800-‐255-‐3924

2. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION

Classification
This chemical is considered hazardous according to the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard 2012 (29 CFR
1910.1200)

GHS classification
Hazard categories:
Skin Irritant 3
Eye irritation: Eye Irritant 2B

Label elements
Signal word: Warning

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Page 1 / 8

Phoenix 27-XL Water Dispersible Pipe Joint Lubricant Revision Date: 2-Aug-2017

Hazard statements
H316 Causes mild skin irritation.
H320 Causes eye irritation.

Precautionary statements
P264 Wash skin thoroughly after handling.
P332+P313 If skin irritation occurs: Get medical advice/attention.
P305+P351+P338 IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses,
if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing.
P337+P313 If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.

3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

The product contains no substances which at their given concentration, are considered to be hazardous to health.

Components
CAS No. Chemical Name Quantity
TSRN 0210 Proprietary Lubricity Enhancers 40 -‐50%

7732-‐18-‐5 Water 20-‐35%
68606-‐06-‐4 Mixed sodium and potassium salts of tall oil (soap) 15-‐25%
EINECS
271-‐723-‐9

Where range is displayed, the exact percentage (concentration) of composition has been withheld as a trade secret.

4. FIRST AID MEASURES

First Aid Measures

Inhalation Move to fresh air. If symptoms persist, call a physician

Eye contact Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes, lifting lower and upper eyelids.
If symptoms persist, call a physician.

Ingestion Do NOT induce vomiting. Drink plenty of water. Rinse mouth. Never give anything by mouth
to an unconscious person. Call a physician or poison control center immediately

Skin Contact Wash off immediately with soap and water. If skin irritation persists, call a physician.

Most Important Symptoms and Effects, Both Acute and Delayed

Symptoms
Direct contact with eyes may cause temporary irritation. Prolonged or repeated skin contact may cause irritation.

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Page 2 / 8

Indication of any Immediate Medical Attention and Special Treatment Needed
Note to Physicians Treat symptomatically.

5. FIRE-FIGHTING MEASURES

Suitable Extinguishing Media
Water. Water spray (fog). Alcohol resistant foam. Carbon dioxide (CO2). Dry chemical.

Unsuitable Extinguishing Media
CAUTION: Use of water spray when fighting fire may be inefficient.

Specific Hazards Arising from the Chemical
No information available.

Hazardous Combustion Products
Sensitivity to Mechanical Impact None
Sensitivity to Static Discharge None

Protective Equipment and Precautions for Firefighters
As in any fire, wear self-‐contained breathing apparatus pressure-‐demand, MSHA/NIOSH (approved or equivalent) and
full protective gear. Prevent runoff from fire control or dilution from entering streams, sewers, or drinking water
supply.

6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

Personal Precautions, Protective Equipment and Emergency Procedures

Personal Precautions Avoid contact with the skin and the eyes. Evacuate personnel to safe areas. Use
personal protective equipment. Keep people away from and upwind of spill/leak.

Environmental Precautions Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so. Prevent product from entering
drains. Do not flush into surface water or sanitary sewer system. Prevent entry into
waterways, sewers, basements or confined areas. See Section 12 for additional
Ecological information

Methods and Material for Containment and Cleaning Up

Methods for Containment Dike to collect large liquid spills. Prevent leakage or spillage if safe to do so.

Methods for Cleaning Up Dam up. Soak up with inert absorbent material Place the bulk of any spilled material
into properly labeled containers. Rinse any remaining material to sewage treatment
facility. Clean up in accordance with all applicable regulations.

7. HANDLING AND STORAGE

Precautions for Safe Handling

Handling Wear personal protective equipment. Avoid contact with skin, eyes and clothing. Do not breathe
vapors or spray mist. Ensure adequate ventilation. Use only in area provided with appropriate
exhaust ventilation. Do not eat, drink or smoke when using this product. Wash thoroughly after
handling. Do not take internally.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Page 3 / 8


Conditions for Safe Storage, Including any Incompatibilities

Storage Keep containers tightly closed in a dry, cool and well-‐ventilated place. Keep in properly labeled
containers. Keep out of the reach of children.

Incompatible Materials Strong oxidizing agents. Strong bases

8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION

Control Parameters

Appropriate Engineering Controls

Engineering Controls Eyewash stations Showers Ventilation systems.

Individual Protection Measures, such as Personal Protective Equipment

Eye/Face Protection Wear approved safety goggles.
Skin and Body Protection Lightweight protective clothing. Chemical resistant gloves, if needed, to avoid
prolonged or repeated skin contact.
Respiratory Protection No special protective equipment required. If respirators are used, OSHA requires a
written respiratory program that includes at least: medical certification training, fit
testing, periodic environmental monitoring, maintenance, inspection, cleaning, and
convenient, sanitary storage areas.
General Hygiene Considerations
Always observe good personal hygiene measures, such as washing after handling the
material and before eating, drinking, and/or smoking. Do not eat, drink or smoke
when using this product. Regular cleaning of equipment, work area and clothing is
recommended.

Control Parameters N.A.

9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Information on Basic Physical and Chemical Properties
Physical State Paste
Appearance Off-‐White Paste Odor Bland
Color Off-‐white Odor threshold Not determined

Property Values Remarks – Method
pH ≈9 5% solution
Melting point/freezing point < 0° C/< 32° F
Boiling point/boiling range > 104° C/ > 220° F
Flash point > 104° C/ > 220° F
Evaporation rate Not applicable
Flammability (solid, gas) Not determined

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Page 4 / 8

Flammability Limits in Air
Upper Flammability Limits Not applicable
Lower Flammability Limits Not applicable
Vapor Pressure Not applicable
Vapor Density Not applicable
Specific Gravity 1.2
Water Solubility Completely soluble
Solubility in other Solvents Not determined
Partition Coefficient Not determined
Autoignition Temperature Not determined
Decomposition Temperature Not determined
Kinematic Viscosity Not determined
Dynamic Viscosity Not determined
Explosive Properties None
Oxidizing Properties None

Other Information
VOC Content (%) <5%

10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY

Reactivity
Not reactive under normal conditions

Chemical Stability
Stable under recommended storage conditions

Possibility of Hazardous Reactions
None under normal processing

Conditions to Avoid
Contact with incompatible material

Incompatible Materials
Strong oxidizing agents

Hazardous Decomposition Products
Carbon oxides

11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Information on Likely Route of Exposure

Product Information

Inhalation Not a likely route of exposure
Eye Contact Causes eye irritation
Skin Contact May cause mild skin irritation
Ingestion Do not taste or swallow
Symptoms Direct contact with eyes may cause temporary irritation. Prolonged or repeated
contact may dry skin and cause irritation

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Page 5 / 8

Delayed and Immediate Effects as well as Chronic Effects from Short and Long-Term Exposure

Carcinogenicity This product does not contain any carcinogens or potential carcinogens as listed by
OSHA, IARC or NTP

Numerical Measures of Toxicity – Product
The following values are calculated based on chapter 3.1 of the GHS document:
LD50 Oral 22665 mg/kg; Acute toxicity estimate mg/kg mg/L

12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Ecotoxicity
The environmental impact of this product has not been fully investigated.

Persistence and Degradability
No information available.

Mobility
Not Determined.

Other Adverse Effects
Not Determined.

13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS

Waste Treatment Methods
Disposal of Wastes Disposal should be in accordance with applicable regional, national and local laws and
regulations. Contact your supplier or a licensed contractor for detailed
recommendations.

Contaminated Packaging Do not re-‐use empty containers. Disposal should be in accordance with applicable
regional, national and local laws and regulations.

14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION

DOT Not regulated
IATA Not regulated
IMDG Not regulated

15. REGULATORY INFORMATION

International Inventories
TSCA All ingredients appear on inventory
DSL/NDSL All components of this product are listed or are exempt
EINECS/ELINCS - European Inventory of Existing Chemical Substances/European List of Notified Chemical Substances
/ not available (N.A.)
ENCS – Japan Existing and New Chemical Substances/not available (N.A.)
IECSC – China Inventory of Existing Chemical Substances/not available (N.A.)
KECL – Korean Existing and Evaluated Chemical Substances/not available (N.A.)
PICCS – Philippines Inventory of Chemicals and Chemical Substances/not available (N.A.)
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Page 6 / 8

Legend:
TSCA - United States Toxic Substances Control Act Section 8(b) Inventory
DSL/NDSL – Canadian Domestic Substances List/Non-Domestic Substances List
EINECS/ELINCS - European Inventory of Existing Chemical Substances/European List of Notified Chemical Substances
ENCS – Japan Existing and New Chemical Substances
IECSC – China Inventory of Existing Chemical Substances
KECL – Korean Existing and Evaluated Chemical Substances
PICCS – Philippines Inventory of Chemicals and Chemical Substances

US Federal Regulations
Section 313 of Title III of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA). This product does not
contain any chemicals which are subject to the reporting requirements of the Act and Title 40 of the Code of Federal
Regulations, Part 372.

SARA 311/312 Hazard Categories
Acute Health Hazard Yes
Chronic Health Hazard No
Fire Hazard No
Sudden Release of Pressure Hazard No
Reactive Hazard No

CWA (Clean Water Act)
This product contains the following substances which are regulated pollutants pursuant to the Clean Water Act (40 CFR
122.21 and 40 CFR 122.42): None known

CERCLA
This material, as supplied, contains one or more substances regulated as a hazardous substance under the
Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) (40 CFR 302): None Known

U.S. State Regulations

California Proposition 65
This product does not contain any Proposition 65 chemicals.

U.S. State Right-to-Know Regulations: Not applicable

U.S. EPA Label Information
EPA Pesticide Registration Number: Not Applicable

16. OTHER INFORMATION

NFPA Health Hazards Flammability Instability Special Hazards
1 0 0 Not determined

HMIS Health Hazards Flammability Physical Hazards Personal Protection
1 0 0 Not determined

Issuance Date 18-‐Feb-‐2014
Revision Date 2-‐Aug-‐2017
Revision Note Section 2: Reclassified as hazardous, Section 3: CAS# for water corrected.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Page 7 / 8


Disclaimer
The information provided in this Safety Data Sheet is correct to the best of our knowledge, information and
belief at the date of its publication. The information given is designed only as a guidance for safe handling, use,
processing, storage, transportation, disposal and release and is not to be considered a warranty or quality
specification. The information relates only to the specific material designated and may not be valid for such
material used in combination with any other materials or in any process, unless specified in the text.

End of Safety Data Sheet

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Page 8 / 8
Fabricated Flange Pipes
Rev. 02072020
A A A
H C H C L H C
J J M J
E O.D. G G E O.D. K G E O.D.
FLG. x FLG. FLG. x M.J. P FLG. x P.E.
O.D. H No. of K No. Of L M

Size A B C E G Flg’d Bolt J M.J. Bolt P
Min. Max. Min. Max. Holes Min. Max. Min. Max. HOes Min. Max.
3 • • 0.31 3.90 4.02 6.00 7.50 0.63 0.87 4 0.750 6.13 6.25 0.88 0.94 4 0.75 0.81 2.50
4 A A 0.32 4.74 4.86 7.50 9.00 0.82 1.06 8 0.750 7.44 7.56 0.94 1.00 4 0.875 0.935 2.50
6 S S 0.34 6.84 6.96 9.50 11.00 0.88 1.12 8 0.875 9.44 9.56 1.00 1.06 6 0.875 0.935 2.50
8 • • 0.36 8.99 9.11 11.75 13.50 1.00 1.24 8 0.875 11.69 11.81 1.04 1.12 6 0.875 0.935 2.50
10 • • 0.38 11.04 11.16 14.25 16.00 1.07 1.31 12 1.000 13.94 14.06 1.11 1.19 8 0.875 0.935 2.50
12 R R 0.40 13.14 13.26 17.00 19.00 1.13 1.37 12 1.000 16.19 16.31 1.17 1.25 8 0.875 0.935 2.50
14 E E 0.42 15.22 15.35 18.75 21.00 1.19 1.57 12 1.125 18.69 18.81 1.19 1.31 10 0.875 0.935 3.50
16 Q Q 0.43 17.32 17.45 21.25 23.50 1.25 1.63 16 1.125 20.94 21.06 1.26 1.38 12 0.875 0.935 3.50
18 U U 0.44 19.42 19.55 22.75 25.00 1.37 1.75 16 1.250 23.19 23.31 1.32 1.44 12 0.875 0.935 3.50
20 I I 0.45 21.52 21.65 25.00 27.50 1.50 1.88 20 1.250 25.44 25.56 1.38 1.50 14 0.875 0.935 3.50
24 R R 0.47 25.72 25.85 29.50 32.00 1.69 2.07 20 1.375 29.94 30.06 1.50 1.62 16 0.875 0.935 3.50
30 E E 0.51 31.94 32.08 36.00 38.75 1.87 2.37 28 1.375 36.82 36.94 1.69 1.81 20 1.125 1.185 4.00
36 D D 0.58 38.24 38.38 42.75 46.00 2.13 2.63 32 1.625 43.69 43.81 1.88 2.00 24 1.125 1.185 4.00
42 • • 0.65 44.44 44.58 49.50 53.00 2.37 2.87 36 1.625 50.56 50.68 1.88 2.00 28 1.375 1.435 4.00
48 • • 0.72 50.74 50.88 56.00 59.50 2.50 3.00 44 1.625 57.44 57.56 1.88 2.00 32 1.375 1.435 4.00
54 • • 0.81 57.40 57.64 62.75 62.75 2.75 3.25 44 1.875 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
1. Tolerance on length of FLG. x FLG. and FLG. x M.J. pipe shall be ± 0.125”.
2. Tolerance on length of FLG. x P.E. shall be ± 0.25”.
3. Above material shall meet all applicable sections of ANSI A21.10, A21.15, A21.51, B2.1, B16.1 & AWWA C110, C115, C150, C151 and all revisions thereto.
4. Flanged pipe shall be ductile iron pipe with ductile iron flanges threaded on.
5. Flange pipe is provided with cement lining per AWWA C104/A21.4. If other linings are required, contact your local sales representative.
6. The mechanical joint bell for 30” and 36” sizes of ductile iron pipe have thicknesses different from those shown in ANSI A21.11, which are based on gray iron
pipe. These reduced thicknesses provide a lighter-weight bell which is compatible with the wall thickness of ductile iron pipe.
7. Submitted material only. Consult your engineer for application.
8. 250 lb. faced and drilled flanges available upon request.
9. Flange-Tyte gaskets are included with all 14” or larger ductile iron flanged joint products supplied by U.S. Pipe. These are
required during installation, and failure to use these gaskets could result in voiding the manufacturer’s warranty. Refer
G
to product data sheets for additional information. E
www.uspipe.com 866.DIP.PIPE FLG. DETAIL

TUBERIA Y ACCESORIOS PARA
RED INTERIOR DEL SISTEMA
CONTRAINCENDIOS.
Fire Sprinkler Pipe
Schedule 10 and Schedule 40
Submittal Data Sheet
FM Approved and Fully Listed Sprinkler Pipe

Wheatland’s Schedule 10 and Schedule 40
Schedule 10 specifications
steel fire sprinkler pipe is FM Approved and UL, Nominal Nominal
C-UL and FM Listed. Nps NOM OD NOM ID wall weight ul Pieces
in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. / ft. kg / m CRR* Lift

Approvals and Specifications
Both products meet or exceed 1¼ 1.660 42.2 1.442 36.6 .109 2.77 1.81 2.69 7.3 61
the following standards:
1½ 1.900 48.3 1.682 42.7 .109 2.77 2.09 3.11 5.8 61
• ASTM A135, Type E, Grade A (Schedule 10)
2 2.375 60.3 2.157 54.8 .109 2.77 2.64 3.93 4.7 37
• ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A (Schedule 40)
2½ 2.875 73.0 2.635 66.9 .120 3.05 3.53 5.26 3.5 30
• NFPA 13
3 3.500 88.9 3.260 82.8 .120 3.05 4.34 6.46 2.6 19
Manufacturing Protocols
4 4.500 114.3 4.260 108.2 .120 3.05 5.62 8.37 1.6 19
Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are subjected
to the toughest possible testing protocols to 5 5.563 141.3 5.295 134.5 .134 3.40 7.78 11.58 1.5 13
ensure the highest quality and long-lasting
performance. 6 6.625 168.3 6.357 161.5 .134 3.40 9.30 13.85 1.0 10
8 8.625 219.1 8.249 209.5 .188 4.78 16.96 25.26 2.1 7

Finishes and Coatings
* Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY.
All Wheatland black steel fire sprinkler pipe
* The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion.
up to 6" receives a proprietary mill coating to Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0).
ensure a clean, corrosion-resistant surface that
outperforms and outlasts standard lacquer
coatings. This coating allows the pipe to be
easily painted, without special preparation.
Schedule 40 specifications
Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 can be ordered in Nominal Nominal
black, or with hot-dip galvanizing, to meet Nps NOM OD NOM ID wall weight ul Pieces
FM / UL requirements for dry systems that meet in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. / ft. kg / m CRR* Lift
the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795
or A53. All Wheatland galvanized material is 1 1.315 33.4 1.049 26.6 .133 3.38 1.68 2.50 1.00 70
also UL Listed. 1¼ 1.660 42.2 1.380 35.1 .140 3.56 2.27 3.39 1.00 51
Product Marking 1½ 1.900 48.3 1.610 40.9 .145 3.68 2.72 4.05 1.00 44
Each length of Wheatland fire sprinkler
2 2.375 60.3 2.067 52.5 .154 3.91 3.66 5.45 1.00 30
pipe is continuously stenciled to show
the manufacturer, type of pipe, grade, size * Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY.
* The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion.
and length. Barcoding is acceptable as a
Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0).
supplementary identification method.
Submittal information
Project: Contractor: Date:
Engineer: Specification Reference: System Type:
Locations: Comments:
BLACK HOT-DIP GALVANIZED
Wheatland Tube 700 South Dock Street Sharon, PA 16146

P 800.257.8182 | F 724.346.7260 | info@wheatland.com | wheatland.com
Victaulic® FireLock™ Installation-Ready™ Fittings
No. 101, 102, 103, 104, 143 10.06
No. 101 No. 102 No. 103 No. 104 No. 143

Application
• Installation-Ready Fittings for Fire Protection Systems.
Available Sizes
• 1 ¼ – 2 ½"/DN32-DN65.
• 1" FireLock IGS™ Installation-Ready Fittings available. See publication 10.54.
Pipe Material
• Schedule 10, Schedule 40 or specialty carbon steel pipe listed in Section 5. For use with alternative materials
and wall thicknesses please contact Victaulic.
•

• Up to 365 psi/2517 kPa/25 bar.
Pipe Preparation
• Roll Grooved, Cut Grooved.
victaulic.com
10.06 8720 Rev D Updated 12/2018 © 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
1
victaulic.com
3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL

Fitting Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12
Housing Coating:
Orange enamel (North America, Asia Pacific)
Red enamel (Europe)
Optional: Hot dipped galvanized
Gasket:
Grade “E” EPDM (Type A) Vic-Plus™ Pre-lubricated Gasket
EPDM (Violet Color Code). Applicable for wet and dry (oil-free air) fire protection systems only. Listed/Approved
for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems at -40°F/-40°C and above. Not
compatible for use with hot water services or steam services.
NOTES:
• Reference should always be made to publication I-100, Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for gasket lubrication instructions.
• Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always
be made to publication 05.01, Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible.
Bolts/Nuts: Carbon steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial)
and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (M10-M16) Class 8.8 (M20 and greater). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the physical
and chemical requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric). Track bolts
and hex nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Fe/Zn 5, finish Type III (imperial) or Type II (metric).
victaulic.com 2
victaulic.com
4.0 DIMENSIONS
No. 101 Installation-Ready 90º Elbow
C to E
F
B
F
C to E
Pre-Assembled Assembled
Size Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight

Actual Outside F Approximate
Nominal Diameter Qty. Size Take Out C to E B Pre-Assembled Assembled (Each)
1 1/4 1.660 3∕8 x 2 1.50 2.44 4.75 3.19 2.88 3.2
3
DN32 42.4 M10 x 50 38 62 121 81 73 1.4
1 1/2 1.900 3∕8 x 2 1.56 2.56 5.00 3.50 3.06 3.7
DN40 48.3 3 40 65 127 89 78 1.7
M10 x 50
2 2.375 7⁄16 x 2.75 1.88 2.81 5.63 4.19 3.63 5.4
3
DN50 60.3 M11 x 69 48 71 143 106 92 2.5
2 1/2 2.875 7⁄16 x 2.75 2.13 3.06 6.13 4.63 4.06 6.4
3
73.0 M11 x 69 54 77 156 118 103 2.9
3.000 7⁄16 x 2.75 2.19 3.13 6.19 4.75 4.19 6.6
3
DN65 76.1 M11 x 69 56 80 157 121 106 3.0
4.1 DIMENSIONS
No. 102 Installation-Ready Tee
C to R
F F
D
F
C to B

Actual
Outside F Pre- Approximate
Nominal Diameter Qty. Size Take Out C to B C to R D Assembled Assembled (Each)
DN mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
1 1/4 1.660 3∕8 x 2 1.50 2.44 2.44 4.75 3.19 2.88 4.2
4
DN32 42.4 M10 x 50 38 62 62 121 81 73 1.9
1 1/2 1.900 3∕8 x 2 1.56 2.56 2.56 5.00 3.50 3.06 4.6
DN40 48.3 4 40 65 65 127 89 78 2.1
M10 x 50
2 2.375 7⁄16 x 2.75 1.88 2.88 2.88 5.50 4.19 3.63 6.4
4
DN50 60.3 M11 x 69 48 73 73 140 106 92 2.9
2 1/2 2.875 7⁄16 x 2.75 2.13 3.13 3.13 6.00 4.63 4.06 7.5
4
73.0 M11 x 69 54 80 80 152 118 103 3.4
3.000 7⁄16 x 2.75 2.19 3.19 3.19 6.19 4.75 4.19 7.8
4
DN65 76.1 M11 x 69 56 81 81 157 121 106 3.5
victaulic.com 3
victaulic.com
4.2 DIMENSIONS
No. 103 Installation-Ready 45º Elbow
C to E
F
B
F
C to E
D

Actual
Outside F Pre- Approximate
Nominal Diameter Qty. Size Take Out C to E B D Assembled Assembled (Each)
1¼ 1.660 3∕8 x 2 0.81 1.81 4.38 4.69 3.19 2.88 2.8
3
DN32 42.4 M10 x 50 21 46 111 119 81 73 1.3
1½ 1.900 3∕8 x 2 0.94 1.88 4.50 4.81 3.44 3.06 3.1
3
DN40 48.3 M10 x 50 24 48 114 122 87 78 1.4
2 2.375 7∕16 x 2.75 1.00 2.00 5.00 5.44 4.19 3.63 4.4
3
DN50 60.3 M11 x 69 25 51 127 138 106 92 2.0
2½ 2.875 7∕16 x 2.75 1.13 2.06 5.38 5.94 4.63 4.06 4.9
3
73.0 M11 x 69 29 52 135 151 117 103 2.2
3.000 7⁄16 x 2.75 1.13 2.13 5.50 6.13 4.75 4.19 5.1
3
DN65 76.1 M11 x 69 29 54 140 156 121 106 2.3
4.3 DIMENSIONS
No. 104 Installation-Ready Bullhead Tee
C to R
F F
D
F
C to B

Actual Outside F Pre- Approx.
Nominal Diameter Qty. Size Take Out C to B C to R D Assembled Assembled (Each)
1 ½ x 1 ½ x 2 1.900 x 1.900 x 2.375 7∕16 x 2.75 1.88 2.88 2.88 5.38 4.13 3.75 7.0
4
DN40 x DN40 x DN50 48.3 x 48.3 x 60.3 M11 x 69 48 73 73 137 105 95 3.2
2 x 2 x 2 ½ 2.375 x 2.375 x 2.875 7∕16 x 2.75 2.13 3.13 3.13 5.88 4.63 4.13 8.6
4
DN50 x DN50 x 73.0 mm 60.3 x 60.3 x 73.0 M11 x 69 54 79 79 149 117 105 3.9
2 ½ x 2 ½ x 3 2.875 x 2.875 x 3.500 7∕16 x 2.75 2.38 3.50 3.50 6.50 5.25 4.75 10.8
4
73.0 mm x 73.0 mm x DN80 73.0 x 73.0 x 88.9 M11 x 69 60 89 89 165 133 121 4.9
victaulic.com 4
victaulic.com
4.4 DIMENSIONS
No. 143 Close Nipple (fitting to fitting connections)
Size Dimensions Weight

Actual
Outside Takeout Approximate
Nominal Diameter F (Each)
inches inches inches lb
DN mm mm kg
1¼ 1.660 2.37 0.4
DN32 42.4 60 0.2
1½ 1.900 2.37 0.5
DN40 48.3 60 0.2
2 2.375 2.37 0.7
DN50 60.3 60 0.3
2½ 2.875 2.37 1.1
73.0 60 0.5
3.000 2.37 1.2
DN65 76.1 60 0.5
victaulic.com 5
victaulic.com
5.0 PERFORMANCE
Friction Flow Data
Flow Data – Frictional Resistance
Equivalent Length of Sch. 40 Pipe (C=120)
No. 102 No. 104
Size Elbows Straight Tee Bullhead Tee
Actual
Outside No. 101 No. 103
Nominal Diameter 90° Elbow 45° Elbow Branch Run Run
inches inches ft ft ft ft ft
DN mm m m m m m
1¼ 1.660 2.8 0.4 3.1 0.6
–
DN32 42.4 0.9 0.1 0.9 0.2
1½ 1.900 2.9 0.6 4.0 0.7 6.8
DN40 48.3 0.9 0.2 1.2 0.2 2.1
2 2.375 3.0 1.1 5.8 1.1 8.4
DN50 60.3 0.9 0.3 1.8 0.3 2.6
2½ 2.875 3.1 1.5 7.6 1.4 9.3
73.0 0.9 0.5 2.3 0.4 2.8
3.000 3.1 1.6 8.1 1.5
–
DN65 76.1 0.9 0.5 2.5 0.5

Style 101, 102, 103
Size cULus FM Vds LPCB

Actual
Outside
Nominal Diameter Sch.10 Sch.40 Sch.10 Sch.40
inches inches psi psi psi psi psi psi
DN mm kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa
1¼ 1.660 300 300 365 365 363 363
DN32 42.4 2068 2068 2517 2517 2500 2500
1½ 1.900 300 300 365 365 363 363
DN40 48.3 2068 2068 2517 2517 2500 2500
2 2.375 300 300 365 365 363 363
DN50 60.3 2068 2068 2517 2517 2500 2500
2½ 2.875 300 300 365 365 363 363
73.0 2068 2068 2517 2517 2500 2500
3.000 3001 365 363
– – –
DN65 76.1 2068 2517 2500
3 3.500 300 300 365 365 363 363
DN80 88.9 2068 2068 2517 2517 2500 2500
1 cULus Listed for EN 10217 2.9 mm pipe wall
Style 104
Size cULus FM
Nominal Actual Outside Diameter Sch.10 Sch.40 Sch.10 Sch.40
inches inches psi psi psi psi
DN mm kPa kPa kPa kPa
1 ½ x 1 ½ x 2 1.900 x 1.900 x 2.375 300 300 365 365
DN40 x DN40 x DN50 48.3 x 48.3 x 60.3 2068 2068 2512 2512
2 x 2 x 2 ½ 2.375 x 2.375 x 2.875 300 300 365 365
DN50 X DN50 X 73.0 mm 60.3 x 60.3 x 73.0 2068 2068 2512 2512
2 ½ X 2 ½ X 3 2.875 x 2.875 x 3.500 300 300 365 365
73.0 mm x 73.0 mm x DN80 73.0 x 73.0 x 88.9 2068 2068 2512 2512
victaulic.com 6
victaulic.com
5.1 PERFORMANCE
Listing/Approvals
Specialty Pipe
Style 101
Max Working Pressure
Pipe Sizes cULus FM
inches psi psi
DN kPa kPa
1–2 300
ET40 –
DN25 – DN50 2068
1–2 300 300
MT
DN25 – DN50 2068 2068
1–2 300 300
MLT
DN25 – DN50 2068 2068
1–2 300
EZT –
DN25 – DN50 2068
1 ¼ – 2 ½ 300
EZF –
DN32 – 73.0 mm 2068
1 ¼ – 2 ½ 300
TF –
DN32 – 73.0 mm 2068
1 ¼ – 2 ½ 300 300
MF
DN32 – 73.0 mm 2068 2068
1 ½ – 2 ½ 300 300
FF
DN40 – 73.0 mm 2068 2068
1–2 300
–
DN25 – DN50 2068
EF
1 ¼ – 2 ½ 300
–
DN32 – 73.0 mm 2068
300
EN10217 –
DN65 2068
NOTES
• ET40: Bull Moose Tube EDDY-Thread Threadable Thinwall Sprinkler Pipe
• MT: For Use with Wheatland Tube Mega-Thread Threadable Thinwall Sprinkler Pipe
• MLT: For use with Wheatland Tube MLT Threadable Thinwall Sprinkler Pipe
• EZT: For use with Youngstown Tube EZ-Thread Threadable Thinwall Sprinkler Pipe
• EZF: For use with Bull Moose Tube EDDY-Flow Non-Threadable Lightwall Sprinkler Pipe
• TF: For use with Tex-Tube Tex Flow Non-Threadable Lightwall Sprinkler Pipe
• MF: For use with Wheatland Tube Mega-Flow Non-Threadable Lightwall Sprinkler Pipe
• FF: For use with Youngstown Tube Fire-Flo Non-Threadable Lightwall Sprinkler Pipe
• EF: For use with Borusan Mannesmann Easy-Flow Non-Threadable Lightwall Sprinkler Pipe
• EN10217: refers to steel pipe manufactured in accordance with EN10217.
victaulic.com 7
victaulic.com
5.1 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

Style 102
Pipe Sizes cULus FM
inches psi psi
DN kPa kPa
1–2 300
ET40 –
DN25 – DN50 2068
1–2 300
MT –
DN25 – DN50 2068
1–2 300 300
MLT
DN25 – DN50 2068 2068
1–2 300
EZT –
DN25 – DN50 2068
1 ¼ – 2 ½ 300
EZF –
DN32 – 73.0 mm 2068
1 ¼ – 2 ½ 300
TF –
DN32 – 73.0 mm 2068
1 ¼ – 2 ½ 300 300
MF
DN32 – 73.0 mm 2068 2068
1 ½ – 2 ½ 300 300
FF
DN40 – 73.0 mm 2068 2068
1–2 300
–
DN25 – DN50 2068
EF
1 ¼ – 2 ½ 300
–
DN32 – 73.0 mm 2068
300
EN10217 –
DN65 2068
NOTES
victaulic.com 8
victaulic.com

Style 103
Pipe Sizes cULus FM
inches psi psi
DN kPa kPa
1 ¼ – 2 ½ 300
ET40 –
DN32 – 73.0 mm 2068
1 ¼ – 2 ½ 300
MT –
DN32 – 73.0 mm 2068
1 ¼ – 2 ½ 300
–
DN32 – 73.0 mm 2068
MLT
1 ¼ – 2 300
–
DN32 – DN50 2068
300
EN10217 –
DN65 2068
1 ¼ – 2 ½ 300
EZT –
DN32 – 73.0 mm 2068
1 ¼ – 2 ½ 300
EZF –
DN32 – 73.0 mm 2068
1 ¼ – 2 ½ 300
TF –
DN32 – 73.0 mm 2068
1 ¼ – 2 ½ 300 300
MF
DN32 – 73.0 mm 2068 2068
1 ½ – 2 ½ 300 300
FF
DN40 – 73.0 mm 2068 2068
1–2 300
–
DN25 – DN50 2068
EF
1 ¼ – 2 ½ 300
–
DN32 – 73.0 mm 2068
NOTES
• ET40: Bull Moose Tube EDDY – Thread Threadable Thinwall Sprinkler Pipe
• MT: For Use with Wheatland Tube Mega – Thread Threadable Thinwall Sprinkler Pipe
• EZT: For use with Youngstown Tube EZ – Thread Threadable Thinwall Sprinkler Pipe
• EZF: For use with Bull Moose Tube EDDY – Flow Non – Threadable Lightwall Sprinkler Pipe
• TF: For use with Tex – Tube Tex Flow Non – Threadable Lightwall Sprinkler Pipe
• MF: For use with Wheatland Tube Mega – Flow Non – Threadable Lightwall Sprinkler Pipe
• FF: For use with Youngstown Tube Fire – Flo Non – Threadable Lightwall Sprinkler Pipe
• EF: For use with Borusan Mannesmann Easy – Flow Non – Threadable Lightwall Sprinkler Pipe
victaulic.com 9
victaulic.com

Style 104
Pipe Sizes cULus FM
inches psi psi
DN kPa kPa
1 ½ x 1 ½ x 2, 2 x 2 x 2 ½, 2 ½ x 2 ½ x 3 300
–
DN40 x DN40 x DN50, DN50 x DN50 x 73.0 mm, 73.0 mm x 73.0 mm x DN80 2068
ET40
1 ½ x 1 ½ x 2, 2 x 2 x 2 ½ 300
–
DN40 x DN40 x DN50, DN50 x DN50 x 73.0 mm 2068
1 ½ x 1 ½ x 2, 2 x 2 x 2 ½, 2 ½ x 2 ½ x 3 300
–
MT
1 ½ x 1 ½ x 2, 2 x 2 x 2 ½ 300
–
1 ½ x 1 ½ x 2, 2 x 2 x 2 ½, 2 ½ x 2 ½ x 3 300
–
MLT
1 ½ x 1 ½ x 2, 2 x 2 x 2 ½ 300
–
1 ½ x 1 ½ x 2, 2 x 2 x 2 ½, 2 ½ x 2 ½ x 3 300 300
EF
DN40 x DN40 x DN50, DN50 x DN50 x 73.0 mm, 73.0 mm x 73.0 mm x DN80 2068 2068
1 ½ x 1 ½ x 2, 2 x 2 x 2 ½, 2 ½ x 2 ½ x 3 300
–
EZT
1 ½ x 1 ½ x 2, 2 x 2 x 2 ½ 300
–
1 ½ x 1 ½ x 2, 2 x 2 x 2 ½, 2 ½ x 2 ½ x 3 300
EZF –
1 ½ x 1 ½ x 2, 2 x 2 x 2 ½, 2 ½ x 2 ½ x 3 300
TF –
1 ½ x 1 ½ x 2, 2 x 2 x 2 ½, 2 ½ x 2 ½ x 3 300 300
MF
DN40 x DN40 x DN50, DN50 x DN50 x 73.0 mm, 73.0 mm x 73.0 mm x DN80 2068 2068
1 ½ x 1 ½ x 2, 2 x 2 x 2 ½, 2 ½ x 2 ½ x 3 300
–
FF
2 x 2 x 2 ½, 2 ½ x 2 ½ x 3 300
–
DN50 x DN50 x 73.0 mm, 73.0 mm x 73.0 mm x DN80 2068
NOTES
victaulic.com 10
victaulic.com
6.0 NOTIFICATIONS
WARNING
• Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install any Victaulic
products.
• Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and
drained immediately prior to installation, removal, adjustment, or maintenance of
any Victaulic products.
• Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection.
Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury
and property damage.
• These products shall be used only in fire protection systems that are designed and installed in accordance with current, applicable
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, etc.) standards, or equivalent standards, and in accordance with applicable
building and fire codes. These standards and codes contain important information regarding protection of systems from freezing
temperatures, corrosion, mechanical damage, etc.
• The installer shall understand the use of this product and why it was specified for the particular application.
• The installer shall understand common industry safety standards and potential consequences of improper product installation.
• It is the system designer's responsibility to verify suitability of materials for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system
and external environment.
• The material specifier shall evaluate the effect of chemical composition, pH level, operating temperature, chloride level, oxygen level,
and flow rate on materials to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service.
Failure to follow installation requirements and local and national codes and standards could compromise system integrity or cause
system failure, resulting in death or serious personal injury and property damage.

10.54: FireLock™ Innovative Groove System | IGS
I-101-103 Installation Instructions
I-102-104 Installation Instructions
I-ENDCAP: Victaulic End Cap Installation Instructions

standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.
instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, Installation
advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation
or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment
guide, or this disclaimer. of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available
Intellectual Property Rights in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com.
No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, Warranty
product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.
under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries
or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such Trademarks
material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of
property right. The terms “Patented” or “Patent Pending” refer to design or utility patents Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries.
or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other
countries.
victaulic.com 11
Victaulic® FireLock™ Fittings
10.03

Available Sizes
• 1 ¼ – 8"/DN32 – DN200
• Pressure ratings for Victaulic FireLock™ Fittings conform to the ratings of Victaulic FireLock EZ™ Style 009N
couplings (refer to publication 10.64 for more information).
Application
• FireLock™ fittings are designed for use exclusively with Victaulic couplings that have been Listed or Approved for
Fire Protection Services. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference.
• Connects pipe, provides change in direction and adapts sizes or components
Pipe Materials
• Carbon steel
EN 10311
Regulation (EU)
No. 305/2011
3.0 SPECIFICATIONS – MATERIAL

Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12.
Fitting Coating:
Orange enamel.
Red enamel in Europe, Middle East, Africa, and India.
Optional: Hot dipped galvanized.
victaulic.com
10.03 1539 Rev N Updated 09/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
1
victaulic.com
4.0 DIMENSIONS
C to E C
to E
C to E
T
C C
to
to E E
No. 001 No. 003 No. 002 No. 006
No. 001 No. 003 No. 002 No. 006

90° Elbow 45° Elbow Straight Tee Cap
Actual Approximate Approximate Approximate Approximate
Nominal Outside Weight Weight Weight Weight
Size Diameter C to E Each C to E Each C to E Each T Each
inches inches inches lb inches lb inches lb inches lb
DN mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg
1 1/4 1.660 — — — — — — 0.82 0.3
DN32 42.4 — — — — — — 21 0.1
1 1/2 1.900 — — — — — — 0.82 0.4
DN40 48.3 — — — — — — 21 0.2
2 2.375 2.75 1.7 2.00 1.8 2.75 2.4 0.88 0.6
DN50 60.3 70 0.8 51 0.8 70 1.1 22 0.3
2 1/2 2.875 3.00 3.1 2.25 2.2 3.00 3.6 0.88 1.0
73.0 76 1.4 57 1.0 76 1.6 22 0.5
3.000 3.00 3.30 2.25 2.4 3.00 3.8
— —
DN65 76.1 76 1.5 57 1.1 76 1.7
3 3.500 3.38 4.0 2.50 3.1 3.38 5.3 0.88 1.2
DN80 88.9 86 1.8 64 1.4 86 2.4 22 0.5
4.250 4.00 5.7 3.00 5.1 4.00 7.5
— —
108.0 102 2.6 76 2.3 102 3.4
4 4.500 4.00 6.7 3.00 5.6 4.00 8.7 1.00 2.4
DN100 114.3 102 3.0 76 2.5 102 3.9 25 1.1
5 5.563 4.88 12.6 3.25 8.3 4.88 15.7 1.00 4.1
141.3 124 5.7 83 3.8 124 7.1 25 1.9
5.500 4.88 12.4 3.25 8.2 4.88 15.4
— —
DN125 139.7 124 5.6 82.6 3.7 124 6.9
6.250 5.50 12.6 3.50 9.2 5.50 17.9
— —
158.8 140 5.7 89 4.2 140 8.0
6 6.625 5.50 18.3 3.50 11.7 5.50 22.7 1.00 5.9
DN150 168.3 140 8.3 89 5.3 140 10.3 25 2.7
6.500 5.43 17.6 3.50 11.4 5.50 22.0
— —
165.1 140 7.9 89 5.2 140 9.9
8 8.625 6.81 25.5 4.25 20.4 6.94 38.7 1.13 12.7
DN200 219.1 173 11.6 108 9.3 176 17.6 29 5.8
8.515 6.81 23.1 — — 6.94 33.6 — —
216.3 173 10.5 — — 176 15.2 — —
victaulic.com 2
victaulic.com
5.0 PERFORMANCE
Flow Data
Size Frictional Resistance Equivalent of Straight Pipe1

No. 002
Actual Elbows Straight Tee
Nominal Outside No. 001 No. 003
Size Diameter 90° Elbow 45° Elbow Branch Run
inches inches feet feet feet feet
DN mm meters meters meters meters
1 1/4 1.660 — — — —
DN32 42.4 — — — —
1 1/2 1.900 — — — —
DN40 48.3 — — — —
2 2.375 3.5 1.8 8.5 3.5
DN50 60.3 1.1 0.5 2.6 1.1
2 1/2 2.875 4.3 2.2 10.8 4.3
73.0 1.3 0.7 3.3 1.3
3.000 4.5 2.3 11.0 4.5
DN65 76.1 1.4 0.7 3.4 1.4
3 3.500 5.0 2.6 13.0 5.0
DN80 88.9 1.5 0.8 4.0 1.5
4.250 6.4 3.2 15.3 6.4
108.0 2.0 0.9 4.7 2.0
4 4.500 6.8 3.4 16.0 6.8
DN100 114.3 2.1 1.0 4.9 2.1
5 5.563 8.5 4.2 21.0 8.5
141.3 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6
5.500 8.3 4.1 20.6 8.3
DN125 139.7 2.5 1.3 6.3 2.5
6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 9.6
158.8 2.9 1.5 7.6 2.9
6 6.625 10.0 5.0 25.0 10.0
DN150 168.3 3.0 1.5 7.6 3.0
6.500 9.8 4.9 24.5 9.8
165.1 3.0 1.5 7.5 3.0
8 8.625 13.0 5.0 33.0 13.0
DN200 219.1 4.0 1.5 10.1 4.0
8.515 13.0 — 33.0 13.0
216.3 4.0 — 10.1 4.0
1 The flow data listed is based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe.
victaulic.com 3
victaulic.com
6.0 NOTIFICATIONS
General Notes
NOTE: When assembling FireLock EZ™ couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap
is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZ™ Style 009N/009H couplings, use FireLock™ No. 006
end caps containing the “EZ” marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the “QV EZ” marking on the
inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009/009V/009H/009N couplings.

10.64: Victaulic® FireLock™ Rigid Coupling Style 009N
10.02: Victaulic® FireLock™ Rigid Coupling Style 005H with Vic-Plus™ Gasket System
29.01: Victaulic® Terms and Conditions of Sale

Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All product s
countries.
victaulic.com 4
Victaulic® Flexible Coupling
Style 75 06.05

1 – 8"/DN25 – DN200 Exaggerated for clarity

Available Sizes
• 1 – 8"/DN25 – DN200
Pipe Material
• Carbon steel
• Stainless steel
• For exceptions see section 6.0 Notifications
• Accommodates pressures ranging from full vacuum (29.9 in Hg/760 mm Hg) up to 500 psi/3447 kPa/34 bar
• Working pressure dependent on material, wall thickness and size of pipe
Application
• Joins standard roll grooved and cut grooved pipe, as well as grooved fittings, valves and accessories
• Provides a flexible pipe joint which allows for expansion, contraction and deflection
• Up to 50% lighter in weight than standard Victaulic Style 77 or Style 177N flexible couplings
NOTES
• Download publication 10.01 for Fire Protection Certifications/Listings Reference Guide.
• See publication 02.06: Victaulic Potable Water Approvals ANSI/NSF for potable water approvals if applicable.
victaulic.com
06.05 1470 Rev Q Updated 05/2020 © 2020 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
1
victaulic.com

Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A395, Grade
65-45-15, is available upon special request.
Standard: Orange enamel
Optional: Hot dipped galvanized
Optional: Contact Victaulic with your requirements for other coatings.
Grade “E” EPDM
EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range –30ºF to +230ºF/–34ºC to +110ºC. May be specified for
hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many
chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73°F/+23°C and hot +180°F/+82°C
potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES OR
STEAM SERVICES.
Grade “T” Nitrile

Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range –20ºF to +180ºF/–29ºC to +82ºC. May be specified for
petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range; not
compatible for hot dry air over +140°F/+60°C and water over +150°F/+66°C. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE
WITH HOT WATER.
Others
For alternate gasket selection, reference publication 05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide - Elastomeric Seal
Construction.
1 Serviceslisted are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should
Bolts/Nuts: (specify choice2)

Standard: Carbon steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial)
and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (M10-M16) Class 8.8 (M20 and greater). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the mechanical
property requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial - Heavy Hex nuts) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric -
hex nuts). Track bolts and hex nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 ZN/FE5, finish Type III (imperial) or Type II
(metric).
ptional (imperial): Stainless steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM
O
F593, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW. Stainless steel heavy nuts meeting the mechanical property
requirements of ASTM F594, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW, with galling reducing coating.
2 Optional bolts/nuts are available in imperial sizes only.
victaulic.com 2
victaulic.com
4.0 DIMENSIONS
Style 75 Flexible Coupling
Y Z
Pipe End Deflection from

Size Separation3 Centerline3 Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight
Actual
Outside Approx.
Nominal Diameter Allowable Per Cplg. Pipe Qty. Size X Y Z (Each)
inches inches inches inches/ft. imperial inches inches inches lb
DN mm mm Degrees mm/m metric mm mm mm kg
1 1.315 0–0.06 0.57 3⁄8 x 2 2.38 4.27 1.77 1.3
2º–43’ 2
DN25 33.7 0–1.6 48 M10 x 51 61 108 45 0.6
1 1/4 1.660 0–0.06 0.45 3⁄8 x 2 2.68 4.61 1.77 1.4
2º–10’ 2
DN32 42.4 0–1.6 38 M10 x 51 68 117 45 0.6
1 1/2 1.900 0–0.06 0.40 3⁄8 x 2 2.91 4.82 1.77 1.5
1º–56’ 2
DN40 48.3 0–1.6 33 M10 x 51 74 122 45 0.6
2 2.375 0–0.06 0.32 3⁄8 x 2 3.43 5.22 1.88 1.7
1º–31’ 2
DN50 60.3 0–1.6 26 M10 x 51 87 133 48 0.8
2 1/2 2.875 0–0.06 0.26 3⁄8 x 2 3.88 5.68 1.88 1.9
1º–15’ 2
73.0 0–1.6 22 M10 x 51 98 144 48 0.9
3.000 0–0.06 0.26 3⁄8 x 2 4.00 5.90 1.88 1.9
1º–12’ 2
DN65 76.1 0–1.6 22 M10 x 51 102 150 48 0.9
3 3.500 0–0.06 0.22 1/2 x 2 3/4 4.50 7.00 1.88 2.9
1º–2’ 2
DN80 88.9 0–1.6 18 M12 x 70 114 178 48 1.3
3 1/2 4.000 0–0.06 0.19 1/2 x 2 3/4 5.00 7.50 1.88 2.9
0º-54’ 2
DN90 101.6 0–1.6 16 M12 x 70 127 191 48 1.3
4 4.500 0–0.13 0.34 1/2 x 2 3/4 5.80 8.03 2.13 4.1
1º–36’ 2
DN100 114.3 0–3.2 28 M12 x 70 147 204 54 1.9
4.250 0–0.13 0.35 1/2 x 2 3/4 5.55 7.79 2.13 3.7
1º–41’ 2
108.0 0–3.2 29 M12 x 70 141 198 54 1.7
5.000 0–0.13 0.25 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 6.13 9.43 2.13 5.5
1º–26’ 2
127.0 0–3.2 21 M16 x 83 156 240 54 2.5
5.250 0–0.13 0.28 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 6.55 9.37 2.13 6.0
1º–21’ 2
133.0 0–3.2 24 M16 x 83 166 238 54 2.7
5.500 0–0.13 0.28 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 6.80 9.59 2.13 6.3
1º–18’ 2
DN125 139.7 0–3.2 24 M16 x 83 173 244 54 2.9
5 5.563 0–0.13 0.27 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 6.88 10.07 2.13 5.8
1º–18’ 2
141.3 0–3.2 23 M16 x 83 175 256 54 2.6
6.000 0–0.13 0.21 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 7.38 10.48 1.88 6.2
1º–12’ 2
152.4 0–3.2 18 M16 x 83 187 266 48 2.8
6.250 0–0.13 0.24 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 7.63 10.49 2.13 6.8
1º–9’ 2
159.0 0–3.2 20 M16 x 83 194 266 54 3.1
6.500 0–0.13 0.23 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 7.84 10.66 2.08 6.6
1º–7’ 2
165.1 0–3.2 58 M16 x 83 199 271 53 3.0
6 6.625 0–0.13 0.23 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 8.00 11.07 2.13 7.0
1º–5’ 2
DN150 168.3 0–3.2 18 M16 x 83 203 281 54 3.2
0–0.13 0.18 3/4 x 4 1/4 10.19 13.75 2.32 13.2
0º–51’ 2
200A4 216.3 0–3.2 46 M20 x 108 259 350 59 6.0
8 8.625 0–0.13 0.18 3/4 x 4 1/4 10.34 13.97 2.13 12.4
0º–50’ 2
DN200 219.1 0–3.2 14 M20 x 108 263 355 59 5.6
3 Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe.
Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by:
50% for 3/4 – 3 1/2"/DN20 – DN90; 25% for 4"/DN100 and larger.
4 Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) size
NOTE
• Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details.
victaulic.com 3
victaulic.com
5.0 PERFORMANCE
Style 75 Flexible Coupling
Size
Actual Maximum
Outside Working Maximum
Nominal Diameter Pressure5 End Load5
DN mm kPa N
1 1.315 500 680
DN25 33.7 3447 3025
1 1/4 1.660 500 1080
DN32 42.4 3447 4805
1 1/2 1.900 500 1420
DN40 48.3 3447 6320
2 2.375 500 2215
DN50 60.3 3447 9860
2 1/2 2.875 500 3245
73.0 3447 14440
3.000 500 3535
DN65 76.1 3447 15730
3 3.500 500 4800
DN80 88.9 3447 21360
3 1/2 4.000 500 6300
DN90 101.6 3447 28035
4 4.500 500 7950
DN100 114.3 3447 35380
4.250 450 6380
108.0 3103 28395
5.000 450 8820
127.0 3103 39250
5.250 450 9735
133.0 3103 43325
5.500 450 10665
DN125 139.7 3103 47460
5 5.563 450 10935
141.3 3103 48660
6.000 450 12735
152.4 3103 56670
6.250 450 13800
159.0 3103 61405
6 6.625 450 15525
DN150 168.3 3103 69085
6.500 450 14930
165.1 3103 66412
450 25625
200A4 216.3 3103 113986
8 8.625 450 26280
DN200 219.1 3103 116945
4 Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) size
5 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on ANSI B36.10 sized carbon steel pipe, grooved in accordance with
Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe.
NOTE
• WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1½ times the figures shown.
victaulic.com 4
victaulic.com
6.0 NOTIFICATIONS
WARNING
• Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic
piping products.
• Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to
installation, removal, adjustment, or maintenance of any Victaulic products.
Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage.
NOTICE
• Victaulic RX grooving rolls must be ordered separately. They are identified by a silver color and the designation
RX on the front of the roll sets.
NOTICE

02.06: Victaulic Potable Water Approvals ANSI/NSF
05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide - Elastomeric Seal Construction
06.15: Victaulic Pressure Ratings and End Loads for Victaulic Couplings on Steel Pipe
10.01: Victaulic Products for Fire Protection Pipings Systems - Regulatory Approval Reference Guide
17.01: Victaulic Pipe Preparation for Use on Stainless Steel Pipe With Victaulic Products
17.09: Victaulic Ductile Iron Grooved Couplings Performance Data for Stainless Steel Pipe
25.01: Victaulic Standard Groove Specifications
26.01: Victaulic Design Data
29.01: Victaulic Terms and Conditions of Sale
I-100: Victaulic Field Installation Handbook
I-ENDCAP: Victaulic End Cap Installation Safety Instructions

countries.
victaulic.com 5
BLUE MONSTER® Thread Sealant
Industrial Grade PTFE

Pipe Thread Sealant PT
FE
Heavy-Duty Industrial Grade with PTFE
Seals threads on all Metals, PVC, CPVC,

ABS and Nylon Plastic Pipe Systems
• Heavy-Duty Industrial Grade • Non-hardening • Soft-Set
• Specially formulated for • Non-toxic • Grit-Free
production line use • Slow-Drying • Low-Odor
• Adheres to oily threads • Easy-cleanup
Formulated for
extra lubrication on metal pipe threads. Blue Monster can be used on pipes carrying the following:
BLUE MONSTER Industrial Grade PTFE enriched Pipe Thread • Acids, Dilute • Fatty Acids • Naptha
Compound is a slow-drying, soft-setting, non-hardening pipe thread • Air, Compressed • Freons (All) • Natural Gas
compound. Blue Monster has a high bulk density, which means • Aliphatic Solvents • Gasoline • Nitrogen Gas
there are more solids in the formulation. This allows you to work • Alkalis, Dilute • Glycol • Petroleum Solvents
the product into the valley of the threads giving you greater sealing • Ammonia • Heating Oils • Propane
capabilities to fill any voids that occur under different tolerances of • Brine • Helium, Gaseous • Refrigeration Gases
pipe and fittings. Blue Monster with PTFE is recommended for on-site • Butane • Hydraulic Oils • Soap, Liquid
or assembly line work. It is lead-free, non-toxic and will not harden or • Carbon Dioxide • Hydrogen • Steam Lines
separate in the can. • Castor Oils • Inert Gases • Sugar, Liquid
When applied properly, Blue Monster allows the system to be • Chlorinated Water • Jet Fuel • Vegetable Oils
pressurized immediately after assembly. It does not require any set or • Coal Tar Naptha • Kerosene • Water, Potable
• Corrosives • Lacquer • Xylol
cure time.
• Cutting Oils • Liquified Petroleum Gases
Blue Monster PTFE pipe thread sealant is formulated with • Diesel Fuel Oil • Mineral Oils
PTFE resin, a polymer consisting of recurring tetrafluoroethylene
monomers whose formula is (CF2-CF2)n. It is inert and compatible Not recommended for use on oxygen systems. Use Clean-Fit 3-wrap
with a very wide range of materials. Oxygen PTFE Tape
Cat # Size Case Pack Weight

76001 1/4 pint / 4 fl. oz. / 118 ml 24 15 lbs.
76003 1/2 pint / 8 fl. oz. / 237 ml 24 23 lbs.
76005 1 pint / 16 fl. oz. / 473 ml 12 22 lbs.
76017 1 quart / 32 fl. oz. / .95 liter 12 42 lbs.
76000 2 ounce Tube 24 4 lbs.
Meets Mil. Spec. TT-S-1732

Temperature range: -50ºF (-45ºC) to +400ºF (204ºC)
Pressure ratings: Gases up to 3,000 PSI (210.9 kg/sq cm)
Liquids up to 10,000 PSI (703 kg/sq cm)
Requirements certified to ANSI LC 7-2009 and CAN
ULc S642-07 metal threads only through 2" in diam-
pw-G/dwv/sw eter, +1250F TO -400F, 125 PSIG for use with natural
Standard 14
and LP (vapor state) gases only.
The Mill-Rose Company • Clean-Fit Products
Standard 61
7310 Corporate Blvd., Mentor, OH 44060
For Material Safety Data Sheets, contact Mill-Rose or To order call toll-free: (800) 321-3598 or Fax (440) 255-1072
download directly from the Mill-Rose Clean-Fit website. Visit our web site at www.CleanFit.com • E-mail: info@CleanFit.com
BLUE MONSTER® Thread Sealant
Industrial Grade
Pipe Thread Sealant
Heavy-Duty Industrial Grade

Seals threads on all Metals, PVC, CPVC,
ABS and Nylon Plastic Pipe Systems
• Heavy-Duty Industrial Grade • Non-hardening • Soft-Set
• Specially formulated for • Non-toxic • Grit-Free
production line use • Slow-Drying • Low-Odor
• Adheres to oily threads • Easy-cleanup
Blue Monster can be used on pipes carrying the following:

• Acids, Dilute • Freons (All) • Natural Gas
BLUE MONSTER Industrial Grade Pipe Thread Compound is a slow- • Air, Compressed • Gasoline • Nitrogen Gas
drying, soft-setting, non-hardening pipe thread compound. Specially • Alkalis, Dilute • Glycol • Petroleum Solvents
formulated with superb "sticking" characteristics, Blue Monster • Ammonia • Heating Oils • Propane
applies evenly and quickly to threads. Blue Monster is recommended • Aliphatic Solvents • Helium, Gaseous • Refrigerated Gases
for on-site or assembly line work. It is lead-free, non-toxic and will not • Brine • Hydraulic Oils • Soap, Liquid
• Butane • Hydrogen • Steam Lines
harden or separate in the can.
• Carbon Dioxide • Inert Gases • Sugar, Liquid
When applied properly, Blue Monster allows the system to be • Castor Oils • Jet Fuel • Vegetable Oils
pressurized immediately after assembly. It does not require any set or • Chlorinated Water • Kerosene • Water, Potable
cure time. • Coal Tar Naptha • Lacquer
• Cutting Oils • Liquified Petroleum Gases
This compound is made with the highest quality materials. All • Diesel Fuel Oil • Mineral Oils
information provided is based on our laboratory testing, independent
Not recommended for use on oxygen systems. Use Clean-Fit 3-wrap
laboratory test results and actual field experience.
Oxygen PTFE Tape
Cat # Size Case Pack Weight
76009 1/4 pint / 4 fl. oz. / 118 ml 24 15 lbs.
76011 1/2 pint / 8 fl. oz. / 237 ml 24 23 lbs.
76015 1 pint / 16 fl. oz. / 473 ml 12 22 lbs.
76019 1 quart / 32 fl. oz. / .95 liter 12 42 lbs.
76007 2 ounce Tube 24 4 lbs.
Meets Mil. Spec. TT-S-1732

Temperaturerange: -50ºF (-45ºC) to +400ºF (204ºC)
Pressure ratings: Gases up to 3,000 PSI (210.9 kg/sq cm)
Liquids up to 10,000 PSI (703 kg/sq cm)
pw-G/dwv/sw
Standard 14
Standard 61
The Mill-Rose Company • Clean-Fit Products
For Material Safety Data Sheets, contact Mill-Rose or 7310 Corporate Blvd., Mentor, OH 44060
download directly from the Mill-Rose Clean-Fit website.
To order call toll-free: (800) 321-3598 or Fax (440) 255-1072
Visit our web site at www.CleanFit.com • E-mail: info@CleanFit.com
HIDRANTES Y SUS
COMPONENTES.
C E RT I F I C AT I O N S
I S O 9001
I S O 14001
B S O H S A S 18001
AWWA C515
*Listings specific to product
U.S.A.
140 YEARS
W W W. K E N N E D Y VA LV E . C O M
RWGV R E S I L I E N T W E D G E G AT E VA LV E
C509 4” - 20”
In the early 1980’s Kennedy recognized and increased the requirements and escalating maintenance cost of water
systems in the United States. Kennedy responded by introducing the first RW (Resilient Wedge) Valve in America. This
introduction revolutionized the valve market in the U.S. Kennedy was the first to introduce, and still leads in, the design
and technical development of the bubble tight resilient seating valve. The RW Valve, with its unique features and benefits,
is the first to be manufactured with both AWWA and UL/FM approval for all water system requirements.
7571 7561A 7572 7595 7576

Mechanical Joint Flanged Flanged X Push on for Mechanical
4”-20” 4”-20” Mechanical Joint SDR PVC Cutting in Joint
4”-12” 4”-12” 4”-12”
7901 7902 7950 7071 7068A

Tyton Ends for D.I. Flanged x Tyton Tapping x MJ Mechanical Joint Flanged OS&Y
and C900 PVC Pipe 4”-12” Tapping Valve Post Indicator Valve 4”-12”
4”-16” 4”-20” 4”-16”
SIZE D
4 6-1/8
6 7-13/16
8 9-1/8
10 11-3/8
12 11-3/4
EE
D
D
Bevel Gearing Spur Gearing OS&Y Bevel Gearing OS&Y Spur Gearing 7701A HDPE
Horizontal Installation Vertican Installation Horizontal Installation Vertical Installation Flanged Post AWWA Only
All End Styles All End Styles All End Styles All End Styles Indicator Valve IPS DR11 FM Approved
14”-20” 14”-20” 14”-20” 14”-20” 4”-16” 4”-12”
NOTE: It is recommended that valves be installed with stems vertical when

used in raw sewage or sludge applications or in water with excessive sediment. No. of Turns
Flanged end connections not recommended for buried service. to Full Open
VALUE NO
SIZE
A B C D E G H J K M N P Q R S U V GEAR
GEARED W X Y
4” 9 4-1/2 6-3/4 6-1/8 14-3/4 4-5/8 6-3/4 4-1/2 22-3/4 18-1/4 10 6-3/4 9-1/4 13-1/2
6” 10-1/2 5-1/2 7-7/8 7-13/16 19 5-1/4 8 5 30-1/8 23-3/4 12 8 10-1/2 19-1/2
8” 11-1/2 8-1/8 8-1/2 9-1/8 22-1/2 5-5/8 9-3/4 5-1/2 37-3/4 29-1/4 14 10-3/4 13-1/4 25-1/2
10” 13 10-1/2 10 11-3/8 26-1/2 7 11-3/4 7 45-3/4 35-3/8 18 11-3/4 14-7/8 31-1/2
12” 14 10-3/4 11-1/4 11-3/4 30 8-1/2 12-7/8 8-1/2 53-1/8 40-3/8 18 12-3/8 15 37-3/4
14” 15 10 37-3/4 10-1/2 13-1/2 52-1/8 8 48-5/8 9-1/8 74-3/4 59-3/4 22 13-1/4 16-3/4 52 100 76 59-7/8 64-1/2
16” 16 10 37-3/4 10-1/2 13 51-1/8 8 47-5/8 9-1/8 74-3/4 59-3/4 22 12-3/4 16-1/4 52 100 76 59-7/8 64-1/2
18” 17 11-3/4 14-7/8 58 12 55-3/4 10-1/8 14-5/8 16-1/8 189 90-7/8 70-1/8 74-5/8
90-7
20” 18 11 14-1/2 57 8 54-3/4 10-1/8 14-1/2 18 189 70-1/8 74-5/8
/8
1
COMPONENTS RWGV
C515 4” - 20”
NRS with POST PLATE OS&Y

21
1 22
2
3 NRS
4 4
5 31
12
19 23
8 24
6
6
13 25
7 14
8 26
20
15
9
16
17
10
27
18
28
11 29
30
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL

1 Op-Nut Bolt Stainless Steel 17 Body Ductile Iron
2 Op-Nut Washer Stainless Steel 18 Cover / Body Nut Stainless Steel
3 Op-Nut Ductile Iron 19 Packing Gland Ductile Iron
4 Post Plate / Stuffing Box Nut Stainless Steel 20 Packing Garlock Style 18
5 Post Plate Cast Iron 21 OS&Y Wheel Nut Bronze
6 Post Plate / Stuffing Box O-Ring Rubber 22 Hand Wheel Cast Iron
7 Stem O-Rings Rubber 23 OS&Y Cover Ductile Iron
8 Thrust Teflon Washer Plastic 24 OS&Y Yoke Washer Plastic
9 NRS Stem Stainless Steel 25 OS&Y Yoke Nut Bronze
10 NRS Stem Nut Bronze 26 Packing Stud Stainless Steel
11 Resilient Wedge EPDM Encapsulated Ductile Iron 27 OS&Y Stem Stainless Steel
12 Stuffing Box Ductile Iron 28 OS&Y Stem O-Ring Rubber
13 Post Plate / Stuffing Box Plate Bolt Stainless Steel 29 OS&Y Stem Pin Stainless Steel
14 NRS Cover Ductile Iron 30 OS&Y Stem Head Stainless Steel
15 Cover / Body Bolt Stainless Steel 31 Handwheel Yoke Washer Brass
16 Cover / Body O-Ring Rubber
2
SPECIFICATIONS & FEATURES
Kennedy Valve AWWA C515 Resilient Wedge Gate
Valves meet or exceed the requirements of AWWA standard C515,
UL-262/FM-1120/1130, ULC - Underwriters’ of Canada, and NSF Listed.
Available in either non-rising stem (NRS) or outside screw &

yoke (OS&Y). NRS style is available with post plate for adaptation with
an indicator post. KENNEDY VALVE
RATED SEAT TEST SHELL TEST

PRESSURE PRESSURE PRESSURE
AWWA 2” - 48” 250 PSI 250 PSI 500 PSI
ULFM 2-1/2” - 12” 200 PSI 300 PSI 500 PSI ORDERING
ULFM 14” - 16” 250 PSI 375 PSI 500 PSI INFORMATION
ULFM 18” - 24” 200 PSI 300 PSI 500 PSI
P H: 800-782-5831
607-734-2211
FA X: 800-952-4771
1| 2“-12” C515 RSGV shall conform to the latest version of AWWA Standard C-515
covering Resilient Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. S A L E S@K E N N E D Y VA LV E.C O M
W W W.K E N N E D Y VA LV E.C O M
2| The valves shall have a ductile iron body, and bonnet.
3| The wedge shall be completely encapsulated with EPDM rubber.

KENNEDY VALVE
4| The sealing rubber shall be permanently bonded to the wedge to meet ASTM tests
for rubber metal bond ASTM D249. 1021 E. WAT E R S T.
E L M I R A, N Y
5| Valves shall be supplied with O-Ring seals at all joints (no gaskets are used in the
valve design).
14902-1516
6| The valves shall be either non-rising or rising stem, opening by turning (left or
right) and provided with 2” square operating nut or a handwheel with the “Open”
and an arrow cast in the metal to indicate the direction to open.
7| All stems shall operate with bronze stem nuts independent of stem (in NRS
valves). NRS stems shall have (2) O-Rings located above thrust collar and (1)
O-Ring below. All stem O-Rings shall be replaceable with valve fully opened and
subjected to full pressure. The NRS stems shall also have (2) low torque thrust
bearings located above and below stem collar to reduce friction during operation.
8| OS&Y (rising stems) shall be of bronze. Pre-grooved stem for supervisory switch.
9| Waterway shall be smooth, unobstructed & free of pockets, cavities, & depressions
in the seat area. Valves shall be able to accept a full size tapping cutter.
10| The body, bonnet, and stuffing plate shall be coated with fusion bonded epoxy,
both interior and exterior on body and bonnet. Epoxy shall be applies in
accordance with AWWA C550 and be NSF61 and NSF372 certified.
11| Each valve shall have a maker’s name, pressure rating, and year in which it was
manufactured cast in the body. Prior to shipment from the factory, each valve shall
be tested by hydrostatic pressure equal to requirements of both AWWA and UL/FM.
12| All internal parts shall be accessible without removing the body from the line.
C For Generations
13| Valves shall have all brass components cast and assembled in the USA and shall
be manufactured by Kennedy Valve Company or equal.
RW G V C515 4-20 R E V 2: J U N E 26 2020
Municipal & Construction Castings
VALVE BOXES
2 PIECE HEAVY DUTY SCREW TYPE VALVE BOX (OPTIONAL CLASS 35B) VB-0002
ITEM CODE ITEM CODE LENGTH
HEIGHT
CL 3OB CL 35B TOP BOT.
VB461SHD VB461SHD35 19-21 10 15

VB462SHD VB462SHD35 27- 32 10 24
VB562SHD VB562SHD35 27- 37 16 24
VB564SHD VB564SHD35 39-50 16 36
VB664SHD VB664SHD35 39-60 26 36
VB666SHD VB666SHD35 51-71 26 48
VB668SHD VB668SHD35 62-82 26 60
 - Optional bottom (48" one piece or 24" bottom w/ 24" extension) - Please
indicate your preference
 - Bottom is in two pieces (36" bottom and 24" extension)
LID LETTER OPTIONS*

WATER
SEWER
WAT E R RECLAIM
IRRIGATION
GAS
FIRE
7.375
*Unless specified, all VB
shipped with “WATER” lids.
1.5
5.9375
7 5.75
LID
5.25
9
7.625
7.375
1.5
6.375
2
LENGTH
LENGTH
6.5
6.75 8
10.25
7.375
BOX COMPLETE TOP BOTTOM
Notes:
- Material - Cast Iron Per ASTM A48 Class 30B or 35B
- Dimensions in Inches
® REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF STAR PIPE PRODUCTS
STAR® PIPE PRODUCTS

HOUSTON CORPORATE TOLL FREE 1-800-999-3009 FAX 281-558-9000
www.starpipeproducts.com
VB - 3 VER.12.01
GABINETE CLASE II Y GABINETE
CLASE III, COMPONENTES.
GUARDIAN
FIRE EQUIPMENT, INC.
MIAMI, FL
DETAIL AND SUBMITTAL SHEET
Ph. 800.327.6584 • Fax 800.827.3869
1000 Series - Hose Cabinets

Project/Location: Date:
Architect/Engineer: Qty:
GABINETE CLASE II
Contractor:

 Appropriate Selection
Accommodates: 11/2” Fire hose rack assembly
Standard Construction & Features: One piece 20 gauge cold-rolled steel door and frame,
18 gauge steel box. Door is reinforced with rigid tubular metal. Continuous steel piano hinge
and pin. White baked acrylic enamel finish (suitable as prime or finish coat). Door handle
hardware.
Inside Box Frame Knockout
Mounting Trim Wall Opening
Model No. Dimensions O.D.* Location ADA
Style A
B C D E F G H J K W H D
 1010 Trimless --- 24” 30” 8” --- --- 4” 4” 4” 4” 25” 31” 81/2” 
 1020 Recessed 3/8” 24” 30” 8” 271/2” 331/2” 4” 4” 4” 4” 25” 31” 81/4” 
D B
 1030 Semi-Rec. 11/4” 24” 30” 8” 271/2” 331/2” 4” 4” 4” 4” 25” 31” 71/4” 
H  1040 Semi-Rec. 21/2” 24” 30” 8” 271/2” 331/2” 4” 4” 4” 4” 25” 31” 6” 
G  1050 Surface 9” 271/4” 331/4” 81/4” 271/2” 331/2” --- --- --- --- --- --- --- No
C
J Fire-Rated
K Mounting Trim Dimensions Wall Opening
Model No. O.D.* Location ADA
Style A B C D E F G H J K W H D
Finished Wall
Trimless  FR1020 Recessed 3/8” 24” 30” 8” 271/2” 331/2” --- --- --- --- 261/8” 321/8” 91/8” 
D E
 FR1030 Semi-Rec. 11/4” 24” 30” 8” 271/2” 331/2” --- --- --- --- 261/8” 321/8” 81/8” 
A B  FR1040 Semi-Rec. 21/2” 24” 30” 8” 271/2” 331/2” --- --- --- --- 261/8” 321/8” 7” 
H *Deduct 3/4” O.D. for aluminum door and frame
G Door Styles
C F
J
Finished Wall
Recessed
D E
A B
 -A  -F  -D  -V
H Full Glass Solid Panel Duo Panel Vertical Duo
Panel
G
C F
Option:  -SL Safety cam lock
J All door styles (except -F) furnished standard with clear acrylic inserts, alternate inserts available
Aluminum “-F” door supplied with aluminum panel insert
K
Optional Door & Frame Materials: Optional Door Lettering:
Semi-Recessed
Finished Wall
 AL Aluminum (clear anodized finish) Decals
 SS 304 Stainless steel (#4 brushed finish) -2511 Fire Hose, 11/4” w. x 15” h.
A/D E B Solid brass doors/frames -2514 Fire Hose, 12” w. x 4” h.
 BZ Bronze doors/frames -2515 Fire Hose, 14” w. x 23/8” h.
Add prefix to model no. to specify Die-Cut Letters
-2520 Select _________________
F
-RED Red baked acrylic enamel finish  Horizontal  Vertical
(steel cabinets only)  Black  Red  White
Add suffix to model no. to specify
Finished Wall Select Contents:
Surface Model # ________________ hose rack assembly
GUARDIAN
MIAMI, FL
Ph. 800.327.6584 • Fax 800.827.3869
1500 Series - Hose/Extinguisher/Valve Cabinets

Contractor: GABINETE CLASE III

 Appropriate Selection
Accommodates: 11/2” Fire Hose Rack Assembly, Fire Extinguisher and 21/2” Fire Dept. Valve
Standard Construction & Features: One piece 20 gauge cold-rolled steel door and frame,
18 gauge steel box. Door is reinforced with rigid tubular metal. Continuous steel piano hinge
and pin. White baked acrylic enamel finish (suitable as prime or finish coat). Door handle
hardware.
Mounting Trim Wall Opening
Model No. Dimensions O.D.* Location ADA
Style A
B C D E F G H J K W H D
 1510 Trimless --- 32” 38” 8” --- --- 4” 4” 4” 4” 33” 39” 81/2” 
D B
 1520 Recessed 3/8” 32” 38” 8” 351/2” 411/2” 4” 4” 4” 4” 33” 39” 81/4” 
 1530 Semi-Rec. 11/4” 32” 38” 8” 351/2” 411/2” 4” 4” 4” 4” 33” 39” 71/4” 
H  1540 Semi-Rec. 21/2” 32” 38” 8” 351/2” 411/2” 4” 4” 4” 4” 33” 39” 6” 
G  1550 Surface 9” 351/2” 411/2” 81/4” 351/2” 411/2” --- --- --- --- --- --- --- No
C
J Fire-Rated
K Mounting Trim Dimensions Wall Opening
Model No. O.D.* Location ADA
Style A B C D E F G H J K W H D
Finished Wall
Trimless  FR1520 Recessed 3/8” 32” 38” 8” 351/2” 411/2” --- --- --- --- 341/8” 401/8” 91/8” 
D E
 FR1530 Semi-Rec. 11/4” 32” 38” 8” 351/2” 411/2” --- --- --- --- 341/8” 401/8” 81/8” 
A B  FR1540 Semi-Rec. 21/2” 32” 38” 8” 351/2” 411/2” --- --- --- --- 341/8” 401/8” 7” 
H *Deduct 3/4” O.D. for aluminum door and frame
G Door Styles
C F
J
Finished Wall
Recessed
D
A
E
B  -A  -F  -D  -V
Full Glass Solid Panel Duo Panel Vertical Duo
H Panel
G
Option:  -SL Safety cam lock
All door styles (except -F) furnished standard with clear acrylic inserts, alternate inserts available
C F
J Aluminum “-F” door supplied with aluminum panel insert
K Optional Door & Frame Materials: Optional Door Lettering:
Finished Wall
 AL Aluminum (clear anodized fi nish) Decals
Semi-Recessed  SS 304 Stainless steel (#4 brushed fi nish)  2510 Fire Extinguisher, 1” w. x 203/4” h.
 B Solid brass doors/frames  2511 Fire Hose, 11/4” w. x 15” h.
A/D E  BZ Bronze doors/frames  2512 Fire Extinguisher, 51/2” w. x 21/4” h.
Add prefix to model no. to specify  2513 Fire Dept. Valve 12” w. x 27/8” h.
 -RED Red baked acrylic enamel fi nish  2514 Fire Hose, 12” w. x 4” h.
F
(steel cabinets only)  2515 Fire Hose, 14” w. x 23/8” h.
Add suffix to model no. to specify Die-Cut Letters
Select Contents: 2520 Select _________________
Mod. # _______________ hose rack assembly  Horizontal  Vertical
Surface
Finished Wall Mod. # _______________ fire dept. valve  Black  Red  White
Mod. # _______________ fire extinguisher
3000 Series GUARDIAN
11⁄2” Fire Hose Rack Assemblies FIRE EQUIPMENT, INC.
Function
• Provides an immediate water source for fire control and suppression
• Suitable for building occupant use and conforms to NFPA standards
for Class II service
• Permits one-person operation
Standard Assembly Components

Model 5020 Angle Valve 11⁄2”, Cast Brass, UL
Model 3210 Hose Rack, Red Enamel Steel, UL
Model 3220 Rack Nipple 11⁄2”, Machined Brass
Model 3402 Lined Rack Hose 11⁄2”, 500 PSI
Model 3480 Hose Coupling 11⁄2”, Pin Lug, Cast Brass
Model 3704 Fog Nozzle 11⁄2”, Machined Brass, UL
3000 Series
Contact Guardian for Current Approvals
Assembly Hose Dimensions

D Model No. Length A B C D
C 3005 50’ 28” 26” 20” 4”
3007 75’ 28” 26” 20” 4”
3010 100’ 28” 26” 20” 4”
Optional Finishes
Suffix
A
B -B Polished brass components, standard red rack
-C Rough Chrome Plated brass components, standard red rack
-D Polished Chrome Plated brass components, standard red rack
-E Rough Chrome Plated brass components, Chrome Plated rack
-F Polished Chrome Plated brass components, Chrome Plated rack
To specify, add suffix to assembly model no.
Optional Mounting Optional Assembly Components

Styles Suffix 11⁄2” VALVES
-8 Model 3270 Valve Escutcheon, Cadmium Plated
- 10 Model 3240 Adjustable Pressure Restricting Device, Cast Brass
- 12 Model 3250 Pressure Restricting Disc, Brass
- 14 Model 3260 Drain Vent Valve, Cast Brass
- 16 Model 5040 Adjustable Pressure Restricting Valve, Cast Brass
- 18 Model 5250 Factory Set Pressure Regulating Valve, Cast Brass
1 ⁄2” HOSE
1
- 22 Model 3412 Single Jacket Hose, 300 PSI Acceptance Test

- 24 Model 3422 Single Jacket Hose, 500 PSI Acceptance Test
1 ⁄2” COUPLINGS
1
-40 Wall Bracket
- 26 Model 3480-RL Rocker Lug Coupling, Cast Brass
- 28 Model 3490 Rocker Lug Coupling, Aluminum
1 ⁄2” NOZZLES
1
- 30 Model 3704B Fog Nozzle with bumper, Machined Brass

- 32 Model 3724 Industrial Fog Nozzle, Machined Brass
- 34 Model 3724E Industrial All-Fog Nozzle, Machined Brass
- 36 Model 3714 Fog Nozzle, Red Polycarbonate
- 38 Model 3714E All-Fog Nozzle, Red Polycarbonate
MOUNTING
- 40 Model 3230 Wall Bracket, Aluminum
-42 Pipe Bracket - 42 Model 3232 Pipe Bracket, Aluminum with Clamps
To specify options, add suffix(es) to assembly model no.
28 **Important: Specify Hose Threads**

GUARDIAN
MIAMI, FL
Ph. 800.327.6584 • Fax 800.827.3869
5000 Series - Hose Valves

Contractor:
Appropriate Selection

Female x Male Angle Valves - Used as fire hose outlet connections. Female NPT inlet x Male hose thread
outlet, 300 PSI, cast brass A
Model No. Size A B (Open) C D Swing Radius

5010 11⁄2” x 11⁄2” 4” 73⁄4” 2 1 ⁄4 ” 2” 21⁄2” B
D

5015 21⁄2” x 21⁄2” 51⁄4” 11” 3 1 ⁄4 ” 23⁄4” 31⁄2”
Optional Finish:  -B Polished Brass  -C Rough Chrome Plated  -D Polished Chrome Plated
Threads:  NST  Other __________ C
5010/5015
Female x Female Angle Valves - Used with hose rack assemblies. Female NPT inlet and outlet, 300 PSI,
cast brass A
5020 11⁄2” x 11⁄2” 4” 73⁄4” 2 1 ⁄4 ” 2” 21⁄2” B

D
5025 21⁄2” x 21⁄2” 51⁄4” 11” 3 1 ⁄4 ” 23⁄4” 31⁄2”
C
Female x Male Pressure Restricting Angle Valves - Used as fire hose outlet connections. Field-adjustable
restricting mechanism reduces water pressure under flowing conditions (175 PSI max. inlet). When full flow 5020/5025
is required, restriction can be over-ridden by trained personnel. Female NPT x Male hose thread outlet, 175
PSI, cast brass. A
 5030 11⁄2” x 11⁄2” 4” 8” 2 1 ⁄4 ” 2” 21⁄2” B

D
 5035 21⁄2” x 21⁄2” 51⁄4” 111⁄2” 3 1 ⁄4 ” 23⁄4” 31⁄2”
5030/5035
Female x Female Pressure Restricting Valves - Used with hose rack assemblies. Field-adjustable restricting
mechanism reduces water pressure under flowing conditions (175 PSI max. inlet). When full flow is required, A
restriction can be over-ridden by trained personnel. Female NPT inlet and outlet, 175 PSI, cast brass.

B
 5040 1 ⁄2” x 1 ⁄2”
1 1
4” 8” 2 ⁄2 ”
1
2” 21⁄2” D
 5045 21⁄2” x 21⁄2” 51⁄2” 111⁄2” 3 1 ⁄2 ” 21⁄2” 31⁄2”

Optional Finish:  -B Polished Brass  -C Rough Chrome Plated  -D Polished Chrome Plated C
5040/5045
Caps with Chains - Caps with Chains - Used to protect hose Reducer - Used to change outlet size. Rigid pin
thread outlets on valves and hydrants. lug*, female x male threads.
Cast brass caps (pin lugs)* or red plastic caps (rocker lugs). Threads:
Model No. Size
Model No. Size Type Threads:
 3315 21⁄2” x 11⁄2”  NST
 5515 11⁄2” Brass  NST Optional Finish:  Other
 5515P 11⁄2” Plastic  Other  -B Polished Brass __________
__________  -C Rough Chrome Plated
 5525 21⁄2” Brass -D Polished Chrome Plated
 5525P 21⁄2” Plastic
*Optional:  -RL Rocker lugs
Optional Finish:  -B Polished Brass  -C Rough Chrome Plated
-D Polished Chrome Plated
GUARDIAN
MIAMI, FL
Ph. 800.327.6584 • Fax 800.827.3869
3700 Series - Nozzles

Contractor:

Rack/Reel Nozzles - Used to shape and direct water stream for fire
protection. “On/off” flow and pattern adjustment through body rotation. Fully
adjustable type (fog/straight stream) for Class A and B fires and All-fog
type for Class A, B and C (electrical) fires
Model No. Base Type/Description
 3704* 1 /2”
1
Fully adjustable, machined brass
 3704B* 11/2” Fully adjustable, machined brass
 3712 3
/4” Fully adjustable, red polycarbonate
3704 3704B
 3713 1” Fully adjustable, red polycarbonate
 3714 11/2” Fully adjustable, red polycarbonate
 3714E 11/2” All-fog, red polycarbonate
 3715 2” Fully adjustable, red polycarbonate
 3716 21/2” Fully adjustable, red polycarbonate
-B
*Optional Finishes: Polished 
-C Rough Chrome Plated -D Polished Chrome Plated
Threads:  -NST Other ______
Industrial Nozzles - Used to shape and direct water stream for fire protec-
tion and washdown applications. “On/off” flow and pattern adjustment through
body rotation. Fully adjustable type (fog/straight stream) for Class A and B 3712-3715 3716
fires and All-fog type for Class A, B and C (electrical) fires.
 3722* /4”
3
Fully adjustable, machined brass
 3723* 1” Fully adjustable, machined brass
 3724* 11/2” Fully adjustable, machined brass
 3724E* 11/2” All-fog, machine brass
 3725* 2” Fully adjustable, machined brass
 3726* 21/2” Fully adjustable, machined brass
3722-3724E 3725/3726
-B
Plain Nozzles - Used to shape and direct water stream for washdown
applications. Straight stream only.
 3732* /4”
3
Fixed, 6” long, machined brass
 3733* 1” Fixed, 8” long, machined brass
 3734* 11/2” Fixed, 10” long, machined brass 3732-3736
 3736* 21/2” Fixed, 12” long, machined brass
-B
Ball Shutoffs with Pistol Grip - Used with nozzles for shut-off function and
improve control (NST threads only)
 3744 1 /2”
1 1
1 /2” Outlet, machined brass 3744/3746
 3746 21/2” 11/2” Outlet, machined brass
 3744A 11/2” 11/2” Outlet, hard-anodized aluminum
 3746A 21/2” 11/2” Outlet, hard-anodized aluminum
RISER Y SUS COMPONENTES.
Válvula mariposa FireLock®
Serie 705 con actuador resistente al clima 10.81-SPAL
1.0 DESCRIPCIÓN DEL PRODUCTO

• Tamaños disponibles: 2 – 12"/50 – 300 mm
• Listado por cULus, listado por LPCB, aprobado por FM y VdS para servicios de hasta 300 psi/2068 kPa /20 bar.
• Diseñado solo para servicios de protección contra incendios.
• Incluye una carcasa de actuador resistente al clima Aprobado para uso interior y exterior.
• Opciones de actuadores: Volante (2 – 12”/50 – 300 mm)
• Exclusivo para uso con tuberías y productos Victaulic que incluyan extremos formados con perfil de ranura
Victaulic Original Groove System (OGS, vea la sección 7.0 para materiales de referencia).
2.0 CERTIFICACIÓN/LISTADOS DE CLASIFICACIÓN
G410001 104j/04
NOTAS
• Consulte los detalles en la ficha técnica 10.01 de Victaulic
SIEMPRE CONSULTE LAS NOTIFICACIONES AL FINAL DE ESTE DOCUMENTO ACERCA DE LA INSTALACIÓN,

EL MANTENIMIENTO Y EL RESPALDO DEL PRODUCTO.
Sección de Párrafo
Sistema Nº Ubicación especificaciones
Propuesto por Fecha Aprobado Fecha
victaulic.com
10.81-SPAL 5662 Rev H Actualizado al 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. Todos los derechos reservados.
1
victaulic.com
Presiones de servicio aprobadas/clasificadas
Válvula mariposa Serie 705
Tamaño cULus FM VdS LPCB

2
hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa n/d hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa
50
2½
hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa n/d hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa
65
76.1 mm hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa
3
hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
165.1 mm hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa n/d hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa
8
200
10
250
12
300
3.0 ESPECIFICACIONES – MATERIALES

Cuerpo: Hierro dúctil conforme a ASTM A-536, Clase 65-45-12
Cara de extremo, 2 – 6”/50 – 150 mm: Hierro dúctil conforme a ASTM A-536, Clase 65-45-12
Retenedor de sello, 8 – 12”/200 – 300 mm: Hierro dúctil conforme a ASTM A-536, Clase 65-45-12
Revestimiento del cuerpo: Esmalte alquídico negro
Disco: Hierro dúctil conforme a ASTM A-536, Clase 65-45-12, con revestimiento de niquelado químico conforme
a ASTM B-733
Asiento: EPDM Clase “E”
Vástagos: Acero inoxidable 416 conforme a ASTM A-582
Cartucho de sello de vástago: Latón C36000
Rodamientos: Acero inoxidable con revestimiento de tetrafluoroetileno (TFE)
Sellos de vástago: EPDM
Anillo de retención del vástago: Acero al carbón
Actuador:
2 – 8"/50 – 200 mm: Tuerca corrediza de latón o bronce en tornillo guía de acero, en carcasa de hierro dúctil
10 – 12"/250 – 300 mm: Engranaje helicoidal de acero con cuadrantes de hierro fundido en carcasa de hierro fundido
victaulic.com 2
victaulic.com
4.0 DIMENSIONES
Serie 705
ØH
F J
G E A D
Tamaño Dimensiones
Diámetro
exterior De E a E DIA
Nominal real A B C D E F G H J
pulgadas pulgadas pulgadas pulgadas pulgadas pulgadas pulgadas pulgadas pulgadas pulgadas pulgadas
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
2 2.375 4.25 2.28 6.41 4.00 4.22 4.50 2.12
– –
60.3 60.3 108.0 57.9 162.8 101.6 107.2 114.3 53.8
2 1/2 2.875 3.77 2.28 7.54 4.00 4.22 4.50 1.77
– –
73 73.0 95.8 57.9 191.5 101.6 107.2 114.3 45.0
3.000 3.77 2.28 7.54 4.00 4.22 4.50 1.77
76.1 mm – –
76.1 95.8 57.9 191.5 101.6 107.2 114.3 45.0
3 3.500 3.77 2.53 7.79 4.50 4.22 4.50 1.77
– –
88.9 88.9 95.8 64.3 197.9 114.3 107.2 114.3 45.0
4.250 4.63 2.88 8.81 5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20
108 mm – –
108.0 117.6 73.2 223.8 139.7 107.2 114.3 55.9
4 4.500 4.63 2.88 8.81 5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20
– –
114.3 114.3 117.6 73.2 223.8 139.7 107.2 114.3 55.9
5.250 5.88 3.35 10.88 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58
133 mm – –
133.0 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.5
5.500 5.88 3.35 10.88 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58
139.7 mm – –
139.7 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.6
5 5.563 5.88 3.35 10.88 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58
– –
141.3 141.3 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.5
6.250 5.88 3.84 11.38 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 2.58
159 mm –
159.0 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5
6.500 5.88 3.84 11.38 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 2.58
165.1mm –
165.1 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5
6 6.625 5.88 3.84 11.38 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 1.90
–
168.3 168.3 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 48.3
8 8.625 5.33 5.07 13.53 0.80 1.47 10.00 6.19 8.10 2.33
219.1 219.1 135.4 128.8 343.6 20.3 37.3 254.0 157.2 205.7 59.2
10 10.750 6.40 6.37 15.64 1.41 1.81 12.25 8.10 9.00
–
273 273.0 162.6 161.8 397.3 35.8 46.0 311.2 205.7 228.6
12 12.750 6.50 7.36 16.64 2.30 2.80 14.25 8.10 9.00
–
323.9 323.9 165.1 186.9 422.7 58.4 71.1 362.0 205.7 228.6
NOTA
• Grifo opcional disponible de ½”/15 mm. Consulte los detalles con Victaulic.
victaulic.com 3
victaulic.com
5.0 RENDIMIENTO
Serie 705
La siguiente tabla muestra la resistencia a la fricción de la válvula de mariposa Victaulic Serie 705 y su correspondiente
equivalencia en pies/metros de tubería recta.
Tamaño Diámetro Equivalente

nominal exterior
pulgadas pulgadas Pies/m
mm mm de tubería
2 2.375 6
50 60.3 1.8
2 1/2 2.875 6
65 73.0 1.8
3.000 6
76.1 mm
76.1 1.8
3 3.500 7
80 88.9 2.1
4 4.500 8
100 114.3 2.4
8
108 mm 108 mm
2.4
5 5.563 12
125 141.3 3.7
12
133 mm 133 mm
3.7
5.500 12
139.7 mm
139.7 3.7
6 6.625 14
150 168.3 4.2
14
159 mm 159 mm
4.3
6.500 14
165.1 mm
165.1 4.2
8 8.625 16
200 219.1 4.9
10 10.750 18
250 273.0 5.5
12 12.750 19
300 323.9 5.8
victaulic.com 4
victaulic.com
5.1 RENDIMIENTO
Serie 705
En la siguiente tabla se indican los valores CV para un flujo de agua a +60°F/+16°C a través de una válvula
completamente abierta.
Para ver más detalles, consulte con Victaulic.
Fórmulas para valores Cv Fórmulas para valores Kv
∆P = Q2 En que: En que:
Cv2 Q = Flujo (GPM) Q = Caudal (m3/hr)
∆P = Disminución de presión (psi) ∆P = Disminución de presión (en bar)
Q = Cv x ∆P Cv = Coeficiente de flujo Kv = Coeficiente de flujo
Tamaño de la válvula Completamente abierta Tamaño de la válvula Completamente abierta

Diámetro Diámetro
Tamaño exterior Tamaño exterior
nominal real Coeficiente de flujo nominal real Coeficiente de flujo
pulgadas pulgadas Cv pulgadas pulgadas Kv
mm mm mm mm
2 2.375 2 2.375
170 147
50 60.3 50 60.3
2 1/2 2.875 2 1/2 2.875
260 225
65 73.0 65 73.0
3.000 3.000
76.1 mm 260 76.1 mm 225
76.1 76.1
3 3.500 3 3.500
440 380
80 88.9 80 88.9
4 4.500 4 4.500
820 710
100 114.3 100 114.3
108 mm 108 mm 820 108 mm 108 mm 710
5 5.563 5 5.563
1200 1040
125 141.3 125 141.3
133 mm 133 mm 1200 133 mm 133 mm 1040
5.500 5.500
139.7 mm 1200 139.7 mm 1040
139.7 139.7
6 6.625 6 6.625
1800 1560
150 168.3 150 168.3
159 mm 159 mm 1800 159 mm 159 mm 1560
6.500 6.500
165.1 mm 1800 165.1 mm 1560
165.1 165.1
8 8.625 8 8.625
3400 2940
200 219.1 200 219.1
10 10.750 10 10.750
5800 5020
250 273.0 250 273.0
12 12.750 12 12.750
9000 7790
300 323.9 300 323.9
victaulic.com 5
victaulic.com
6.0 NOTIFICACIONES
ADVERTENCIA
• Lea y comprenda todas las instrucciones antes de instalar, retirar, ajustar o dar mantenimiento a cualquier
producto Victaulic para tuberías.
• Despresurice y drene el sistema de tuberías antes de instalar, retirar, ajustar o dar mantenimiento a cualquiera
de los productos para tuberías de Victaulic.
• Use gafas, casco y calzado de seguridad.
Si no sigue estas instrucciones, existe riesgo de un accidente mortal o lesiones personales graves y daños materiales.
7.0 MATERIALES DE REFERENCIA
Interruptor y cableado
1. El interruptor de supervisión incluye dos
CAJA DE EMPALME
interruptores unipolares de dos posiciones cableados CON CLASIFICACIÓN UL
de fábrica. CONDUCTO
2. La capacidad nominal de los interruptores es:

10 A a 125 o 250 VCA/60 Hz ½" NPT
CONECTORES
DE CONDUCTO
0.50 A a 125 VCC
TUERCAS PARA ALAMBRE
0.25 A a 250 VCC
3. Los interruptores supervisan la válvula en la posición
CIRCUITO DE SUPERVISIÓN
“ABIERTA”. DEL PANEL DE CONTROL
AL RESISTOR DE FIN DE LÍNEA,
O AL INDICADOR SIGUIENTE
DE LA ALARMA CONTRA
5. Un interruptor tiene dos cables aislados #18 por INCENDIOS
N.C. N° COM.
terminal, que permiten una supervisión completa CAPACIDAD DE
de los conductores (vea los diagramas y notas CONTACTO DEL
INTERRUPTOR: S1
a continuación). El segundo interruptor posee un 10A A 125 Y 250VCA,
0.5A A 125 VCC,
cable aislado #18 por terminal. Este doble circuito 0.25A A 250 VCC
S2 CAMPANILLA
proporciona flexibilidad para operar dos dispositivos FUENTE DE VOLTAJE
O BOCINA
eléctricos en ubicaciones separadas, como un

indicador luminoso y una alarma sonora, en el área Interruptor 1: 2 conductores por terminal
Interruptor 2: 1 conductor por terminal
donde está instalada la válvula.
6. Se incluye un conductor aislado #14 conectado NOTAS
a tierra (verde). • El diagrama anterior muestra una conexión entre la terminal común
(amarilla – S1 y la amarilla con franja anaranjada – S2) y la terminal
Interruptor #1 = S1 normalmente cerrada (azul – S1 y azul con franja anaranjada – S2).
Para la conexión al circuito de supervisión En este ejemplo, el indicador luminoso y la alarma se mantendrán activados
hasta que la válvula esté completamente abierta. Cuando la válvula está
de un panel de control de alarmas listado por UL completamente abierta, el indicador luminoso y la alarma se apagarán.
Interruptor #2 = S2 Corte los cables que no utilice (por ej. café con franja anaranjada).
• Sólo S1 (dos cables por terminal) se puede conectar al panel de control
Interruptor auxiliar que se puede conectar de la alarma de incendios.
a dispositivos auxiliares, conforme a los • La conexión del cableado del interruptor de alarma debe ajustarse a la
requerimientos de la autoridad competente norma NFPA 72 y la del interruptor auxiliar a la norma NFPA 70 (NEC).
S1
{ Normalmente cerrado: (2) Azul
Común: (2) Amarillo
{
Normalmente cerrado: Azul con franja anaranjada
S2 Normalmente abierto: Café con franja anaranjada
Común: Amarillo con franja anaranjada
victaulic.com 6
victaulic.com

10.01: Guía de Referencia de Aprobaciones Regulatorias
29.01: Términos y Condiciones/Garantía
I-100: Manual de Instalación en Campo
Responsabilidad del usuario en la selección y aptitud del producto Nota

Todos los usuarios asumen la responsabilidad última por tomar una determinación en cuanto Este producto debería ser fabricado por Victaulic o según las especificaciones de Victaulic.
a la aptitud de los productos Victaulic para una aplicación final en particular, de acuerdo con Todos los productos se instalarán de acuerdo con las últimas instrucciones de instalación
los estándares de la industria y las especificaciones de los proyectos, y con los códigos de y montaje de Victaulic. Victaulic se reserva el derecho de cambiar las especificaciones,
construcción vigentes y normativas relacionadas como también en función de las instrucciones diseños y equipamiento estándar de los productos sin aviso y sin incurrir en obligación alguna.
de funcionamiento, mantenimiento, seguridad y advertencias de Victaulic. Ninguna indicación Instalación
de este u otro documento, ni recomendación, consejo u opinión verbal de algún empleado de Siempre debería consultar el Manual de Instalación Victaulic o las instrucciones de instalación
Victaulic, deberá interpretarse como que modifica, varía, anula o descarta alguna disposición del producto que está instalando. Con cada despacho de productos Victaulic se incluyen
de las condiciones de venta estándares de Victaulic Company, la guía de instalación o esta manuales que contienen datos completos sobre la instalación y el montaje, disponibles
exención de responsabilidad. también en formato PDF en nuestro sitio web www.victaulic.com.
Derechos de propiedad intelectual Garantía
Ninguna declaración aquí contenida acerca del uso posible o sugerido de estos materiales, Consulte la sección Garantía de la Lista de Precios o contacte a Victaulic para más información.
productos, servicios o diseños implica, de manera directa o por interpretación, la cesión de alguna
licencia asociada a patentes o a derechos de propiedad intelectual de Victaulic o alguna de sus Marcas registradas
filiales o empresas afiliadas en lo que concierne al uso o diseño, ni constituye recomendación Victaulic y todas sus demás marcas son marcas comerciales o industriales registradas
de uso de dichos materiales, productos, servicios o diseños de manera que vulnere cualquier por Victaulic Company y/o sus entidades afiliadas en EE.UU. y/u otros países.
otra patente o derecho de propiedad intelectual. Los términos “patentado” o “con patente en
trámite” se refieren a patentes de diseño o utilidad o bien solicitudes de patentes para artículos
y/o métodos que se usan en Estados Unidos y/u otros países.
victaulic.com 7
GUARDIAN
MIAMI, FL
Ph. 800.327.6584 • Fax 800.827.3869
5000 Series - Hose Valves

Contractor:

Female x Male Angle Valves - Used as fire hose outlet connections. Female NPT inlet x Male hose thread
outlet, 300 PSI, cast brass A

5010 11⁄2” x 11⁄2” 4” 73⁄4” 2 1 ⁄4 ” 2” 21⁄2” B
D

5015 21⁄2” x 21⁄2” 51⁄4” 11” 3 1 ⁄4 ” 23⁄4” 31⁄2”
5010/5015
Female x Female Angle Valves - Used with hose rack assemblies. Female NPT inlet and outlet, 300 PSI,
cast brass A
5020 11⁄2” x 11⁄2” 4” 73⁄4” 2 1 ⁄4 ” 2” 21⁄2” B

D
5025 21⁄2” x 21⁄2” 51⁄4” 11” 3 1 ⁄4 ” 23⁄4” 31⁄2”
C
Female x Male Pressure Restricting Angle Valves - Used as fire hose outlet connections. Field-adjustable
restricting mechanism reduces water pressure under flowing conditions (175 PSI max. inlet). When full flow 5020/5025
is required, restriction can be over-ridden by trained personnel. Female NPT x Male hose thread outlet, 175
PSI, cast brass. A
 5030 11⁄2” x 11⁄2” 4” 8” 2 1 ⁄4 ” 2” 21⁄2” B

D
 5035 21⁄2” x 21⁄2” 51⁄4” 111⁄2” 3 1 ⁄4 ” 23⁄4” 31⁄2”
5030/5035
Female x Female Pressure Restricting Valves - Used with hose rack assemblies. Field-adjustable restricting
mechanism reduces water pressure under flowing conditions (175 PSI max. inlet). When full flow is required, A
restriction can be over-ridden by trained personnel. Female NPT inlet and outlet, 175 PSI, cast brass.

B
 5040 1 ⁄2” x 1 ⁄2”
1 1
4” 8” 2 ⁄2 ”
1
2” 21⁄2” D
 5045 21⁄2” x 21⁄2” 51⁄2” 111⁄2” 3 1 ⁄2 ” 21⁄2” 31⁄2”

Optional Finish:  -B Polished Brass  -C Rough Chrome Plated  -D Polished Chrome Plated C
5040/5045
Caps with Chains - Caps with Chains - Used to protect hose Reducer - Used to change outlet size. Rigid pin
thread outlets on valves and hydrants. lug*, female x male threads.
Cast brass caps (pin lugs)* or red plastic caps (rocker lugs). Threads:
Model No. Size
Model No. Size Type Threads:
 3315 21⁄2” x 11⁄2”  NST
 5515 11⁄2” Brass  NST Optional Finish:  Other
 5515P 11⁄2” Plastic  Other  -B Polished Brass __________
__________  -C Rough Chrome Plated
 5525 21⁄2” Brass -D Polished Chrome Plated
 5525P 21⁄2” Plastic
Optional Finish:  -B Polished Brass  -C Rough Chrome Plated
-D Polished Chrome Plated
Victaulic® Reducing Coupling
Style 750 06.08

Available Sizes
• 2 x 1" through 10 x 8"/DN50 x DN25 through DN250 x DN200
Pipe Material
• Carbon steel
• For exceptions reference section 6.0 Notifications
NOTE
• For other pipe materials, contact Victaulic.

• 500 psi/3447 kPa
• Working pressure dependent on material, wall thickness and size of pipe
Application
• Joins Original Groove System (OGS) roll grooved and cut grooved pipe, as well as OGS grooved fittings, valves and
accessories
• Permits direct reduction on piping run
• Optional steel washer prevents telescoping of the smaller pipe inside the larger pipe during vertical system assembly
Pipe Preparation
• Cut or roll grooved in accordance with publication 25.01: Victaulic Standard Groove Specifications.
NOTE
• Download publication 10.01 for Fire Protection Certifications/Listings Reference Guide.
victaulic.com
06.08 1536 Rev M Updated 05/2020 © 2020 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
1
victaulic.com

Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A395,
Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request.
Standard: Orange enamel.
Optional: Hot dipped galvanized conforming to ASTM A153.
Optional: Contact Victaulic with your requirements.
Grade “E” EPDM
EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range –30ºF to +230ºF/–34ºC to +110ºC. May be specified for hot
water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical
services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73°F/+23°C and hot +180°F/+82°C potable
water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES OR STEAM
SERVICES.
Grade “T” Nitrile
Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range –20ºF to +180ºF/–29ºC to +82ºC. May be specified for oil
related services, including air with oil vapor, this gasket may be specified for temperatures rated up to
+180°F/+82°C. For water related services, this gasket may be specified for temperatures rated up to
+150°F/+66°C. For oil free, dry air services, this gasket may be specified for temperatures rated up to
+140°F/+60°C. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER SERVICES OR STEAM SERVICES.
Others
For alternate gasket selection, reference publication 05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide.
1 Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should
Bolts/Nuts (specify choice2):

Standard: Carbon steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial)
and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (M10-M16) Class 8.8 (M20 and greater). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the
mechanical property requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial – heavy hex nuts) and ASTM A563M Class
9 (metric – hex nuts). Track bolts and hex nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 ZN/FE5, finish Type III
(imperial) or Type II (metric).
Optional: Stainless steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM F593,
Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW. Stainless steel heavy nuts meeting the mechanical property
requirements of ASTM F594, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW, with galling reducing coating.
Assembly Washer (optional): Galvanized carbon steel.
2 Optional bolts/nuts are available in imperial size only
victaulic.com 2
victaulic.com
4.0 DIMENSIONS
Style 750 Reducing Coupling
Y Z Y Z
X X
Pipe End
Size Separation3 Deflect. From CL3 Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight
Actual Outside Approximate
Nominal Diameter Allowable Per Cplg. Pipe Qty. Size X Y Z (Each)
inches inches inches in/ft inches inches inches inches lb
DN mm mm Degrees mm/m mm mm mm mm kg
2 1 2.375 1.315 0 - 0.07 0.20 3.38 5.28 1.88 2.7
x x 0° - 57' 2 3/8 x 2
DN50 DN25 60.3 33.7 0 - 1.8 17 85 134 48 1.2
1 1/2 1.900 0 - 0.07 0.20 3.38 5.28 1.88 2.0
0° - 57' 2 3/8 x 2
DN40 48.3 0 - 1.8 17 85 134 48 1.0
2 1/2 2 2.875 2.375 0 - 0.07 0.16 4.00 5.93 1.88 3.1
x x 0° - 47' 2 3/8 x 2
DN50 73.0 60.3 0 - 1.8 14 102 151 48 1.4
2 3.000 2.375 0 - 0.07 0.16 4.38 6.63 1.88 4.6
x x 0° - 47' 2 1/2 x 2 3/4
DN65 DN50 76.1 60.3 0 - 1.8 14 111 168 48 2.1
3 2 3.500 2.375 0 - 0.07 0.13 4.75 7.13 1.88 4.9
x x 0° - 39' 2 1/2 x 2 3/4
DN80 DN50 88.9 60.3 0 - 1.8 11 121 181 48 2.2
2 1/2 2.875 0 - 0.07 0.13 4.75 7.13 1.88 4.3
0° - 39' 2 1/2 x 2 3/4
73.0 0 - 1.8 11 121 181 48 2.0
3.00 0 - 0.07 0.13 4.75 7.13 1.88 4.2
0° - 39' 2 1/2 x 2 3/4
DN65 76.1 0 - 1.8 11 121 181 48 1.9
4 2 4.500 2.375 0 - 0.13 0.28 6.25 8.90 2.25 8.1
x x 1° - 19' 2 5/8 x 3 1/4
DN100 DN50 114.3 60.3 0 - 3.2 25 159 226 57 3.7
2 1/2 2.875 0 - 0.13 0.28 6.25 8.90 2.25 8.6
1° - 19' 2 5/8 x 3 1/4
73.0 0 - 3.2 25 159 226 57 3.9
3.000 0 - 0.13 0.28 6.25 8.90 2.25 6.9
1° - 19' 2 5/8 x 3 1/4
DN65 76.1 0 - 3.2 25 159 226 57 3.1
3 3.500 0 - 0.13 0.28 6.00 8.90 2.25 6.7
1° - 19' 2 5/8 x 3 1/4
DN80 88.9 0 - 3.2 25 152 226 57 3.0
5 4 5.563 4.500 0 - 0.13 0.22 7.18 10.70 2.13 11.2
x x 1° - 3' 2 3/4 x 4 1/4
DN100 141.3 114.3 0 - 3.2 19 182 272 54 5.1
4 6.500 4.500 0 - 0.13 0.19 8.63 11.90 2.25 15.2
x x 0° - 55' 2 3/4 x 4 1/4
165.1 DN100 165.1 114.3 0 - 3.2 16 219 302 57 6.9
6 4 6.625 4.500 0 - 0.13 0.18 8.63 11.90 2.25 16.7
x x 0° - 52' 2 3/4 x 4 1/4
DN150 DN100 168.3 114.3 0 - 3.2 15 219 302 57 7.6
5 5.563 0 - 0.13 0.18 8.31 11.90 2.25 12.9
0° - 52' 2 3/4 x 4 1/4
141.3 0 - 3.2 15 211 302 57 5.9
8 8.625 6.500 0 - 0.13 0.13 10.75 14.88 2.50 23.2
x x 0° - 38' 2 7/8 x 5
DN200 165.1 219.1 165.1 0 - 3.2 11 273 378 64 10.5
6 6.625 0 - 0.13 0.13 10.81 14.88 2.50 22.4
0° - 38' 2 7/8 x 5
DN150 168.3 0 - 3.2 11 275 378 64 10.2
10 8 10.750 8.625 0 - 0.13 0.90 13.12 17.26 2.62 31.4
x x 0° - 25' 2 1 x 5 1/2
DN250 DN200 273.0 219.1 0 - 3.2 8 333 438 67 14.2
3 Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe.
Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes, these figures should be reduced by:
50% for ¾ – 3 ½"/DN20 – DN90; and 25% for 4"/DN100 and larger.
NOTE
• Metric thread size bolts are available (color-coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details.
victaulic.com 3
victaulic.com
5.0 PERFORMANCE
Style 750 Reducing Coupling
Size Maximum Maximum

Actual Outside Working End
DN mm kPa N
2 1 2.375 1.315 350 500
x x
DN50 DN25 60.3 33.7 2413 2225
1 1/2 1.900 350 1000
DN40 48.3 2413 4450
2 1/2 2 2.875 2.375 500 2215
x x
DN50 73.0 60.3 3447 9850
2 3.000 2.375 350 1550
x x
DN65 DN50 76.1 60.3 2413 6900
3 2 3.500 2.375 350 1550
x x
DN80 DN50 88.9 60.3 2413 6900
2 1/2 2.875 500 3250
73.0 3447 14460
3.00 350 2475
DN65 76.1 2413 11010
4 2 4.500 2.375 350 1550
x x
DN100 DN50 114.3 60.3 2413 6900
2 1/2 2.875 350 2275
73.0 2413 10125
3.000 350 2475
DN65 76.1 2413 11014
3 3.500 500 4810
DN80 88.9 3447 21400
5 4 5.563 4.500 350 5565
x x
DN100 141.3 114.3 2413 24765
4 6.500 4.500 350 5565
x x
165.1 114.3 165.1 114.3 2413 24765
6 4 6.625 4.500 350 5565
x x
DN150 DN100 168.3 114.3 2413 24765
5 5.563 350 8500
141.3 2413 37825
8 8.625 6.500 350 11610
x x
DN200 165.1 219.1 165.1 2413 51645
6 6.625 350 12060
DN150 168.3 2413 53645
10 8 10.750 8.625 350 20450
x x
DN250 DN200 273.0 219.1 2413 90970
4 Working Presssure and End Load are total from all internal and external loads based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe standard roll or cut grooved in
accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and material. Maximum working pressure rating based on larger pipe
size. Maximum end load rating based on smaller pipe size.
NOTES
• WARNING: FOR ONE-TIME FIELD USE ONLY the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1 ½ times the figures shown.
• For joint pressure ratings on additional carbon steel wall thicknesses see publication 06.15.
victaulic.com 4
victaulic.com
5.1 PERFORMANCE
Flow Data - Head Loss
Equivalent lengths of standard weight steel pipe are shown in the tables. All data is based on water flowing at
+60°F/+16°C.
Flow Reducing Flow Expanding

Equivalent Equivalent
Size Pipe Length Size Pipe Length
Small Small
Nominal Diameter Nominal Diameter
inches ft inches ft
DN m DN m
2 1 5.9 1 2 2.7
x x
DN50 DN25 1.8 DN25 DN50 0.8
1 1/2 2.0 1 1/2 2 1.9
x
DN40 0.6 DN40 DN50 0.6
2 1/2 2 1.9 2 2 1/2 1.0
x x
DN50 0.6 DN50 0.3
2 1.9 1.0
x
DN65 DN50 0.6 DN65 0.3
3 2 5.5 3 3.5
x
DN80 DN50 1.7 DN80 1.1
2 1/2 3.8 4 3.0
1.2 DN100 0.9
3.8 2 1/2 3 2.5
x
DN65 1.2 DN80 0.8
4 2 6.0 4 3.0
x
DN100 DN50 1.8 DN100 0.9
2 1/2 6.0 3 2.5
x
1.8 DN65 DN80 0.8
6.0 4 3.0
DN65 1.8 DN100 0.9
3 6.0 3 4 2.5
x
DN80 1.8 DN80 DN100 0.8
5 4 3.0 4 5 3.3
x x
DN100 0.9 DN100 1.0
4 6.0 4.6
x
165.1 DN100 1.8 165.1 1.4
6 4 6.0 6 4.6
x
DN150 DN100 1.8 DN150 1.4
5 4.5 5 6 2.3
x
1.4 DN150 0.7
8 7.3 8 5.4
x x
DN200 165.1 2.2 165.1 DN200 1.7
6 7.3 6 8 6.0
x
DN150 2.2 DN150 DN200 1.8
10 8 8.7 8 10 6.3
x x
DN250 DN200 2.7 DN200 DN250 1.9
victaulic.com 5
victaulic.com
6.0 NOTIFICATIONS
WARNING
• Victaulic RX roll sets must be used when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe for use with Victaulic
Couplings.
Failure to use Victaulic RX roll sets when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe may cause joint failure,
resulting in serious personal injury and/or property damage.
WARNING
• Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic pip-
ing products.

• Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic
piping products.
• Only No. 61 bull plugs shall be used with Style 750 reducing couplings in systems where a vacuum may de-
velop.
Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage.
NOTICE

05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide
06.15: Victaulic Pressure Ratings and End Loads for Victaulic Couplings on Steel Pipe
10.01: Victaulic Products for Fire Protection Piping Systems - Regulatory Approval Reference Guide
25.01: Victaulic Original Groove System (OGS) Groove Specifications
26.01: Victaulic Design Data
29.01: Victaulic Terms and Conditions of Sale
I-100: Victaulic Field Installation Handbook

countries.
victaulic.com 6
CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02
Mechanical-T® Bolted Branch Outlets SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS
VNIIPO
STYLES 920 AND 920N
Victaulic Mechanical-T® Outlet provides a direct branch connection at any location a hole can
be cut in pipe. The hole is cut oversize to receive a “holefinder” locating collar which secures
the outlet in position permanently. A pressure responsive gasket seals on the pipe O.D.
Cross-type connections can be achieved by utilizing two upper housings of the same style and
size, with the same or differing branch size connections. NOTE: Style 920 and Style 920N
housings cannot be mated to each other to achieve a cross connection.
Style 920 and Style 920N Mechanical-T outlets are available with grooved or female threaded STYLES 920 AND 920N STYLE 920 CROSS
outlet. Specify choice on order. Units are supplied painted with plated bolts. Galvanized hous- PATENTED
ings are available, supplied with plated bolts.
All sizes of Style 920 and 920N are rated at 500 psi/3450 kPa working pressure on Schedule
10 and 40 carbon steel pipe. They may also be used on high density polyethylene or poly-
butylene (HDPE) pipe. Pressure ratings on HDPE are dependent on the pipe rating. Contact
Victaulic for ratings on other pipe. Style 920 and 920N are not recommended for use on
PVC plastic pipe.
Standard piping practices dictate that the Mechanical-T Styles 920 and 920N must be
installed so that the main and branch connections are a true 90° angle when permanently
attached to the pipeline surface.
Additionally, the Vic-Tap II® hole cutting tool, which allows for hole cutting capabilities on pressurized
systems, utilizes the Style 920 Mechanical-T in conjunction with the Series 726 Vic-Ball Valve to
create the Style 931 Vic-Tap II Mechanical-T unit. See page 8 for further information.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing/Coating: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12, with orange enamel
coating. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special
request.
• Optional: Hot dipped galvanized
Gasket: (Specify choice*)

• Grade “E” EPDM
EPDM (Green color code). Temperature range –30°F to +230°F/–34°C to +110°C.
Recommended for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a
variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance
with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +86°F/+30°C and hot +180°F/+82°C. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR
PETROLEUM SERVICES.
• Grade “T” nitrile

Nitrile (Orange color code). Temperature range –20°F to +180°F/–29°C to +82°C.
Recommended for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the
specified temperature range. Not recommended for hot water services over +150°F/+66°C or
for hot dry air over +140°F/+60°C.
*Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are
services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to
the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a
listing of services which are not recommended.
Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical
requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183.
JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER

System No. __________________________ Submitted By ________________________ Spec Sect ____________ Para __________
Location ____________________________ Date ________________________________ Approved ___________________________
Date ________________________________
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2018 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
REV_O 11.02_1
Mechanical-T® Bolted Branch Outlets
STYLES 920 AND 920N
DIMENSIONS
Style Max. Work Approx.
Size No. Pressure@ Dimensions Weight Each
Run × Branch Hole V‡# V‡ Female
Nominal Size 920 Diameter T** Thd. Grv. W Y Z Thd. Grv.
Inches or psi +0.13 Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Lbs. Lbs.
Y Z mm 920N kPa -0.00 mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
2 1/2 (a) ¤ 500 1.50 2.00 2.53 1.61 5.35 2.75 3.1
× 920N — —
50 15 3450 38.1 51 64 41 136 70 1.5
V 3/4 (a) ¤ 500 1.50 1.97 2.53 1.61 5.35 2.75 3.1
920N — —
20 3450 38.1 50 64 41 136 70 1.5
1 (a) ¤ 500 1.50 1.85 2.53 1.61 5.35 2.75 3.0
920N — —
W 25 3450 38.1 47 64 41 136 70 1.4
1 1/4 (a) †¤ 500 1.75 2.05 2.75 3.00 1.61 5.35 3.00 3.5 3.2
920N
GROOVED OUTLET 32 3450 44.5 52 70 76 41 136 76 1.7 1.5
1 1/2 (a) †¤ 500 1.75 2.03 2.75 3.12 1.61 5.35 3.25 3.6 3.2
920N
40 3450 44.5 52 70 79 41 136 83 1.7 1.5
2 1/2 1/2 (a) §¤ 500 1.50 2.21 2.74 1.82 5.64 2.75 3.0
Y Z × 920N — —
65 15 3450 38.1 56 70 46 143 70 1.4
3/4 (a) §¤ 500 1.50 2.18 2.74 1.82 5.64 2.75 3.0
920N — —
V 20 3450 38.1 55 70 46 143 70 1.4
T 1 (a) §¤ 500 1.50 2.06 2.74 1.82 5.64 2.75 2.9
920N — —
25 3450 38.1 52 70 46 143 70 1.4
W 1 1/4 † (a) ¤ 500 1.75 2.30 3.00 3.25 1.82 6.29 3.00 3.5 3.2
32 920N 3450 44.5 58 76 83 46 160 76 1.7 1.5
1 1/2 † (a) ¤ 500 2.00 2.28 3.00 3.25 1.82 6.26 3.25 3.6 3.3
FEMALE THREADED OUTLET 920N
40 3450 50.8 58 76 83 46 159 83 1.7 1.6
1/2 (a) 300 1.50 2.22 2.75 2.25 6.46 3.18 3.9
76.1 × 920N — —
15 2065 38.1 56 70 57 164 81 1.8
• Provides a direct branch connection at 3/4 (a) 300 1.50 2.19 2.75 2.25 6.46 3.18 3.9
920N — —
any location where a hole can be cut 20 2065 38.1 56 70 57 164 81 1.8
in the pipe 1 (a) 920N 300 1.50 2.07 2.75 — 2.25 6.46 3.18 3.8 —
25 2065 38.1 53 70 57 164 81 1.7
• A pressure responsive gasket provides 1 1/4 (a) ¤
920N
500 1.75 2.30 3.00 3.31 1.92 6.29 3.00 3.5 3.2
32 3450 44.5 58 76 84 49 160 76 1.6 1.5
the seal
1 1/2 (a) ¤ 500 2.00 2.28 3.00 3.31 1.92 6.29 3.25 3.5 3.3
920N
• Request Publication 11.03 for 40 3450 50.8 58 76 84 49 160 83 1.6 1.5
Mechanical-T cross assemblies 3
×
1/2 (a) ¤
920N
500 1.50 2.52 3.05
—
2.28 6.15 2.75 3.4
—
80 15 3450 38.1 64 78 58 156 70 1.6
• Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450 kPa 3/4 (a) ¤
920N
500 1.50 2.49 3.05
—
2.28 6.15 2.75 3.4
—
on steel pipe; also available for use 20 3450 38.1 63 78 58 156 70 1.6
with HDPE pipe 1 (a) 500 1.50 2.38 3.06 2.28 6.15 2.75 3.3
920N — —
25 3450 38.1 61 78 58 156 70 1.6
• Sizes from 2 × ½"/50 × 15 mm 1 1/4 (a) †¤
920N
500 1.75 2.55 3.25 3.56 2.28 6.15 3.00 3.8 3.7
32 (b) 3450 44.5 65 83 90 58 156 76 1.8 1.8
through 8 × 4"/200 × 100 mm
1 1/2 (a) †¤ 500 2.00 2.78 3.50 3.56 2.28 6.15 3.25 4.1 3.8
920N
40 (b) 3450 50.8 71 89 90 58 156 83 1.9 1.8
2 (a) ¤ 500 2.50 2.75 3.50 3.56 2.28 6.75 3.88 4.9 4.6
920N
50 3450 63.5 70 89 90 58 172 99 2.3 2.1
3 1/2 2 500 2.50 3.00 3.75 2.44 6.72 3.88 3.8
× 920N — —
90 50 3450 63.5 76 95 62 171 99 1.8
IMPORTANT NOTES: TABLE CONTINUED ON PG. 3
Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be ** Center of run to engaged pipe end, female threaded outlet only (dimensions approximate).
mated to one another † Available with grooved or female threaded outlet. Specify choice on order.
to achieve cross connections.
‡ Center of run to end of fitting.
# Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications.
@ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings.
(a) British Standard female pipe threaded outlet is available as listed. Specify “BSPT” clearly on order.
(b) For 76.1 mm threaded outlet, specify 21/2" BSPT clearly on order.
§ Vds approved for fire protection services
¤ LPCB approved for fire protection services
Ø Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company.
www.victaulic.com
11.02_2 REV_O
STYLES 920 AND 920N
DIMENSIONS
TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 2
4 1/2 (a) ¤ 500 1.50 3.03 3.56 2.69 7.01 2.75 3.7
V × 920N — —
100 15 3450 38.1 77 90 68 178 70 1.8
3/4 (a) ¤ 500 1.50 3.00 3.56 2.69 7.01 2.75 3.7
920N — —
20 3450 38.1 76 90 68 178 70 1.8
W 1 (a) ¤ 500 1.50 2.88 3.56 2.69 7.01 2.75 3.6
920N — —
25 3450 38.1 73 90 68 178 70 1.8
GROOVED OUTLET 1 1/4 (a) †¤ 500 1.75 3.08 3.78 4.00 2.69 7.01 3.00 4.0 3.6
920N
32 (b) 3450 44.5 78 96 102 68 178 76 1.9 1.8
1 1/2 (a) †¤ 500 2.00 3.28 4.00 4.00 2.69 7.01 3.25 4.2 3.9
920N
40 (b) 3450 50.8 83 102 102 68 178 83 2.0 1.9
Y Z
2 (a) †¤ 500 2.50 3.25 4.00 4.00 2.69 7.01 3.88 5.0 4.6
920N
50 3450 63.5 83 102 102 68 178 99 2.3 2.1
V 2 1/2 (a) † 500 2.75 2.88 4.00 4.00 2.69 7.34 4.63 5.8 5.0
T 920
65 3450 69.9 73 102 102 68 186 118 2.6 2.3
500 2.75 2.88 4.00 2.69 7.34 4.63 6.4
76.1 mm 920 — —
W 3450 69.9 73 102 68 186 118 2.9
3 (a) † 500 3.50 3.31 4.50 4.12 2.69 7.73 5.12 8.4 6.4
920
80 3450 88.9 84 114 105 68 196 130 3.8 2.9
FEMALE THREADED OUTLET
1 1/4 (a)¤ 500 1.75 3.08 3.78 2.63 7.64 3.05 5.0
108.0 × 920N — —
32 3450 44.5 78 96 67 194 78 2.3
1 1/2 (a)¤ 500 2.00 3.28 4.00 2.63 7.64 3.25 5.0
920N — —
• Provides a direct branch connection at 40 3450 50.8 83 102 67 194 83 2.3
any location where a hole can be cut 2 (a)
920N
500 2.50 3.25 4.00
—
2.63 7.64 4.00 4.0
—
in the pipe 50 3450 63.5 83 102 67 194 102 1.9
500 2.75 2.88 4.00 4.00 2.63 7.64 4.29 8.0 7.8
76.1 mm 920
• A pressure responsive gasket provides 3450 69.9 73 102 102 67 194 109 3.6 3.5
the seal 3 (a)
920
500 3.50 3.31 4.50 4.50 2.63 7.63 4.88 6.8 6.5
80 3450 88.9 84 114 114 67 194 124 3.1 3.0
• Request Publication 11.03 for 5 1 1/2 (a) †
920
500 2.00 4.03 4.75 4.75 3.16 9.70 3.69 7.4 7.6
×
Mechanical-T cross assemblies 125 40 3450 50.8 102 121 121 80 246 94 3.4 3.4
2 (a) † 500 2.50 4.00 4.75 4.75 3.16 9.70 4.38 8.2 8.0
920
• Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450 kPa 50 3450 63.5 102 121 121 80 246 111 3.7 3.6
on steel pipe; also available for use 2 1/2 (a) †
920
500 2.75 3.63 4.75 4.75 3.16 9.70 4.63 8.3 7.9
65 3450 69.9 92 121 121 80 246 118 3.8 3.6
with HDPE pipe
500 2.75 3.75 4.75 3.16 9.70 4.63 8.0
76.1 mm ¤ 920 — —
• Sizes from 2 × ½"/50 × 15 mm 3450 69.9 95 121 80 246 118 3.6
through 8 × 4"/200 × 100 mm 3 (a) †
920
500 3.50 3.81 5.00 4.63 3.16 9.70 5.31 8.4 8.8
80 3450 88.9 97 127 118 80 246 135 3.8 4.0
2 500 2.50 3.75 4.50 3.17 8.00 3.88 8.0
133.0 × 920N — —
50 3450 63.5 95 114 81 203 99 3.6
3 500 3.50 3.81 5.00 3.00 9.46 5.31 8.0
920 — —
80 3450 88.9 97 127 76 240 135 3.6
TABLE CONTINUED ON PG. 4
IMPORTANT NOTES: ** Center of run to engaged pipe end, female threaded outlet only (dimensions approximate).
Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be † Available with grooved or female threaded outlet. Specify choice on order.
mated to one another
‡ Center of run to end of fitting.
# Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications.
@ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings.
Ø Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company.
www.victaulic.com
REV_O 11.02_3
STYLES 920 AND 920N
DIMENSIONS
1 1/2 † 500 2.00 3.78 4.50 3.30 8.23 3.25 7.0
V 139.7 × 920N — —
40 3450 50.8 96 114 84 209 83 3.2
2† 500 2.50 3.75 4.50 3.30 8.23 3.88 9.0
920N — —
50 3450 63.5 95 114 84 209 99 4.1
W 6 1 1/4 (a) 500 1.75 4.43 5.13 5.13 3.79 9.15 3.25 5.1 4.8
× 920N
150 32 (b) 3450 44.5 112 130 130 96 232 83 2.3 2.2
GROOVED OUTLET 1 1/2 (a) †¤ 500 2.00 4.40 5.13 5.13 3.79 9.15 3.25 5.4 5.1
920N
40 (b) 3450 50.8 112 130 130 96 232 83 2.4 2.3
2 (a) †¤ 500 2.50 4.38 5.13 5.13 3.79 9.15 3.88 6.0 5.6
920N
50 3450 63.5 111 130 130 96 232 99 2.7 2.5
Y Z
2 1/2 500 2.75 4.01 5.13 5.12 3.69 10.51 4.63 8.3 7.6
920
65 3450 69.9 110 130 130 94 267 118 3.8 3.4
V 500 2.75 4.15 5.21 3.69 10.51 4.63 8.4
T 76.1 mm ¤ 920 — —
3450 69.9 105 132 94 267 118 3.8
3 (a) † 500 3.50 4.31 5.50 5.13 3.69 10.51 5.31 9.9 8.4
920
W 80 3450 88.9 110 140 130 94 267 135 4.5 3.8
4 (a) †¤ 500 4.50 3.81 5.75 5.38 3.69 10.51 6.25 10.1 10.1
920
100 3450 114.3 97 146 137 94 267 159 4.6 4.6
1 1/2 (a) 500 2.00 4.41 5.13 3.63 9.40 3.25 7.8
159.0 × 920N — —
40 3450 50.8 112 130 92 239 83 3.5
2 (a) 500 2.50 4.38 5.13 3.63 9.40 3.88 8.0
920N — —
• Provides a direct branch connection at 50 3450 63.5 111 130 92 239 99 3.6
any location where a hole can be cut 76.1 mm 920
500 2.75 4.38 5.50 5.13 3.63 9.40 4.63 9.5 9.5
in the pipe 3450 69.9 111 140 130 92 239 118 4.3 4.3
3 500 3.50 4.31 5.50 5.13 3.63 9.40 5.31 8.1 14.0
920
• A pressure responsive gasket provides 80 3450 88.9 110 140 130 92 239 135 3.7 6.4
the seal 108.0 mm 920
500 4.50 4.45
—
5.38 3.63 9.40 6.12
—
10.0
3450 114.3 113 137 92 239 155 4.5
• Request Publication 11.03 for 4
920
500 4.50 3.81 5.75
—
3.63 9.40 6.25 18.0
—
Mechanical-T cross assemblies 100 3450 114.3 96.80 146 92 239 159 8.2
TABLE CONTINUED ON PG. 5
• Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450 kPa ** Center of run to engaged pipe end, female threaded outlet only (dimensions approximate).
on steel pipe; also available for use † Available with grooved or female threaded outlet. Specify choice on order.
with HDPE pipe ‡ Center of run to end of fitting.
• Sizes from 2 × ½"/50 × 15 mm # Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications.
through 8 × 4"/200 × 100 mm @ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings.
IMPORTANT NOTES: Ø Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company.
Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be

mated to one another
www.victaulic.com
11.02_4
11.02_2 REV_O
STYLES 920 AND 920N
DIMENSIONS
1 500 1.50 3.88 4.56 3.79 9.34 2.75 8.0
V 165.1 × 920N — —
25 3450 38.1 99 116 96 237 70 3.6
1 1/4 ¤ 500 1.75 4.43 5.13 3.79 9.34 3.25 8.4
920N — —
32 3450 44.5 113 130 96 237 83 3.8
W 1 1/2 (a) †¤ 500 2.00 4.41 5.13 5.13 3.79 9.34 3.25 8.4 5.4
920N
40 3450 50.8 112 130 130 96 237 83 3.8 2.4
GROOVED OUTLET 2 (a) † 500 2.50 4.38 5.13 5.13 3.79 9.34 3.88 8.5 6.0
920N
50 3450 63.5 111 130 130 96 237 99 3.9 2.7
500 2.75 4.01 5.13 5.21 3.63 10.51 4.63 8.6 7.6
76.1 mm 920
3450 69.9 110 130 132 92 267 118 3.9 3.4
Y Z
3 (a) † Ø 500 3.50 4.31 5.50 5.13 3.63 10.51 5.31 10.2 8.4
920
80 3450 88.9 110 140 130 92 267 135 4.6 3.8
V 4 (a) †¤ 500 4.50 3.81 5.75 5.38 3.63 10.51 6.25 10.5 8.4
920
T 100 3450 114.3 97 146 137 92 267 159 4.8 3.8
8 2 (a) † 500 2.75 5.44 6.19 6.25 4.81 12.42 4.50 11.6 11.6
× 920
W 200 50 3450 69.9 138 157 159 122 316 114 5.3 5.3
2 1/2 (a) † 500 2.75 5.07 6.19 6.19 4.81 12.42 4.50 11.6 11.6
920
65 3450 69.9 129 157 157 122 316 114 5.3 5.3
500 2.75 5.25 6.25 4.81 12.42 4.56 11.6
76.1 mm ¤ 920 — —
3450 69.9 133 159 122 316 116 5.3
3 (a) †¤ 500 3.50 5.31 6.50 6.50 4.81 12.42 5.31 12.6 11.6
920
• Provides a direct branch connection at 80 3450 88.9 135 165 165 122 316 135 5.7 5.3
any location where a hole can be cut 4 (a) †¤
920
500 4.50 4.81 6.75 6.38 4.81 12.42 6.25 15.3 12.5
in the pipe 100 3450 114.3 122 171 162 122 316 159 6.9 5.7
** Center of run to engaged pipe end, female threaded outlet only (dimensions approximate).
• A pressure responsive gasket provides † Available with grooved or female threaded outlet. Specify choice on order.
the seal ‡ Center of run to end of fitting.
• Request Publication 11.03 for # Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications.
Mechanical-T cross assemblies @ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings.`
• Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450 kPa
on steel pipe; also available for use
with HDPE pipe § Vds approved for fire protection services
• Sizes from 2 × ½"/50 × 15 mm Ø Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company.
through 8 × 4"/200 × 100 mm
IMPORTANT NOTES:
Style 920 and Style 920N housings
cannot be mated to each other to
achieve cross connections.
www.victaulic.com
REV_O 11.02_5
STYLES 920 AND 920N
FLOW DATA Flow test data has shown that the total head loss between point (1) and (2) for the Style 920, 920N
and 929 Mechanical-T® fittings can best be expressed in terms of the pressure difference across the
inlet and branch. The pressure difference can be obtained from the relationship below.
2 CV and Kv Values
Values for flow of water at +60°F/+16°C are shown in the table below.
Formulas for CV /Kv Values:
∆P = Q2 Where: Where:Where:
1 Cv2 Q = Flow (GPM) Q = FlowQ= (mFlow
3
/hr) (m3/hr)
∆P = Pressure Drop (psi) ∆P = Pressure Drop (Bar)
∆P = Pressure Drop (Bar)
Q = Cv x ∆P Cv = Flow Coefficient Kv = Flow Coefficient
Kv = Flow Coefficient
Equivalent Length of
Outlet Size Schedule
40 Carbon Steel Pipe
(per UL 213, Sec. 16)
OUTLET SIZE (C = 120)ŧ FT CV/KV Values
NOMINAL ACTUAL
DIAMETER O.D.
In/mm In/mm GROOVED THREADED GROOVED THREADED
1/2 0.840 11
- 2 -
15 21.3 9.4
3/4 1.050 16
- 4 -
20 26.7 13.7
1 1.315 21
3** 8 -
25 33.7 1.8
1 1/4 1.660 50 48
5 1/2 6 42.9 41.1
32 42.7
1 1/2 1.900 53 53
11 11 45.4
40 48.3 45.4
2 2.375 112 104
9 10 1/2 89.1
50 60.3 96
2 1/2 2.875 119 150
20 12 1/2 128.5
65 73.0 102
3.000 161
76.1 mm 16* - -
76.1 138.1
3 3.500 249 237
14 15 1/2 203.1
80 88.9 213.4
4 4.500 421 401
20 22 343.6
100 114.3 360.8
ŧ Hazen-Williams coefficient of friction is 120.
* Pipe with a wall thickness of 0.165in./4.2mm.
** 1" FireLock™ Innovative Groove System (IGS) outlet
www.victaulic.com
11.02_6
11.02_2 REV_O
STYLES 920 AND 920N
FIRE PROTECTION APPROVALS

AND PRESSURE RATINGS
The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to
change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals.
Approval Agency
Run Size Outlet Size Pipe Rated Working Pressures – psi/kPa
Actual
Nominal Outside Vds
Size Diameter
Inches/mm Inches/mm Inches/mm Schedule UL ULC FM LPCB (Style 920) (Style 920N)
21/2 - 6 2.875 - 6.625 All 10, 40 400 400 400 290 232 362
65 - 150 73.0 - 168.3 2755 2755 2755 1999 1599 2496
21/2 - 4 2.875 - 4.500 All DF 300 300 300 290 232 362
65 - 100 73.0 - 114.3 2065 2065 2065 1999 1599 2496
21/2 - 4 2.875 - 4.500 All SF 300 300 300 290 232 362
65 - 100 73.0 - 114.3 2065 2065 2065 1999 1599 2496
6 6.625 3, 4 10 300 300 250 290 232 362
150 168.3 2065 2065 1724 1999 1599 2496
6 6.625 3,4 30, 40 300 300 300 290 232 362
150 168.3 2065 2065 2065 1999 1599 2496
8 8.625 21/2 10, 40 400 — — — 145 —
200 219.1 2755 1000
8 8.625 3,4 10 300 — 250 — 145 —
200 219.1 2065 1724 1000
8 8.625 3,4 30, 40 300 — 300 — 145 —
200 219.1 2065 2065 1000
NOTES:
10 refers to Listed/Approved Schedule 10 steel sprinkler pipe.
40 refers to Listed/Approved Schedule 40 steel sprinkler pipe.
DF refers to Listed/Approved Dyna-Flow steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by American Tube Company.
SF refers to Listed/Approved Super-Flo steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation.
VIC-TAP II HOLE CUTTING TOOL FOR The Vic-Tap II hole cutting tool is designed for use with the Style 931 Vic-Tap II Mechanical-T unit,
4 - 8"/100 - 200 MM CARBON STEEL PIPE which is a combination of the Style 920 Mechanical-T and Series 726 Vic-Ball Valve. The Vic-Tap II
is capable of tapping into carbon steel pipe systems under pressures up to 500 psi/3450 kPa.
The Style 931 Vic-Tap II Mechanical-T unit is a full port ball valve which can be mounted on 4"/100 mm,
5"/125 mm, 6"/150 mm and 8"/200 mm diameter pipe. The Style 931 comes with a 2 ½"/65 mm
grooved outlet.
The drill motor is an electric motor with ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in accordance with
safety codes.
For more information, refer to publication 24.01.
www.victaulic.com
REV_O 11.02_7
STYLES 920 AND 920N
INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the I-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product
you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete
installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com.
WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.
NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be
installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the
right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without
incurring obligations.
For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com

11.02 1480 REV O UPDATED 11/2018
11.02_L
EXTINTORES.
ABC DRY CHEMICAL Aluminum Valve
B417/T
B500/T
B402/T
B443
B456
Amerex Corporation A411
RUGGED
• 6 Year Warranty
• Stored Pressure Design
• Dependable Drawn Steel Cylinders
• Durable High Gloss Polyester Powder Paint
• All Metal Valve Construction
Brass Valve - Heavy Duty
Chrome Plated Brass Valve Body
Stainless Steel Handle & Lever
Aluminum Valve - Light to Medium Duty
Anodized Aluminum Valve Body Brass Valve
Anodized Aluminum Handle & Lever B424
• Temperature Range -65°F to 120°F B461
B441
USER FRIENDLY
• Easy and Economical to Maintain and 423
Service
• Large Loop Pull Pin
• Bar Coded and Bi-lingual Labels
OPTION
• USCG Approved with Bracket Listed on UL Available in Wheeled and Stationary
Label Extinguishers
• Chrome Cylinders (See Chart Below)
ABC or Multi-Purpose extinguishers utilize a specially fluidized and siliconized mono ammonium
phosphate dry chemical. It chemically insulates Class A fires by melting at approximately 350°F
and coats surface to which it is applied. It smothers and breaks the chain reaction of Class B fires
and will not conduct electricity back to the operator.
Largest selection of size and extinguisher options available

AGENT TYPE ABC DRY CHEMICAL
VALVE TYPE ANODIZED ALUMINUM CHROME PLATED BRASS
DESIGN NOZZLE HOSE & NOZZLE HOSE & NOZZLE
MODEL NUMBER B417/B417T B500/B500T B402/B402T B443 B456 A411 B424 B461 B441 423
UL & ULC RATING 1A:10B:C 2A:10B:C 3A:40B:C 3A:40B:C 4A:80B:C 10A:120B:C 2A:10B:C 3A:40B:C 4A:80:B:C 10A:120B:C
CAPACITY (LBS.) 2.5 5 5 6 10 20 5 6 10 20
SHIPPING WT. (LBS.) 5.25/5.5 9.25/9.5 9.25/9.5 12.75 18 38 10.5 13.75 19 39
HEIGHT (IN.) 15.5 15.25 15.25 16 20 24 15.5 16.25 20.5 24
WIDTH (IN.) 5.75 7.25 7.25 7.75 7.75 10.25 8 8.5 8.75 10.25
DEPTH (IN.) 3 4.25 4.25 5 5 7 4.25 5 5 7
RANGE (INITIAL- FT) 9-15 12-18 12-18 15-21 15-21 15-21 12-18 15-21 15-21 15-21
DISCHARGE TIME (SEC.) 10 14 14 14.5 20 30 14 14 20 30
FM APPROVED YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
OPTIONAL CHROME CYLINDER YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
INCLUDED BRACKET WALL/VEHICLE WALL WALL
Manufactured and Tested to ANSI/UL Standards CONFORMS TO TEST STANDARDS:

Complies with NFPA 10 Standard
ISO-9001 / ISO-14001 Certified CAN/ULC-S504 - ANSI/UL299 &
UL LISTED CAN/ULC-S508 - ANSI/UL711
10
CARBON DIOXIDE
Amerex Corporation
RUGGED
• 5 Year Warranty
• Rust free aluminum cylinders
• Durable High Gloss Polyester Powder Paint
• Temperature Range -22°F to 120°F
USER FRIENDLY
• Meets Many Hospital Medical Equipment
Requirements MODELS
• Large Loop Stainless Steel Pull Pin 332 330 331
• Models 320 NM and 322NM are 320 322
Independently Tested and Approved for use in
MRI Facilities to 11.7 Tesla
• Models 320NM and 322NM Have Sanitary Also available in 50 / 100 lb. wheeled
White Paint Finish (easy to clean) extinguishers and 100 lb. stationary.
• Bar Coded and Bi-lingual Labels
OPTION
• USCG Approved with Bracket Listed on UL
Label
Models
320NM 322NM
NON-MAGNETIC
CARBON DIOXIDE is discharged as a white cloud of “snow” which smothers a fire by eliminating
oxygen. It is effective for Class B flammable liquids and is electrically non-conductive. Carbon
Dioxide is a clean, non-contaminating, odorless gas.
Non-Magnetic models available (Models 320NM and 322NM - Tested to 11.7 Tesla)
AGENT TYPE CARBON DIOXIDE

VALVE TYPE CHROME PLATED BRASS Manufactured and Tested to ANSI/UL
DESIGN HORN HOSE & HORN Standards
MODEL NUMBER 320 320NM 322 322NM 330 331 332 Complies with NFPA 10 Standard
UL & ULC RATING 2B:C 2B:C 5B:C 5B:C 10B:C 10B:C 10B:C ISO-9001 / ISO-14001 Certified
CAPACITY (LBS.) 2.5 2.5 5 5 10 15 20
UL LISTED
SHIPPING WT. (LBS.) 8.9 8.9 13.1 13.1 28.25 37.75 50.75
HEIGHT (IN.) 13.25 13.25 17.75 17.75 24 30 30
WIDTH (IN.) 7.25 7.25 8.25 8.25 12 12 13
DEPTH (IN.) 4.38 4.38 5.25 5.25 7 7 8
RANGE (INITIAL- FT) 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 CONFORMS TO TEST STANDARDS:
DISCHARGE TIME (SEC.) 9 9 9 9 11 15 19
FM APPROVED YES YES YES YES YES CAN/ULC-S503 - ANSI/UL154 &
8
INCLUDED BRACKET WALL NM WALL WALL NM WALL WALL WALL WALL
CAN/ULC-S508 - ANSI/UL711
240H - WATER
Amerex Corporation
RUGGED
• 5 Year Manufacturer’s Warranty
• Stored Pressure Design
• Polished Stainless Steel Cylinders
• Exclusive crevice free, butt welded cylinders
• Temperature Range +40°F to 120°F
CLEAN
• Leaves no powder residue
USER FRIENDLY
• Maximum visibility during discharge
• Large Loop Stainless Steel Pull Pin Pressure
• Easy to recharge and maintain Relief Valves
APPLICATION
• Designed for use in manned pressure vessels/
Model
hyperbaric chambers. 240H
• Suitable for use in chambers simulating
225 ft. (depth)
Model 240H utilizes the cooling, soaking and penetrating effect of a 45-55 ft. stream of WATER. The 55 sec.
discharge time makes it very effective for inexperienced operators for use on Class A fires.
Protected by two safety relief valves for high and low pressure variations
AGENT TYPE WATER

HOSE & NOZZLE
DESIGN
ISO-9001 / ISO-14001 Certified
MODEL NUMBER 240H
CAPACITY 2.5 GAL
SHIPPING WT. (LBS.
7.5
EMPTY)
HEIGHT (IN.) 24.5
WIDTH (IN.) 9 CONFORMS TO TEST STANDARDS:
DEPTH (IN.) 7
WATER: CAN/ULC-S507 - ANSI/UL626 &
RANGE (INITIAL- FT) 45-55
CAN/ULC-S508 - ANSI/UL711
DISCHARGE TIME (SEC.) 55
INCLUDED BRACKET WALL
MADE IN U.S.A.
Extintores para cocina- “Clase K”
Manufacturado y Probado por los QUIMICO HUMEDO
Estandares ANSI/UL Extintores para cocina - "Clase K"
AMEREX es una Firma Registrada por ALMACENADOS PRESURADIZADO
ISO 9001-2000
0 Probado en freidoras comerciales con alto
contenido de grasa, usando la ANSI/UL prueba de
protocolo
0 La conección de la manguera giratoria permite la

orientación de la boquilla para una aplicación por
arriba
0 La manguera para descarga con su corto diseño

para fácil uso en espacios pequeños y en cocinas
de espacio reducido
0 El mango de la boquilla está diseñado a un ángulo

de 45° para su aplicación fácil
0 El agente PH de un agente químico hùmedo con

una descarga de niebla fina que ayuda a prevenir
el salpicado de la grasa y la re-ignición de el
fuego mientras se enfría el aparato
0 Tiene aplicación muy precisa de el agente

extintor, no se necesita limpiar residuos de
químicos secos
Modelo B262
0 Excelente para uso en todos los aparatos de Modelo B260
cocina incluyendo asadores de carbón secos
aprobado por UL 711 y seguro para usarse en UL. Listado
fuegos de Clase C
2A:K
0 Tiene etiquetas con Código de barras
Los extintores de Químicos Húmedos son los mejores
SPECIFICATIONS WET CHEMICAL extintores portátiles para aparatos en cocinas de
restaurantes y aprobados por la nueva Clase K enlistado
Application Hose and Spray Nozzle por la UL específicamente para accidentes de cocinas en
POTASSIUM ACETATE restaurantes. Contiene una base especial de acetato de
Agent potasio, un agente de bajo PH desarrollado para el uso
MIXED WITH WATER
Model Number B260 B262
en sistemas de pre-ingeniería de cocinas para
restaurantes. La existencia actual de aparatos de cocina
U/L Rating 2A:K más complicados y el uso de aceites no saturados, dictan
Capacity 6 liters 2½ gals. el uso de extintores portátiles con mayor capacidad para
Shipping Wt. (lbs.)
combatir el fuego y el efecto de enfríamiento para combatir
(Empty)
17½ 20 estos difíciles y calientes fuegos. Disponible en dos
tamaños 6 lítros y 2-1/2 Gal., en atractivos cilindros de
Height (in.) 19 24½ acero inoxidable con manguera de fácil uso y con boquilla
Width (in.) 9 rociadora. La superior capacidad para combatir el fuego
Depth (Diam. - in.) 7
con el agente Químico Húmedo es apuntando
exactamente donde lo necesite dejando no residuos para
Range (ft.) 10 - 12 limpiar. Los modelos B260 y B262 son los ideales para el
DischargeTime (sec.) 54 80 “USO EN COCINAS” en la extinción de fuegos. Estos
Standard Bracket Wall
complementan los sistemas automáticos de protección
con un márgen extra de seguridad.
(Rango de Temperatura –40° F a 120° F) LISTADO BAJO UL. – 6 AÑOS DE GARANTIA
ROCIADORES.
Worldwide
www.tyco-fire.com
Contacts
Series TY-B – 2.8, 5.6, and 8.0 K-factor

Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers
Standard Response, Standard Coverage
General it is recommended that the end-user be
consulted about the suitability of these
Description coatings for any given corrosive envi-
ronment. The effects of ambient tem-
The TYCO Series TY-B 2.8, 5.6, perature, concentration of chemicals,
and 8.0 K-factor, Upright, Pendent, and gas/chemical velocity, should be
and Recessed Pendent Sprin- considered as a minimum, along with
klers described herein are standard the corrosive nature of the chemical to
response, standard coverage, decora- which the sprinklers will be exposed.
tive 5 mm glass bulb-type spray sprin- An intermediate level version of the
klers. They are designed for use in light, Series TY-B Pendent Sprinkler can be
ordinary, or extra-hazard commercial obtained by utilizing the Series TY-B
occupancies such as banks, hotels, Pendent Sprinkler in combination with
shopping malls, factories, refineries, the Model S2 Shield.
and chemical plants.
The TY-B Recessed Pendent Sprinkler, NOTICE
where applicable, is intended for use in The Series TY-B 2.8, 5.6, and 8.0 K-fac-
areas with a finished ceiling. It uses a tor, Upright, Pendent, and Recessed
two-piece Style 10 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style Pendent Sprinklers described herein
40 (3/4 in. NPT) Recessed Escutcheon. must be installed and maintained in
The Recessed Escutcheon provides compliance with this document, as well
1/2 in. (12,7 mm) of recessed adjust- as with the applicable standards of the
ment or up to 3/4 in. (19,1 mm) of total National Fire Protection Association
adjustment from the flush pendent (NFPA), in addition to the standards of
position. The adjustment provided by
the Recessed Escutcheon reduces the
any other authorities having jurisdiction.
Failure to do so may impair the perfor-
Technical
accuracy to which the fixed pipe drops
to the sprinklers must be cut.
mance of these devices. Data
The owner is responsible for maintain-
Corrosion-resistant coatings, where Approvals
ing their fire protection system and UL and C-UL Listed
applicable, are utilized to extend devices in proper operating condi- FM, LPCB, VdS, and NYC Approved
the life of copper alloy sprinklers tion. Contract the installing contrac-
beyond what would be obtained tor or product manufacturer with any See Tables A, B and C for complete approval
when exposed to corrosive atmo- information, including corrosion-resistant
questions. status.
spheres. Although corrosion-resistant
coated sprinklers have passed the NFPA 13 prohibits installation of 1/2 in. Maximum Working Pressure
standard corrosion tests of the appli- NPT sprinklers with K-factors greater See Table D
cable approval agencies, the testing than 5.6 in new construction. They are
intended for retrofit in existing sprinkler Discharge Coefficient
is not representative of all possible K=2.8 gpm/psi½ (40,3 Lpm/bar½)
corrosive atmospheres. Consequently, systems only.
K=5.6 gpm/psi½ (80,6 Lpm/bar½)
IMPORTANT
Sprinkler K=8.0 gpm/psi½ (115,2 Lpm/bar½)
Temperature Ratings
Refer to Technical Data Sheet
TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to
Identification See Tables A, B and C
regulatory and health information. Numbers (SIN) Finishes

Sprinkler: See Table E
Always refer to Technical Data TY1151 . . . . Upright 2.8K, 1/2 in. NPT Recessed Escutcheon: Signal or Pure White,
Sheet TFP700 for the “INSTALLER Grey Aluminum, Jet Black, Chrome Plated,
TY1251 . . Pendent 2.8K, 1/2 in. NPT or Natural Brass
WARNING” that provides cautions
with respect to handling and instal- TY3151 . . . Upright 5.6K, 1/2 in. NPT
TY3251 . . Pendent 5.6K, 1/2 in. NPT Physical Characteristics
lation of sprinkler systems and com- Frame ��Bronze
ponents. Improper handling and TY4151 . . . . Upright 8.0K, 3/4 in. NPT Button �� Brass/Copper
installation can permanently damage TY4251 . . Pendent 8.0K, 3/4 in. NPT Sealing Assembly. . Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON
a sprinkler system or its compo- Bulb �� Glass
TY4851 . . . Upright 8.0K, 1/2 in. NPT Compression Screw ��Bronze
nents and cause the sprinkler to fail TY4951 . . Pendent 8.0K, 1/2 in. NPT Deflector �� Copper
to operate in a fire situation or cause Bushing (K=2.8) ��Bronze
it to operate prematurely.
Page 1 of 10 MAY 2020 TFP151

TFP151
Page 3 of 10
* Temperature rating ** Pipe thread connections per 1 - Frame 3 - Sealing 5 - Compression

is indicated on ISO 7-1 can be provided on ESCUTCHEON 2 - Button Assembly Screw
Deflector. special request. PLATE SEATING 4 - Bulb 6 - Deflector *
SURFACE
1
1/2" 3
(12,7 mm)
NOMINAL 2-5/16" 2
MAKE-IN (58,7 mm)
2-1/4" 1-9/16" 4
(57,2 mm) (39,7 mm)
5
6*
3/4" NPT** WRENCH STYLE 40 2-7/8" (73,0 mm) DIA.
FLATS RECESSED
UPRIGHT PENDENT ESCUTCHEON RECESSED PENDENT CROSS SECTION
ALL FINISHES EXCEPT POLY-STAINLESS
WRENCH 3/4" ESCUTCHEON 1 - Frame 3 - Sealing 5 - Compression * Temperature
FLATS NPT PLATE SEATING 2 - Button Assembly Screw rating indicated
SURFACE 4 - Bulb 6 - Deflector * on Deflector.
1
1/2" 3
(12,7 mm)
NOMINAL 2
MAKE-IN 2-5/16"
(58,7 mm)
4
2-1/4" 1-9/16"
(57,2 mm) (39,7 mm) 5
6*
STYLE 40 2-7/8" (73,0 mm) DIA.
RECESSED
UPRIGHT PENDENT ESCUTCHEON RECESSED PENDENT CROSS SECTION
POLY-STAINLESS FINISH ONLY
FIGURE 3
SERIES TY-B UPRIGHT (TY4151) AND PENDENT (TY4251) SPRINKLERS
8.0 K-FACTOR, 3/4 IN. NPT, STANDARD RESPONSE
CEILING PLATE 1 - Frame 5 - Compression

SEATING SURFACE 2 - Button Screw
1 3 - Sealing 6 - Deflector *
Assembly
3 4 - Bulb
7/16" 2-1/4"
(11,1 mm) (57,2 mm)
NOMINAL 2
MAKE-IN * Temperature rating is
4 indicated on Deflector.
2-3/16" 1-9/16"
(55,6 mm) (39,7 mm)
5 ** Pipe thread connections
per ISO 7-1 can be
6* provided on special
1/2" NPT** WRENCH request.
FLATS
UPRIGHT PENDENT CROSS SECTION
FIGURE 4
SERIES TY-B UPRIGHT (TY4851) AND PENDENT (TY4951) SPRINKLERS
8.0 K-FACTOR, 1/2 IN. NPT, STANDARD RESPONSE
TFP151
Page 4 of 10
2-7/8" DIA. 2-7/8" DIA.

(73,0 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) (73,0 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm)
5/8±1/4" 5/8±1/4"
(15,9±6,4 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) (15,9±6,4 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm)
2-1/4" DIA.
(57,2 mm) (57,2 mm)
FACE OF MOUNTING FACE OF MOUNTING
SPRINKLER PLATE SPRINKLER PLATE
FITTING FITTING
1/8" 1/8"
(3,2 mm) (3,2 mm)
MOUNTING MOUNTING
SURFACE SURFACE
SERIES 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) CLOSURE SERIES 1-5/16" (33,3 mm)

CLOSURE
TY-B 3/4" (19,1 mm) TY-B 13/16" (20,6 mm)
FIGURE 5 FIGURE 6
SERIES TY-B RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER SERIES TY-B RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER
ASSEMBLY WITH TWO-PIECE 3/4 IN. TOTAL ASSEMBLY WITH TWO-PIECE 3/4 IN. TOTAL
ADJUSTMENT STYLE 10 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON ADJUSTMENT STYLE 40 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON
5.6 K-FACTOR, 1/2 IN. NPT 8.0 K-FACTOR, 3/4 IN. NPT
WRENCH
RECESS
WRENCH RECESS
(END "A" USED FOR
1/2" NPT MODELS)
WRENCH RECESS PUSH WRENCH

(END "B" USED FOR IN TO ENSURE
3/4" NPT MODELS) ENGAGEMENT
WITH SPRINKLER
WRENCHING AREA
FIGURE 7 FIGURE 8
W-TYPE 6 W-TYPE 7 RECESSED
SPRINKLER WRENCH SPRINKLER WRENCH
Poly-Stainless
Physical Characteristics Design Installation
Criteria
Frame ��Bronze
Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L316 Stainless Steel* The TYCO Series TY-B 2.8, 5.6, and
Bulb �� Glass 8.0 K-factor, Upright, Pendent, and
Compression Screw ��L316 Stainless Steel* The TYCO Series TY-B 2.8, 5.6, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must
Deflector �� Copper/Bronze 8.0 K-factor, Upright, Pendent, and be installed in accordance with this
Sealing Assembly. . Gold Plated Beryllium Nickel
w/TEFLON
Recessed Pendent Sprinklers are section.
*Type L316 stainless steel (UNS 31603) per ASTM intended for fire protection systems
General Instructions
A479/479M or BS EN 1008 WN1.4404. designed in accordance with the stan-
Do not install any bulb type sprinkler
Operation dard installation rules recognized by
the applicable Listing or Approval
if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss
of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin-
agency, such as UL Listing based on
The glass bulb contains a fluid which kler held horizontally, a small air bubble
the requirements of NFPA 13 and FM
expands when exposed to heat. When should be present. The diameter of the
Approval based on the requirements
the rated temperature is reached, the air bubble is approximately 1/16 in.
of the FM Global Loss Prevention Data
fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the (1,6 mm) for the 135°F (57°C) to
Sheets. Use only the Style 10 or 40
glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to 3/32 in. (2,4 mm) for the 360°F (182°C)
Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable,
activate and water to flow. temperature ratings.
for recessed pendent installations.
A leak-tight 1/2 in. NPT sprinkler
joint should be obtained by apply-
ing a minimum-to-maximum torque of
7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 N·m). Obtain
a leak-tight 3/4 in. NPT sprinkler joint
by applying a minimum to maximum
TFP151
Page 7 of 10
Sprinkler Finish 8
Bulb
K-Factor Sprinkler Temperature Liquid Wax-Over-
Type Rating Natural Chrome Polyesterc Poly-Stainlessc Lead Wax
Color Lead
Brass Plated Coated Coated Coated
135°F (57°C) Orange
Upright 155°F (68°C) Red
(TY4151) 1, 2, 3, 5 1, 2, 5
and 175°F (79°C) Yellow
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 1, 2 1, 2, 5
Pendent 200°F (93°C) Green
(TY4251)
Figure 3 286°F (141°C) Blue 1b, 2b, 3b, 5b 1b, 2b, 5b
8.0
3/4 in. 360°F (182°C) Mauve N/A
NPT
Recessed 155°F (68°C) Red
Pendent 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
(TY4251)a 175°F (79°C) Yellow 1, 2 N/A
Figure 6 200°F (93°C) Green
286°F (141°C) Blue 1, 2
Upright 155°F (68°C) Red
(TY4851)
8.0 and 175°F (79°C) Yellow
1/2 in. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 N/A N/A
Pendent 200°F (93°C) Green
NPT (TY4951)
Figure 4 286°F (141°C) Blue
360°F (182°C) Mauve
NOTES
1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL).
2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for use in Canada (C-UL).
3. Approved by FM Global (FM Approvals).
4. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 007k/03).
5. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354-01-E.
6. VdS Approved. (For details, contact Johnson Controls, Enschede, Netherlands, Tel. 31-53-428-4444 / Fax 31-53-428-3377)
7. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 094a/05)
8. Where Polyester Coated, Lead Coated, Wax Coated, and Wax-over-Lead Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as
Corrosion-Resistant Sprinklers. Where Lead Coated, Wax Coated, and Wax-over-Lead Coated Sprinklers are noted to be FM Approved, the sprinklers are FM Approved as
Corrosion-Resistant Sprinklers.
a. Installed with Style 10 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 40 (3/4 in. NPT) 3/4 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable
b. 150°F (66°C) maximum ceiling temperature
c. Frame and deflector only
d. Not Applicable (N/A)
TABLE C
SERIES TY-B 8.0 K-FACTOR UPRIGHT AND PENDENT SPRINKLERS
LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS
SOPORTERIA.
LEHMAN PIPE AND NUMBER DESCRIPTION
PLUMBING SUPPLY, INC.
PHONE: 305-576-3054 LGTS ZP THRD RODS
FAX: 305-576-3066 9799-10025 1/4x10’ LGTS ZP THRD ROD
9799-10030 5/16x10’ LGTS ZP THRD ROD
9799-10035 3/8x10’ LGTS ZP THRD ROD
9799-10060 1x10’ LGTS ZP THRD ROD
9799-10065 1-1/4x10’ LGTS ZP THRD ROD
LGTS BLACK THRD RODS

9806-10005 1/4x6’ LGTS BLACK THRD ROD
ZP Threaded Rods 9806-10015 3/8x6’ LGTS BLACK THRD ROD
Black Threaded Rods 9806-10030 3/4x6’ LGTS BLACK THRD ROD
9806-10035 1x6’ LGTS BLACK THRD ROD
PIECES ZP UNTHRD RODS

9815-10072 3/16x3’ PIECES ZP UNTHRD ROD
Unthreaded Rods 9815-10074 5/16x3’ PIECES ZP UNTHRD ROD
9815-10081 1x3’ PIECES ZP UNTHRD ROD
PIECES BRASS THRD RODS

Brass Threaded Rods 9806-00005 10/24x1’ PIECES BRASS THRD ROD
9806-00010 10/24x2’ PIECES BRASS THRD ROD
ZP ROD CPLG
9824-30100 1/4 ZP ROD CPLG (3/8AF x 7/8L)
9824-30105 5/16 ZP ROD CPLG (7/16AF x 1L)
9824-30110 3/8 ZP ROD CPLG (1/2AF x 1-1/8L)
9824-30115 7/16 ZP ROD CPLG (5/8AF x 1-1/4L)
9824-30120 1/2 ZP ROD CPLG (5/8AF x 1-1/4L)
9824-30125 5/8 ZP ROD CPLG (13/16AF x 2-1/8L)
9824-30130 3/4 ZP ROD CPLG (1AF x 2-1/4L)
9824-30135 7/8 ZP ROD CPLG (1-1/4AF x 2-3/8L)
9824-30140 1 ZP ROD CPLG (1-3/8AF x 2-1/2L)
9824-30145 1-1/4 ZP ROD CPLG (1-5/8AF x 3L)
ZP Rod Couplings
ZP ROD CPLG
9831-30150 3/8x1/4 ZP ROD CPLG
9831-30155 1/2x3/8 ZP ROD CPLG
9831-30160 5/8x1/2 ZP ROD CPLG
9831-30165 3/4x5/8 ZP ROD CPLG
392
Seismic Bracing
Fig. 4L - Longitudinal In-Line Sway Brace Attachment
Size Range: 21/2" (65mm) through 8" (200mm) IPS.
Material: Steel
Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Set Bolt & Hardware Included
Seismic Bracing
Approvals: Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM), 21/2" (65mm)
through 8" (200mm) pipe.
For UL Listed information refer to page 50.
Installation Instructions: Fig. 4L is the "braced pipe" attachment
component of a longitudinal sway brace assembly. It is intended to be A
combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO structural attachment
component to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or
FM guidelines should be followed.
D
To Install: Place the Fig. 4L over the pipe to be braced and tighten
bolts. Then engage "bracing pipe" into jaw opening and tighten set bolt
until head snaps off. Jaw attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper
brace angle.
Finish: Plain. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. C
Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish.
Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-8.
4-Way Riser Brace

(plan view)
Longitudinal Brace
Pipe Max. Rec. Load (FM) Approx.

Part Size A C D Bolt Size 30°-44° 45°-59° 60°-74° 75°-90° Wt./100
No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kg)
4L-21/2 21/2" (65) 67/16" (163.5) 21/2" (63.5) 23/4" (69.8) 1/2"-13 1030 (4.58) 1180 (5.24) 1420 (6.31) 1590 (7.07) 253 (114.7)
4L-3 3" (80) 7" (177.8) 23/4" (69.8) 31/16" (77.8) 1/2"-13 1030 (4.58) 1180 (5.24) 1420 (6.31) 1590 (7.07) 268 (121.5)
4L-4 4" (100) 81/2" (215.9) 33/8" (85.7) 311/16" (93.7) 1/2"-13 530 (2.36) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 348 (157.8)
4L-5 5" (125) 93/4" (247.6) 37/8" (98.4) 43/8" (111.1) 1/2"-13 530 (2.36) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 380 (172.3)
4L-6 6" (150) 111/2" (292.1) 5" (127.0) 51/8" (130.2) 1/2"-13 530 (2.36) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 640 (290.3)
4L-8 8" (200) 131/4" (336.5) 55/8" (142.8) 55/8" (142.9) 1/2"-13 490 (2.18) 680 (3.02) 830 (3.69) 930 (4.13) 728 (330.2)
FM Approved when used with 1", 11⁄4", 11⁄2"
or 2" Sch. 40 brace pipe.
FM Approved design loads are based on ASD design method.
Eaton’s B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components,
resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line’s warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in
B-Line’s standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from
B-Line’s warranty, Eaton’s B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line’s seismic bracing components that are combined
with products not provided by Eaton’s B-Line Business.
All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Fire Protection Solutions 51

Seismic Bracing
Fig. 980 - Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment - 3/8” to 3/4”
Size Range: One size fits bracing pipe 1" (25mm) thru 2" (50mm), B-Line
12 gauge (2.6mm) channel, and all structural steel up to 1/4" (31.7mm) thick.
Seismic Bracing
Material: Steel
Function: Multi-functional attachment to structure or braced pipe fitting.
Features: This product’s design incorporates a concentric attachment
opening which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections. D
NFPA 13 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on
concentric loading. Mounts to any surface angle. Break off bolt head assures
verification of proper installation. A
B
Installation: Fig.980 is the structural or transitional attachment component
of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined
with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO "braced pipe" attachment, Fig. 1000, 1001, Set Bolt
Included
4L, or other TOLCO approved attachment to pipe to form a complete bracing
assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. Mounting Hardware
Is Not Included
To Install: Place the Fig. 980 onto the "bracing pipe". Tighten the set bolt until
the head breaks off. Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle.
Approvals: —Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM).
For UL Listed information refer to page 66.
Note: Fig. 980 Swivel Attachment and Fig. 1000, 1001, 4L or other TOLCO
approved attachment to pipe that make up a sway brace system of UL Listed
attachments and bracing materials which satisfies the requirements of
Underwriters Laboratories and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized or Stainless Steel. Contact B-Line for
alternative finishes.
Fig. 980
Order By: Figure number and finish.
Pat. #6,273,372, Pat. #6,517,030, Pat. #6,953,174,

Pat. #6,708,930, Pat. #7,191,987, Pat. #7,441,730,
Pat. #7,669,806
Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-8. Fig. 4L
Lateral Brace Longitudinal

Brace
Part Mtg. Hdw. Mounting Hole Max. Design Load** (FM) Approx.
Number Size A B D 30° - 44° 45° - 59° 60° - 74° 75° - 90° Wt./100
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs./(kN) lbs./(kN) lbs./(kN) lbs./(kN) lbs. (kg)
980-3/8 3/8” (9.5) 51/4” (133.3) 17/8” (47.6) 13/32” (10.3) 149 (67.6)
980-1/2 * 1/2” (12.7) 51/4” (133.3) 17/8” (47.6) 17/32” (13.5) 1320 1970 2310 2550 148 (67.1)
980-5/8 5/8” (15.9) 51/4” (133.3) 17/8” (47.6) 11/16” (17.5) (5.87) (8.76) (10.27) (11.34) 147 (66.7)
980-3/4 3/4” (19.0) 51/4” (133.3) 17/8” (47.6) 13/16” (20.5) 146 (66.2)
* Standard size.
** Installed with 1” or 11/4” Schedule 40 brace pipe.
FM Approved design loads are based on ASD design method.
Important! - For load information when using Fig. 980 with pre-installed or post-installed concrete anchors in
compliance with NFPA 13 (2016) or ASCE 7-10, including prying factors, see load tables on pages AL1 thru AL21.
Eaton’s B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components,
resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line’s warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in
B-Line’s standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from
B-Line’s warranty, Eaton’s B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line’s seismic bracing components that are combined
with products not provided by Eaton’s B-Line Business.
All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Fire Protection Solutions Revised 11/30/2015

67
www.tolco.com
Revision 5/27/2008
Component of State of
Fig. 1000 - “Fast Clamp” Sway Brace Attachment California OSHPD Approved
Seismic Restraints System
Size Range — Pipe size to be braced: 1" thru 6" Schedule
10 thru 40 IPS.* Pipe size used for bracing: 1" and 11⁄4" Schedule 40
IPS.
* Additionally (UL) approved for use to brace Schedule 7
sprinkler pipe up to 4" (maximum horizontal design load
655 lbs.) Torque requirement 6 — 8 ft. lbs.
Material — Carbon Steel
Function — For bracing pipe against sway and seismic
disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace sys-
tem: Fig. 1000 is used in conjunction with a TOLCO
Fig. 900 Series Fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per
NFPA 13* or TOLCO OSHPD Approved Seismic Manual,
forming a complete sway brace assembly.
Features — Field adjustable, making critical pre-engineering of
bracing pipe unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of
bracing pipe. Can be used as a component of a 4-way riser brace.
Can be used as longitudinal brace with Fig. 907. Comes assembled
and individually packaged with illustrated installation instructions
— sizes are clearly marked. Steel leaf spring insert provided to
assure installer and inspector necessary minimum torque has been
achieved.
Installation — The Fig. 1000 is the "braced pipe" attachment
component of a lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be Maximum Design Load
combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO structural attach- 1" thru 4" pipe size — 2015 lbs.
ment component, Fig. 980, 910 or 909 to form a complete bracing 6" size — 1265 lbs.
assembly. Follow NFPA 13 and/or OSHPD guidelines.
To Install — Place the Fig. 1000 over the pipe to be braced, insert
bracing pipe through opening leaving a minimum of 1" extension. FM Approved Design Loads*
Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. 1" - 2½" - 600 lbs.
Tighten hex nuts until leaf spring is flat. It is recommended that the 3" - 4" - 700 lbs.
brace angle be adjusted before hex nuts are fully tightened.
Approvals — Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL)
and Canada (cUL). Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM).
Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State
of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development
(OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement informa-
tion relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic
Restraint Systems Guidelines.
Application Note — Position Fast Clamp and tighten two hex nuts
until leaf spring flattens. A minimum of 1" pipe extension beyond
the Fig. 1000 is recommended.
Finish — Plain
Note — Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless
Steel materials.
Order By — Order first by pipe size to be braced, followed by pipe
size used for bracing, figure number and finish.
Lateral Brace
TOLCO® brand bracing components are desgined to be compatible ONLY with other TOLCO® brand bracing components, resulting in a Listed
seismic bracing assembly. DISCLAIMER — NIBCO does NOT warrant against the failure of TOLCO® brand bracing components, in the instance
that such TOLCO® brand bracing components are used in combination with products, parts or systems which are not manufactured or sold under
the TOLCO® brand. NIBCO shall NOT be liable under any circumstance for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any
kind, including but not limited to loss of business or profit, where non-TOLCO brand bracing components have been, or are used.
OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951.737.5599 • FAX: 951.737.0330
CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 155
www.tolco.com
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR WOOD & STEEL
INSTALLATION STEPS - VERTICAL INTO WOOD & STEEL: INSTALLATION STEPS - HORIZONTAL INTO WOOD & STEEL:
1. Insert the appropriate nut driver into a 3/8” or 1/2” portable drill. 1. Insert the appropriate nut driver into a 3/8” or 1/2” portable drill.
2. Insert the SAMMYS® into the #14 (black) nut driver (p/n 8113910). Drill 2. Insert the SAMMYS into the #14SW (red) nut driver (p/n 8114910). With drill
should be in a vertical position. unit in a horizontal position and at a right angle to the structural member,
begin installation.
3. Push the face of the nut driver tight to the member. Begin installation when
the nut driver spins freely on the SAMMYS, stop drill and remove. 3. When the nut driver spins freely on the SAMMYS, stop the drill and
remove.
4. The SAMMYS is now ready to receive 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2” or metric
all thread rod, bolt stock. (The 1/2” requires the #14SW red nut driver) 4. The unit is now ready to receive 1/4”, 3/8”, M10, M8 or metric all thread rod or
bolt stock.
Note: When installing DSTR, follow the above instructions, then add retainer
nut and torque to 20 foot lbs. for maximumpullout in purlin steel. Note: When installing SWDR, follow the above instructions, then add retainer
nut and torque to 20 foot lbs. for maximum pullout in purlin steel.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONCRETE
INSTALLATION STEPS - VERTICAL INTO CONCRETE: INSTALLATION STEPS - HORIZONTAL INTO CONCRETE:
1. Using an SDS 250 carbide tip bit or a HEX RECEIVER with a #250 1. Using an SDS 250 carbide tip bit or a HEX RECEIVER with a #250
carbide tip bit, pre-drill the concrete member to a depth of 2” with a carbide tip bit, pre-drill the concrete member to a depth of 2” with a hammer/
hammer/rotary hammer drill set on impact mode. rotary hammer drill set on impact mode.
2. After pre-drilling has been completed, install the SLEEVE TOOL over 2. After pre-drilling has been completed, install the SLEEVE TOOL
the bit (the bit should remain in the drill), and insert the #14 (black) over the bit (the bit should remain in the drill), and insert the #14SW (red)
nut driver (p/n 8113910) into the opposite end (see Vertical Installation nut driver (p/n 8114910) into the opposite end.
note above).
3. Insert the SWC screw into the nut driver.
3. Insert the CST screw into the nut driver.
4. Place tip of screw into the pre-drilled hole, turn impact/drill unit to
4. Place tip of screw into the pre-drilled hole, turn impact/drill unit to drill drill mode and begin insertion. When the nut driver spins free on the
mode and begin insertion. When the nut driver spins freely on the SWC screw, installation is complete. Stop and remove drill.
CST screw, installation is complete. Stop and remove drill.
5. The SWC screw is ready to receive 1/4”, 3/8” or metric all thread rod
5. The concrete screw is ready to receive 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, or metric all or bolt stock.
thread rod or bolt stock. (#14SW red nut driver used with 1/2” screw)
Note: Use a 1200 maximum RPM drill for installation.
Note: Use a 1200 maximum RPM drill for installation.
Note: Do not install concrete screws while the drill unit is in impact mode —
Note: Do not install concrete screws while the drill unit is in impact mode — doing so will destroy the pullout factor of the fastener.
doing so will destroy the pullout factor of the screw.
SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM: The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation each time. When the face of the driver comes into
contact with the material you are installing into, continue drilling until nut driver spins free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations.
3 To find a distributor near you, call 800-BUILDEX

SAMMYS FOR STEEL ®
SAMMYS® FOR STEEL - Vertical Application

Application Product Features
• Made with Teks® self-drilling fasteners -

no pre-drilling required.
• .Installs into steel range from
20 gauge – 1/2” thicknesses.
• Saves time from traditional methods.
• Reduces installation costs.
•.Quick to install using the Sammys Nut
Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver.
• A standard screwgun with a depth sensitive

nosepiece should be used to install Teks.
For optimal fastener performance, the
screwgun should be a minimum of 6 amps
and have an RPM range of 0-2500.
• Manufactured in the U.S.A.
Watch a video demonstration at

www.itwbuildex.com
Rod Part Screw Ultimate UL Test FM Test Min Max Box Case
Approvals Model
Size Number Descriptions Pullout (lbs) Load (lbs) Load (lbs) Thick Thick Qty Qty
VERTICAL MOUNT
1/4" 8024957 DSTR 100 * 1/4-20 x 1" TEKS 3 1510 (20 ga.) .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125
1/4" 8025957 DST 100 1/4-14 x 1" TEKS 3 446 (20 ga.) .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125
1/4" 8026957 DST 150 1/4-14 x 1-1/2" TEKS 3 970 (16 ga.) .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125
1/4" 8027957 DST 200 1/4-14 x 2" TEKS 3 446 (20 ga.) .036”-20 ga 3/16” 25 125
1/4" 8030957 TEK 500 12-24 x 1-1/2" TEKS 5 3125 (3/16") .188”-3/16” 1/2" 25 125
3/8" 8038957 DSTR 1 * 1/4-20 x 1" TEKS 3 1510 (20 ga.) 1500 1475 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125
3/8" 8037957 DSTR 1-1/2 * 12-24 x 1-1/2" TEKS 5 1510 (3/16") 1500 1475 .060”-16 ga. 1/2" 25 125
3/8" 8039957 DSTR 516 * 5/16-18 x 1-1/4" TEKS 3 2200 (20 ga.) 1500 1475 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125
446 (20 ga.)
3/8" 8040957 DST 10 1/4-14 x 1" TEKS 3 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125
970 (16 ga.)
446 (20 ga.)
3/8" 8077925 DST 10-SS 1/4-14 x 1" TEKS 3 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125
970 (16 ga.)
446 (20 ga.)
3/8" 8041957 DST 15 1/4-14 x 1-1/2" TEKS 3 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125
#14 Black 970 (16 ga.)
Nut Driver 446 (20 ga.)
Part # 8113910 3/8" 8078925 DST 15-SS 1/4-14 x 1-1/2" TEKS 3 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125
970 (16 ga.)
446 (20 ga.)
3/8" 8042957 DST 20 1/4-14 x 2” TEKS 3 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125
970 (16 ga.)
446 (20 ga.)
3/8" 8044957 DST 30 1/4-14 x 3" TEKS 3 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125
970 (16 ga.)
3/8" 8045957 DST 516 5/16-18 x 1-1/4" TEKS 3 1500 (3/16") 1500 1475 .125"-1/8" 3/16" 25 125
3/8" 8046957 TEK 50 12-24 x 1-1/2" TEKS 5 3125 (3/16") 1500 1475 .250”-1/4” 1/2" 25 125
446 (20 ga.)
1/2" 8031925 DST 2.0 1/4-14 x 2" TEKS 3 .188"-3/16" 1/4" 25 125
970 (16 ga.)
1/2" 8033925 DSTR 1.0 * 1/4-20 x 1" TEKS 3 1510 (20 ga.) .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125
1/2" 8034925 DSTR 5.16 * 5/16-18 x 1-1/4" TEKS 3 2220 (20 ga.) .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125
1/2" 8035925 DST 5.16 5/16-18 x 1-1/4" TEKS 3 1500 (3/16") .125"-1/8" 3/16” 25 125
1/2" 8036925 TEK 5.0 12-24 x 1-1/2" TEKS 5 3125 (3/16") .188"-3/16" 1/2" 25 125
#14 SW Red *Includes retaining nut
Nut Driver
Part # 8114910
SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM: The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation
each time. When the face of the driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into, continue drilling until nut driver spins
MANUFACTURED U.S.A. free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations.
For the most up to date information, visit www.itwbuildex.com 6

WOOD
SIDEWINDER® FOR STEEL - Horizontal Application
• Made with Teks® self-drilling fasteners - no pre-drilling required.
• Installs into steel range from 20 gauge – 1/2” thicknesses.
• A standard screwgun with a depth sensitive nosepiece should be used to
install Teks. For optimal fastener performance, the screwgun should be a
minimum of 6 amps and have an RPM range of 0-2500.
• Saves time from traditional methods.
STEEL
• Reduces installation costs.
• Quick to install using the Sammys Nut Driver with an
18V cordless drill/driver. Watch a video demonstration at
• Manufactured in the U.S.A. www.itwbuildex.com
Approvals Model
Size Number Descriptions Pullout (lbs) Load (lbs) Load (lbs) Thickness Thickness Qty Qty
HORIZONTAL MOUNT
1/4" 8047957 SWD 100 1/4-14 x 1" TEKS 3 1477 (16 ga.) .060"-16 ga 3/16" 25 125
1/4" 8049957 SWDR 100 * 1/4-20 x 1" TEKS 3 1900 (20 ga.) .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125
3/8" 8050957 SWD 10 1/4-14 x 1" TEKS 3 1477 (16 ga.) .060"-16 ga 3/16" 25 125
3/8" 8080925 SWD 10-SS 1/4-14 x 1" TEKS 3 1477 (16 ga.) .060"-16 ga 3/16" 25 125
STEEL
3/8" 8052957 SWD 20 1/4-14 x 2" TEKS 3 1477 (16 ga.) .060"-16 ga 3/16” 25 125
3/8" 8055957 SWDR 1 * 1/4-20 x 1" TEKS 3 1900 (20 ga.) 1500 1475 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125
#14 SW Red 3/8" 8054957 SWDR 1-1/2 * 12-24 x 1-1/2" TEKS 5 2375 (3/16") 1500 1475 .188"-3/16" 1/2" 25 125
Nut Driver 3/8" 8056957 SWDR 516 * 5/16-18 x 1-1/4" TEKS 3 2480 (20 ga.) 1500 1475 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125
Part # 8114910 3/8" 8057957 SWT 15 12-24 x 1-1/2" TEKS 5 2375 (3/16") .188"-3/16" 1/2" 25 125
*Includes retaining nut
SAMMYS SWIVEL HEAD™ FOR STEEL - Swivel Application
CONCRETE
• .Eliminates distortion of threaded rod in sloped roof applications.
•.Accommodates 3-1/2 x 12 pitch.
• .Installs into angled z-purlin; allows threaded rod to hang plumb.
•.Allows 17° deflection from vertical.
ACCESSORIES
www.itwbuildex.com
Approvals Model
Size Number Descriptions Pullout (lbs) Load (lbs) Load (lbs) Thick Thick Qty Qty
SWIVEL MOUNT
#14 Black 1/4-20 X 1”

Nut Driver 3/8" 8137957 SH-DSTR 1* 3220 (3/16”) 1500 1475 .035” 3/16” 25 125
TEKS 3
Part # 8113910
2368 (1/2" steel Vertical)

12-24 x 1-3/4" 1306 (45° off Vertical) 1500 (Vertical) 4"
3/8" 8268957 SH-TEK 50 3/16" 1/2" 25 125
TEKS 5 2281 (3/16” HSS) 850 (45° off Vertical) 2-1/2”
APPROVALS
1585 (3/16” HSS 45° off Vertical)

2368 (1/2” steel Vertical)
12-24 x 1-3/4” 1306 (45° off Vertical)
1/2” 8270957 SH-TEK 5.0 3/16" 1/2" 25 125
TEKS 5 2281 (3/16” HSS)
#14 SH Orange 1585 (3/16” HSS 45° off Vertical)
Nut Driver
Part # 8273910 *Does not comply with ROHS requirements / Includes retaining nut
7 To find a distributor near you, call 800-BUILDEX

SAMMY X-PRESS ®
Installs into Metal Deck, Purlin, or Tubular Steel
SAMMY X-PRESS® - Vertical Application

•. The Sammy X-Press expands to provide •.Less jobsite material needed.

direct vertical attachment in:
(XP) - light gauge steel deck or purlin • .No retaining nut required.
(22 ga. - 1/8”).
•.Provides design flexibility.
• .Installs in seconds with Sammy X-Press It® Tool,
saving time & installation costs. • Manufactured in the U.S.A.
•.Use in applications where access to the back of

the installed fastener is prohibited. ie. metal roof
deck, tubular steel, or vapor barrier fabric. www.itwbuildex.com
Rod Part Ultimate UL Test UL Min FM Test FM Min Max Box Case
Approvals Model Description Application
Size Number Pullout (lbs) Load (lbs) Thick Load (lbs) Thick Thick Qty Qty
VERTICAL MOUNT
Sammy 185 (Luminaire) .027"
1/4" 8181922 XP 200 1146 (22 ga) .125” 25 125 Metal Deck
X-Press 200 250 (Luminaire) .056”
850 (2½" Pipe) .027"

940 (2" Pipe) .029”
Sammy 185 (Luminaire) .027”
3/8" 8150922 XP 20 1146 (22 ga) 1475 (4” Pipe) .104” .125” 25 125 Metal Deck
X-Press 20 250 (Luminaire) .056”
283 (Conduit & Cable) .029”
1500 (4" Pipe) .060”

Sammy 185 (Luminaire) .029” 940 (2" Pipe) .029”
3/8" 8153922 XP 35 1783 (16 ga) .125” 25 125 Purlin
X-Press 35 250 (Luminaire) .056” 1475 (4” Pipe) .104”
416 (Conduit & Cable) .059”
Metal Deck
Pre-Pour Structural Concrete@ 3000 psi
Sammy (Pre-Pour)
3/8" 8150922 XP 20 1146 (22 ga) 850 (2½ Pipe) 25 125
X-Press 20 Metal Deck
Post-Pour Range II LWC≤ 35 PCF (lbs/ft³)
(Post-Pour)
Pre-Pour Structural Concrete @ 3000 psi Post-Pour Range II LWC≤ 35 PCF (lbs/ ft³)
SAMMY X-PRESS SIDEWINDER™ - Horizontal Application

• The Sammy X-Press Sidewinder expands to •.Less jobsite material needed.

provide horizontal attachment in:
. - 16 ga - 3/16” steel - purlin, tubular steel. • .No retaining nut required.
• .Installs in seconds with Sammy X-Press It® Tool, •.Provides design flexibility.
saving time & installation costs.
•.Use in applications where access to the back of
the installed fastener is prohibited; ie. metal roof
(SWXP) deck, tubular steel, or vapor barrier fabric.
www.itwbuildex.com
Rod Part Ultimate UL Test UL Min FM Test Max Box Case

Approvals Model Description Application
Size Number Pullout (lbs) Load (lbs) Thick Load (lbs) Thick Qty Qty
HORIZONTAL MOUNT
1250 (3½" Pipe)
Sidewinder
3/8" 8293957 SWXP 35 1798 (16 ga) 80 (Luminaire) .059” .125” 25 125 Purlin
X-Press 35
416 (Conduit & Cable)
MANUFACTURED U.S.A.

SAMMYS FOR CONCRETE ®
SAMMYS® FOR CONCRETE - Vertical Application

•.Easy two step process (Drill hole &
drive Sammys concrete anchor).
•.¼” pre-drilled pilot hole required.
•.Concrete Installation Tool available for
a one tool installation process.

www.itwbuildex.com
Rod Part Screw Ultimate FM Test Box Case

Approvals Model
Size Number Descriptions Pullout (lbs)* Load (lbs) Qty Qty
VERTICAL MOUNT
#14 Black 1/4" 8058957 CST 200 5/16 x 1-3/4" 2400 25 125
Nut Driver 3/8" 8059957 CST 20 5/16 x 1-3/4" 2400 1475 25 125
Part # 8113910
#14SW Red 3/8" 8145925 CST 20-SS 5/16 x 1-3/4" 2400 25 125
Nut Driver 1/2" 8060925 CST 2 5/16 x 1-3/4" 2400 25 125
Part # 8114910
* Tested in 3000 PSI concrete
SIDEWINDER® FOR CONCRETE - Horizontal Application

•.Easy two step process (Drill hole & drive Sammys
concrete anchor).
•.¼” pre-drilled pilot hole required.
•.Concrete Installation Tool available for a one tool
installation process.

www.itwbuildex.com
Rod Part Screw Ultimate FM Test Box Case

Approvals Model
Size Number Descriptions Pullout (lbs)* Load (lbs) Qty Qty
HORIZONTAL MOUNT
1/4" 8062957 SWC 200 5/16 x 1-3/4" 2450 25 125
3/8" 8061957 SWC 20 5/16 x 1-3/4" 2450 1475 25 125
* Tested in 3000 PSI concrete
#14SW Red
Nut Driver
Part # 8114910
SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM: The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation
each time. When the face of the driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into, continue drilling until nut driver spins
MANUFACTURED U.S.A. free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations.

EQUIPO DE BOMBEO PRINCIPAL.
MODELS
JU6H-UFD0 JU6H-UF34 JU6H-UF58
R JU6H-UF62 JU6H-UF94
JU6H-UFD2 JU6H-UFM8 JU6H-UF50 JU6H-UFAAQ8 JU6H-UFAAS0
JU6H-UF30 JU6H-UFM0 JU6H-UF52 JU6H-UFAAPG JU6H-UFAAT0
JU6H-UF32 JU6H-UFM2 JU6H-UF54 JU6H-UFAARG JU6H-UFAAT2
UL/FM - cUL APPROVED RATINGS BHP/KW JU6H-UF60 JU6H-UF84 JU6H-UFAAT8
JU6H RATED SPEED (BHP / kW)

MODEL
1470 1760 1900 2100 2350 2600 2800 3000
UFD0 110 82 144 107 148 110

UFD2 148 110 148 110
UF30 94 70 140 104 160 119 160 119
UF32 160 119 160 119
UF34 160 119 175 131
UFM8 136 101 175 131
UFM0 175 131 207 154 200 149
UFM2 200 149 200 149
UF58 138 103 183 137
UF50 183 137 210 157 210 157
UF52 210 157 210 157
UF54 216 161 216 161
UFAAPG 220 164
UFAAQ8 227 169
UF60 200 149 240 179 240 179 Picture shown represents JU6H-T engine model
UF62 240 179 240 179

UFAARG 252 188 All Models are available for Export
UF84 259 193 275 205

UFAAS0 260 194 Note: Engine models with an “*” may have
elevation restrictions. Please consult factory to
UFAAT8 265 198 273 203.5 confirm application.
UFAAT0 293 218.5 295 220

UFAAT2 295 220 291* 217*
UF94 295*220* 300*224*
ITEM JU6H MODELS

D0 D2 30 32 34 M8 M0 M2 58 50 52 54 60 62 84 AAPG AAQ8 AARG AAS0 94 AAT0 AAT2 AAT8
Number of Cylinders 6
Aspiration T TRWA
Rotation* CW
Overall Dimensions - in.(mm) 59.8(1519) H X 57.4(1457) L X 36.6(930) W 59.8(1519) H X 58(1473) L X 36.6(930) W
Crankshaft Centerline Height - in.(mm) 14 (356)
Weight - lb (kg) 1657 (750) 1693 (766)
Compression Ratio 17.0:1
Displacement - cu. in. (I) 414 (6.8)
Engine Type 4 Stroke Cycle - Inline Construction
Bore & Stroke - in. (mm) 4.19 x 5.00 (106 x 127)
Installation Drawing D536 D763 D776
Wiring Diagram AC C07651
Wiring Diagram DC C072145
Engine Series John Deere 6068 Series
Speed Interpolation Optional
Abbreviations: CW - Clockwise T -Turbocharged TRWA - Turbocharged with Raw Water Aftercooling L - Length W - Width H - Height
*Rotation viewed from Heat Exchanger / Front of engine
CERTIFIED POWER RATING

• Each engine is factory tested to verify power and performance
ENGINE RATINGS BASELINES

• Engines are to be used for stationary emergency standby fire pump service only. Engines are to be tested in accordance with NFPA 25.
• Engines are rated at standard SAE conditions of 29.61 in. (752.1 mm) 77°F (25°C) inlet air temperature [approximates 300 ft. (91.4 m) above sea level] by the testing laboratory
(see SAE Standard J 1349).
• A deduction of 3 percent from engine horsepower rating at standard SAE conditions shall be made for diesel engines for each 1000 ft. (305 m) altitude above 300 ft. (91.4 m)
• A deduction of 1 percent from engine horsepower rating as corrected to standard SAE conditions shall be made for diesel engines for every 10°F (5.6°C) above 77°F (25°C)
ambient temperature.
MODELS
JU6H-UFD0 JU6H-UF34 JU6H-UF58
R JU6H-UF62 JU6H-UF94
JU6H-UFD2 JU6H-UFM8 JU6H-UF50 JU6H-UFAAQ8 JU6H-UFAAS0
JU6H-UF30 JU6H-UFM0 JU6H-UF52 JU6H-UFAAPG JU6H-UFAAT0
JU6H-UF32 JU6H-UFM2 JU6H-UF54 JU6H-UFAARG JU6H-UFAAT2
UL/FM - cUL APPROVED RATINGS BHP/KW JU6H-UF60 JU6H-UF84 JU6H-UFAAT8
ENGINE EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT STANDARD OPTIONAL
Air Cleaner Direct Mounted, Washable, Indoor Service with Drip Shield Disposable, Drip Proof, Indoor Service Outdoor Type,
Single or Two Stage (Cyclonic)
Alarms Overspeed Alarm & Shutdown, Low Oil Pressure, Low & High Low Coolant Level, Low Oil Level, Oil FIlter Differential
Coolant Temperature, Low Raw Water Flow, High Raw Water Pressure, Fuel Filter Differential Pressure, Air Filter
Temperature Restriction
Alternator 12V-DC, 42 Amps with Poly-Vee Belt and Guard 24V-DC, 40 Amps with Poly-Vee Belt and Guard
Coupling Bare Flywheel Listed Driveshaft and Guard: UFD0, UFD2, UF30, UF32,
UF34, UFM8, UFM0, UFM2, UFS8, UF50, UF52, UF54,
UF60, UF62, UF84 - CDS30-S1;
UFAAPG, AAQ8, AARG, AAT0, AAT8 -CDS50-SC;
UF94 - SC61A-L at 2800 & 3000 RPM;
AAT0, AAT2 - SC81A at 2350 & 2600 RPM
Engine Heater 115V-AC, 1360 Watt 230V-AC, 1360 Watt
Exhaust Flex Connection SS Flex, 150# ANSI Flanged Connection, 5” SS Flex, 150# ANSI Flanged Connection, 6”
(AAT0, AAT2, UF94: SS Flex, 150# ANSI Flanged Connection, 6”)
Exhaust Protection Metal Guards on Manifolds and Turbocharger
Flywheel Housing SAE #3
Flywheel Power Take Off 11.5” SAE Industrial Flywheel; Connection
Fuel Connections Fire Resistant, Flexible, Supply and Return Lines SS, Braided cUL Listed, Supply and Return Lines
Fuel Filter Primary Filter and Priming Pump
Fuel Injection System Direct Injection
Fuel Solenoid 12V-DC Energized to Stop (ETS) 24V-DC Energized to Stop (ETS)
Governor, Speed Constant Speed, Mechanical
Heat Exchanger Tube and Shell, 60 PSI (4 BAR), NPT(F) Connections - Sea Water
Compatible
Instrument Panel NEMA Type 2, Powder Coated Steel Construction, English and 316 Stainless Steel NEMA 4X/IP66
Metric, Tachometer, Hourmeter, Water Temperature, Oil Pressure
and (2) Voltmeters
Junction Box Integral with Instrument Panel; For DC Wiring Interconnection to
Engine Controller
Lube Oil Cooler Engine Water Cooled, Plate Type
Lube Oil Filter Full Flow with By-Pass Valve
Lube Oil Pump Gear Driven, Gear Type
Manual Start Control On Instrument Panel with Control Position Warning Light
Overspeed Control Electronic with Reset and Test on Instrument Panel
Raw Water Cooling Loop - w/Alarms Galvanized Seawater, All 316SS, High Pressure
Raw Water Solenoid Operation Automatic from Fire Pump Controller and from Engine Instrument Not Supplied (for Vertical Turbine Fire Pump Applications)
Panel (for Horizontal Fire Pump Applications)
Run - Stop Control On Instrument Panel with Control Position Warning Light
Starters Two (2) 12V-DC Two (2) 24V-DC
Throttle Control Adjustable Speed Control, Tamper Proof
Water Pump Centrifugal Type, Poly-Vee Belt Drive with Guard
Abbreviations: DC - Direct Current, AC - Alternating Current, SAE - Society of Automotive Engineers, NPT(F) - National Pipe Tapered Thread (Female), SS - Stainless Steel
MODEL NOMENCLATURE (8 Digit Models) MODEL NOMENCLATURE (10 Digit Models)

JU6H-UF94 JU6H-UFAARG
Base Engine Power Curve Number Base Engine Power Curve Number
350 Series UL Listed and FM Approved 350 Series Non-Emissionized
6 Cylinder 6 Cylinder Built in USA
Heat Exchanger Cooled Heat Exchanger Cooled UL Listed and FM Approved
Specifications and information contained in this brochure is subject to change without notice.
R
100 Progress Place, Cincinnati, OH 45246 Grange Works, Lomand Rd, Coatbridge, ML5-2NN
United States of America United Kingdom
Tel +1-513-475-3473 Fax +1-513-771-8930 Tel +44-1236-429946 Fax +44-1236-427274
C13556 RevS www.clarkefire.com

07NOV18
FIRE PUMP MODEL: JU6H-UFD0
Heat Exchanger Cooled
T urbocharged
6.8L 6 Cylinder
Brake Horsepow er - BHP (kw )
ENGINE SPEED - RPM

RESTRICTED:
Use only for Stand-By Fire Pump Applications
NAMEPLATE BHP (MAXIMUM PUMP LOAD)
ENGINE PERFORMANCE:
STANDARD CONDITIONS: (SAE J1349, ISO 3046)
77°F (25°C) AIR INLET TEMPERATURE
29.61 IN. (751.1MM) HG BAROMETRIC PRESSURE
#2 DIESEL FUEL (SEE C13940)
THIS DRAWING AND THE INFORMATION CREA TED DA TE CREA TED
HEREIN ARE OUR PROPERTY AND MAY
BE USED BY OTHERS ONLY AS 01/26/05
AUTHORIZED BY US. UNPUBLISHED --
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED UNDER THE
COPYRIGHT LAWS.
ENGINE MODEL JU6H-UFD0
DRA WING NO . REV
Kevin Kunkler 26JAN05 C131301 A
JU6H-UFD0
INSTALLATION & OPERATION DATA (I&O)
Basic Engine Description
Engine Manufacturer ......................................................................................................................................................
John Deere C o.
Ignition Type ......................................................................................................................................................
C ompression (Diesel)
Number of C ylinders ......................................................................................................................................................
6
Bore and Stroke - in (mm) ......................................................................................................................................................
4.19 (106) X 5 (127)
Displacement - in³ (L) ......................................................................................................................................................
415 (6.8)
C ompression Ratio ......................................................................................................................................................
17.0:1
Valves per cylinder
Intake ......................................................................................................................................................
1
Exhaust ......................................................................................................................................................
1
C ombustion System ......................................................................................................................................................
Direct Injection
Engine Type ......................................................................................................................................................
In-Line, 4 Stroke C ycle
Fuel Management C ontrol ......................................................................................................................................................
Mechanical, Rotary Pump
Firing Order (C W Rotation) ......................................................................................................................................................
1-5-3-6-2-4
Aspiration ......................................................................................................................................................
Turbocharged
C harge Air C ooling Type ......................................................................................................................................................
None
Rotation, viewed from front of engine, C lockwise (C W) ......................................................................................................................................................
Standard
Engine C rankcase Vent System ......................................................................................................................................................
Open
Installation Drawing ......................................................................................................................................................
D536
Weight - lb (kg) ......................................................................................................................................................
1657 (752)
Power Rating 1760 2100 2350

Nameplate Power - HP (kW) ¹ ......................................................................................................................................................
110 (82) 144 (107) 148 (110)
Cooling System - [C051127] 1760 2100 2350

Engine C oolant Heat - Btu/sec (kW) ......................................................................................................................................................
37 (39) 50 (52.8) 59 (62.3)
Engine Radiated Heat - Btu/sec (kW) ......................................................................................................................................................
11 (11.6) 12.7 (13.4) 12.8 (13.5)
Heat Exchanger Minimum Flow
60°F (15°C ) Raw H2O - gal/min (L/min) ......................................................................................................................................................
8.9 (33.7) 10 (37.9) 11.1 (42)
100°F (37°C ) Raw H2O - gal/min (L/min) ......................................................................................................................................................
10 (37.9) 12 (45.4) 13.6 (51.5)
Heat Exchanger Maximum C ooling Raw Water
Inlet Pressure - psi (bar) ......................................................................................................................................................
60 (4.1)
Flow - gal/min (L/min) ......................................................................................................................................................
40 (151)
Typical Engine H2O Operating Temp - °F (°C ) ......................................................................................................................................................
180 (82.2) - 195 (90.6)
Thermostat
Start to Open - °F (°C ) ......................................................................................................................................................
170 (76.7)
Fully Opened - °F (°C ) ......................................................................................................................................................
190 (87.8)
Engine C oolant C apacity - qt (L) ......................................................................................................................................................
19.5 (18.5)
C oolant Pressure C ap - lb/in² (kPa) ......................................................................................................................................................
10 (68.9)
Maximum Engine C oolant Temperature - °F (°C ) ......................................................................................................................................................
200 (93.3)
Minimum Engine C oolant Temperature - °F (°C ) ......................................................................................................................................................
160 (71.1)
High C oolant Temp Alarm Switch - °F (°C ) ......................................................................................................................................................
205 (96.1)
Electric System - DC Standard Optional

System Voltage (Nominal) ......................................................................................................................................................
12 24
Battery C apacity for Ambients Above 32°F (0°C )
Voltage (Nominal) ......................................................................................................................................................
12 {C 07633} 12 {C 07633}
Qty. Per Battery Bank ......................................................................................................................................................
1 2
SAE size per J537 ......................................................................................................................................................
8D 8D
C C A @ 0°F (-18°C ) per J537 ......................................................................................................................................................
1400 1400
Reserve C apacity - Minutes per J537 ......................................................................................................................................................
430 430
Battery C able C ircuit, Max Resistance - ohm ......................................................................................................................................................
0.0012 0.0012
Battery C able Minimum Size
0-120 in. C ircuit Length ² ......................................................................................................................................................
00 00
000 000
0000 0000
C harging Alternator Maximum Output - Amp, ......................................................................................................................................................
40 {C 07639} 18 {C 071048}
Starter C ranking Amps, Rolling - @60°F (15°C ) ......................................................................................................................................................
440 {RE69704/RE70404} 250 {C 07819/C 07820}
Page 1 of 2
C 131394 Rev R
* All footnotes are at the bottom of Page 2 DSP 21NOV19
JU6H-UFD0
INSTALLATION & OPERATION DATA (I&O)
Exhaust System (Single Exhaust Outlet) 1760 2100 2350
Exhaust Flow - ft.³/min (m³/min) ......................................................................................................................................................
637 (18) 873 (24.7) 982 (27.8)
Exhaust Temperature - °F (°C ) ......................................................................................................................................................
952 (511) 935 (502) 862 (461)
Maximum Allowable Back Pressure - in H2O (kPa) ......................................................................................................................................................
30 (7.5) 30 (7.5) 25 (6.2)
Minimum Exhaust Pipe Dia. - in (mm) ³ ......................................................................................................................................................
5 (127) 5 (127) 5 (127)
Fuel System 1760 2100 2350

Fuel C onsumption - gal/hr (L/hr) ......................................................................................................................................................
8.2 (31) 10.2 (38.6) 10.8 (40.9)
Fuel Return - gal/hr (L/hr) ......................................................................................................................................................
4.4 (16.7) 5.7 (21.6) 6.6 (25)
Fuel Supply - gal/hr (L/hr) ......................................................................................................................................................
12.6 (47.7) 15.9 (60.2) 17.4 (65.9)
Fuel Pressure - lb/in² (kPa) ......................................................................................................................................................
3 (20.7) - 4 (27.6)
Minimum Line Size - Supply - in. ......................................................................................................................................................
.50 Schedule 40 Steel Pipe
Pipe Outer Diameter - in (mm) ......................................................................................................................................................
0.848 (21.5)
Minimum Line Size - Return - in. ......................................................................................................................................................
.375 Schedule 40 Steel Pipe
Pipe Outer Diameter - in (mm) ......................................................................................................................................................
0.675 (17.1)
Maximum Allowable Fuel Pump Suction Lift
with clean Filter - in H2O (mH2O) ......................................................................................................................................................
31 (0.8)
Maximum Allowable Fuel Head above Fuel pump, Supply or Return - ft (m) ......................................................................................................................................
4.5 (1.4)
Fuel Filter Micron Size ......................................................................................................................................................
5
Heater System Standard Optional

Engine C oolant Heater
Wattage (Nominal) ......................................................................................................................................................
1360 1360
Voltage - AC , 1 Phase ......................................................................................................................................................
115 (+5% -10%) 230 (+5%, -10%)
Part Number ......................................................................................................................................................
{C 123640} {C 123644}
Air System 1760 2100 2350

C ombustion Air Flow - ft.³/min (m³/min) ......................................................................................................................................................
248 (7) 338 (9.6) 422 (11.9)
Air C leaner ......................................................................................................................................................
Standard Optional
Part Number ......................................................................................................................................................
{C 03396} {C 03327}
Type ......................................................................................................................................................
Indoor Service Only, C anister,
with Shield Single-Stage
C leaning method ......................................................................................................................................................
Washable Disposable
Air Intake Restriction Maximum Limit
Dirty Air C leaner - in H2O (kPa) ......................................................................................................................................................
12 (3) 12 (3)
C lean Air C leaner - in H2O (kPa) ......................................................................................................................................................
6 (1.5) 5 (1.2)
Maximum Allowable Temperature (Air To Engine Inlet) - °F (°C ) .....................................................................................................................................................
130 (54.4)
Lubrication System
Oil Pressure - normal - lb/in² (kPa) ......................................................................................................................................................
40 (276) - 60 (414)
Low Oil Pressure Alarm Switch - lb/in² (kPa) ......................................................................................................................................................
20 (138)
In Pan Oil Temperature - °F (°C ) ......................................................................................................................................................
220 (104) - 245 (118)
Total Oil C apacity with Filter - qt (L) ......................................................................................................................................................
19.7 (18.6)
Lube Oil Heater Optional Optional

Wattage (Nominal) ......................................................................................................................................................
150 150
Voltage ......................................................................................................................................................
120V (+5%, -10%) 240V (+5%, -10%)
Part Number ......................................................................................................................................................
{C 04430} {C 04431}
Performance 1760 2100 2350

BMEP - lb/in² (kPa) ......................................................................................................................................................
119 (820) 131 (903) 120 (827)
Piston Speed - ft/min (m/min) ......................................................................................................................................................
1467 (447) 1750 (533) 1958 (597)
Mechanical Noise - dB(A) @ 1m ......................................................................................................................................................
C 131491
Power C urve ......................................................................................................................................................
C 131301
NOTE: This engine is intended for indoor installation or in a weatherproof enclosure. ¹ Derate 3% per every 1000 ft. 304.8m above 300 ft. 91.4m and derate 1%
for every 10°F 5.55 °C above 77°F 25°C. ² Positive and Negative Cables Combined Length. ³ Minimum Exhaust Pipe Diameter is based on: 15 feet of pipe, one
90° elbow, and one Industrial silencer. A Back-pressure flow analysis must be performed on the actual field installed exhaust system to assure engine maximum
allowable back pressure is not exceeded. See Exhaust Sizing Calculator on www.clarkefire.com. { } indicates component reference part number.
Page 2 of 2
C 131394 Rev R
DSP 21NOV19
JU4H, JU4R & JU6H, JU6R ENGINE MODELS
ENGINE MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
Air Cleaner Cylinder Head
Type…………..………….. .. Indoor Usage Only Type…….. …………………Slab 2 Valve
Oiled Fabric Pleats Material……………………. Annealed Gray Iron
Material……..…..…….………Surgical Cotton
Aluminum Mesh Cylinder Liners
Type…….. …………………Centrifugal Cast, Wet Liner
Air Cleaner - Optional Material………………..….…Alloy Iron Plateau, Honed
Type…………………………. Canister
Material………………………Pleated Paper Fuel Pump
Housing………………..…… Enclosed Type…………………………Diaphragm
Drive…………………………Cam Lobe
Camshaft
Material………….………….. Cast Iron Heat Exchanger (USA) - JU4H & JU6H Only
Chill Hardened Type…………………………Tube & Shell
Location…………...….……. In Block Materials
Drive……………….………..… Gear, Spur Tube & Headers……………Copper
Type of Cam…………..….... Ground Shell…………………………Copper
Electrode……………………Zinc
Charge Air Cooler (JU6H-60,62,68,74,84, 94, T8, T0,
T2, ADK0, AD58, ADNG, ADN0, ADQ0, ADR0, AAQ8,
AARG, ADP8, ADP0, ADT0, AD88, ADR8, AD98,
ADS0, ADW8, ADX8, AD98 only)
Type……….. ..…………….Raw Water Cooled Heat Exchanger (UK) - JU4H & JU6H Only
Materials (in contact with raw water) Type…………………………Tube & Bundle
Tubes……… …………………… 90/10 CU/NI
Headers …………………… 36500 Muntz Materials
Covers …………………… 83600 Red Brass Tube & Headers……………Copper
Plumbing …………………… 316 Stainless Steel/ Brass Shell………..……………. Aluminum
90/10 Silicone
Injection Pump
Charge Air Cooler (JU6R-AA67, 59, 61, PF, Q7, RF, Type……………………….. Rotary
S9, 83 only) Drive…………………………Gear
Type…...……………………Air to Air Cooled
Materials Lubrication Cooler
Core…………………………Aluminum Type…………………………Plate
Coolant Pump Lubrication Pump

Type……….………………… Centrifugal Type…………………………Gear
Drive……………………………Poly Vee Belt Drive…………………………Gear
Coolant Thermostat Main Bearings

Type…………………………… Non Blocking Type…………………………Precision Half Shells
Qty……………………………1 Material………………………
Steel Backed-Aluminum
Lined
Cooling Loop (Galvanized)
Tees, Elbows, Pipe…………Galvanized Steel Piston
Ball Valves……………………Brass ASTM B 124, Type and Material…………Aluminum Alloy with
Solenoid Valve………………Brass Reinforced Top Ring Groove
Pressure Regulator…………Bronze Cooling………………………Oil Jet Spray
Strainer………………………Cast Iron (1/2" - 1" loops) or
Bronze (1.25" - 2" loops) Piston Pin
Type…………………………Full Floating - Offset
Cooling Loop (Sea Water) Piston Rings

Tees, Elbows, Pipe…………316 Stainless Steel Number/Piston…………… 3
Ball Valves……………………316 Stainless Steel Top………………………… Keystone Barrel Faced -
Solenoid Valve………………316 Stainless Steel Plasma Coated
Pressure Regulator/StrainerCast Brass ASTM B176 Second………………………Tapered Cast Iron
C87800 Third…………………………Double Rail Type
w/Expander Spring
Cooling Loop (316SS)
Tees, Elbows, Pipe…………316 Stainless Steel Radiator - JU4R & JU6R Only
Ball Valves……………………316 Stainless Steel Type……………………… Plate Fin
Solenoid Valve………………316 Stainless Steel Materials
Pressure Regulator/Strainer316 Stainless Steel Core……………………… Copper & Brass
Tank & Structure……….. Steel
Connecting Rod
Type…………………………… I-Beam Taper Optional
Material………………………Forged Steel Alloy Marine Coating…………… Baked Phenolic
Crank Pin Bearings Valves

Type…………………………… Precision Half Shell Type…….. …………………Poppet
Number………………………1 Pair Per Cylinder Arrangement………… ……Overhead Valve
Material………………………Wear-Guard Number/Cylinder…………… 1 intake
1 exhaust
Crankshaft Operating Mechanism……Mechanical Rocker Arm
Material………………………Forged Steel Type of Lifter…………….. Large Head
Type of Balance…………… Dynamic Valve Seat Insert……………Replaceable
Cylinder Block
Type…………………………… One Piece with
Non-Siamese Cylinders
Material………………………Annealed Gray Iron
C13615 14NOV18
JU6H-UFD0
Stationary Fire Pump Engine Driver
EMISSION DATA
EPA 40 CFR Part 60
6 Cylinders
Four Cycle
Lean Burn
Turbocharged
500 PPM SULFUR #2 DIESEL FUEL

FUEL GRAMS / HP- HR EXHAUST
(3)
RPM BHP GAL/HR CFM
NMHC NOx CO PM (4) °F (°C)
(L/HR) (m3/min)
1760 110 8.2 (31) 0.30 5.29 0.40 0.19 952 (511) 637 (18)
2100 144 10.2 (39) 0.27 4.50 0.40 0.19 935 (502) 873 (25)
2350 148 10.8 (41) 0.32 4.32 0.42 0.24 862 (515) 982 (30)
Notes:
1) 6068TF220 Base Engine Model manufactured by John Deere Corporation.
For John Deere Emissions Conformance to EPA 40 CFR Part 60 see Page 2 of 2.
2) The Emission Warranty for this engine is provided directly to the owner
by John Deere Corporation. A copy of the John Deere Emission Warranty can
be found in the Clarke Operation and Maintenance Manual.
3) Engines are rated at standard conditions of 29.61in. (7521 mm) Hg barometer
and 77°F (25° C) inlet air temperature. (SAE J1349)
4) PM is a measure of total particulate matter, including PM 10 .
CLARKE
FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS
3133 EAST KEMPER ROAD
C131842 REV.C CINCINNATI, OH 45241
01NOV 07 KRW PAGE 1 OF 2
John Deere Power Systems
3801 W. Ridgeway Ave., PO Box 5100
Waterloo, Iowa USA 50704-5100
31 October 2007
Subject: Fire Pump Ratings – Conformance to EPA 40 CFR Part 60 (NSPS requirements)
All John Deere stationary fire pump engines conform to the requirements of 40 CFR Part 60. All such
engines include an emission label, stating the engine conforms to the requirements of 40 CFR Part 60. An
example of the emission label is show below:
This label applies to all of the following engine models, sold to Clarke Fire Protection, for use in stationary
fire pump applications:
All engines conforming to 40 CFR Part 60 (identified by emission label, as shown above) are covered under
the emissions warranty of 40 CFR Part 89.
Sincerely,
Kyle J. Tingle
Regional Sales Manager, JDPS
Page 2 of 2
JU6H-UFD0
FIRE PUMP DRIVER
NOISE DATA
Mechanical Engine Noise *
Octave Band
RPM BHP OVERALL 31.5 Hz 63 Hz 125 Hz 250 Hz 500 Hz 1k Hz 2k Hz 4k Hz 8k Hz 16k Hz

dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) dB(A)
1760 110 99.50 55.90 61.50 73.80 80.40 88.40 93.40 97.10 95.70 87.30 75.70
2100 144 102.10 61.60 64.70 76.90 83.10 88.50 94.90 96.50 96.10 88.70 79.70
2350 148 102.30 63.00 65.70 75.80 85.20 91.10 95.40 97.40 95.70 87.90 79.60
Raw Exhaust Engine Noise **

Octave Band
RPM BHP OVERALL 31.5 Hz 63 Hz 125 Hz 250 Hz 500 Hz 1k Hz 2k Hz 4k Hz 8k Hz 16k Hz

dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) dB(A)
1760 - 2350 110 - 148 109.50 0.00 99.30 103.70 98.40 100.60 100.20 102.90 99.10 89.80 83.40
* Values above are provided at 3.3ft (1m) from engine block and do not include the raw exhaust noise.
** Values above are provided at 23ft (7m), 90° horizontal, from a vertical exhaust outlet and does not include noise created mechanically by the engine.
The above data reflects nominal values for a typical engine of this model, speed and power in a free-field environment, tested at a no-load condition.
Installation specifics such as background noise level and amplification of noise levels from reflecting off of surrounding objects, will affect the overall noise
levels observed. As a result of this, Clarke makes no guarantees to the above levels in an actual installation.
C131491 Rev D 23Jan18 DSP

Encompass 2.0 - 21.0.4
General Arrangement
GEAR
MODEL AG AH AI RATIO
G125 26.69 11.44 18.00 6:5
BOWL ASSEMBLY, COLUMN & SHAFTING

NUMBER NOMINAL
OAL OF COLUMN V W Y Z
STAGES DIA
285.03937008 4 8.00 50.75 7.00 13.00 34.00
DISCHARGE HEAD & BASEPLATE

DISCH
"BD" SIZE A B C F G H N S T U
SIZE
16.50 6 LAD 23.00 10.25 10.00 1.50 1.00 0.88 1.06 24.00 21.00 17.13
ENGINE
MODEL AA AB AF AL AN CA CB CC CD CE CS HD HP
JU6H-UFD0 32.00 15.00 5.00 4.00 1.00 46.00 NA 36.00 45.90 0.88 19.33 20.35 45.80
Notes:
1. FLANGE RATINGS ARE EITHER 125# OR 250# AS DESIGNATED IN THE CERTIFICATION BLOCK BELOW FOR EACH ORDER SUBMITTAL.
2. NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION, OR APPLICATION PURPOSED UNLESS CERTIFIED.
3. DIMENSIONS SHOWN MAY VARY DUE TO NORMAL MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES.
4. BASES ARE DESIGNED TO HAVE FULL CONTACT WITH GROUT OR A SOLE PLATE GROUTED IN PLACE.
5. CD, CE & SHAFTING LENGTH DIMENSIONED TO FACE OF DRIVE FLANGE.
Pump Information Quote Information

Bowl Size: 12M Stages: 4 Listing: UL & FM Customer SALVAVIDAS DE C.A.S.A.
Flow: 750.0 USgpm Pressure: 135.0 psi Max Lift: 6.45 m Quote Number 1275238
Engine Model: JU6H-UFD0 Power: 144 hp Flange Rating: 250 Lb. Job Name FOMILENIO
Engine mfg.: Clarke Gear mfg. : Randolph RPM: 1770 rpm - -
- - - - Disch Size: 6 LAD Item Number 003
Certified for: - Certified by: - Quote Date 04/05/2021
Customer : SALVAVIDAS DE Pump Performance Curve
C.A.S.A. Encompass 2.0 - 21.0.4
Project name : FOMILENIO
120
Power
90
Power - hp
60
30
250
Minimum Continuous Stable Flow
Max allowable flow
225 Preferred operating region
200
9.16 in
175 60 68 74
78
80 81
150 8.72 in
Head - psi
81
80
125
78
7.75 in
74
100
68
75
50
25
50
NPSH3 - ft
NPSH3
25
0
0 200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800
Flow - USgpm
Item number : 003 Size : 12M

Service : Stages :4
Quantity :1 Driver type : Engine
Quote number : QS-20-5032 Frequency : 60
Date last saved : 05 Apr 2021 4:23 PM Speed, rated : 1770 rpm
Flow, rated : 750.0 USgpm Based on curve number : 12_TURB_2160_1800_SS Rev 180719
Differential head/pressure, rated @ Bowl : 143.0 psi Efficiency : 75.13 %
Suction lift : 6.45 m Max Shutoff per NFPA : 201.8 psi
Lift strategy : Min req'd water level Power driver, minimum : 112 hp
Head/Pressure @ discharge flange : 135.0 psi
150% of rated flow : 1,125.0 USgpm
65% of rated head @ bowl : 93.71 psi
FAIRBANKS NIJHUIS™ FIRE PUMPS Section 916 Page 203
STANDARD FIRE PUMP ACCESSORIES Date April 2006
OPTION 75 - TEST MANIFOLD
OPTION 76 - HOSE VALVES
OPTION 77 - BALL DRIP VALVE FM
C LISTED APPROVED
"J" "E" HOSE THREAD

OPEN (SEE NOTE 5)
"H"
A CLOSED
"G"
"E" NPT "F"
QTY "B" SIZE "D" PIPE VALVE

TAPS FOR HOSE VALVES SIZE
”E“ ”F“ ”G“ ”H“ ”J“
1-1/2 2.25 2.00 6.50 7.50
OPTION 75 - TEST MANIFOLD (57) (51) (165) (191)
2-1/2 3.5 2.75 9.50 11.00
STD. 125# ASA FLANGES OPT. 250# ASA FLANGES (89) (70) (241) (297)
OPTION 76 - HOSE VALVE(S)

WITH CAPS AND CHAINS WITHOUT CAPS AND CHAINS
100 400 1250

PUMP RATING 50 150 250 450 750 1000 1500 2500 3000 3500 4000 5000
G.P.M. 200 300 500 2000 4500
”A“ MANIFOLD
SUPPLY SIZE 1.5” 2.5” 3” 4” 6” 6” 8” 10” 10” 12” 12” 12”
”B“ 1 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 12 12 16 20
”C“ 1.00 1.13 1.31 8.50 10.62 10.62 11.75 12.50 25.63 31.63 31.63 43.75
(25) (29) (33) (216) (270) (270) (298) (318) (651) (803) (803) (1111)
”D“ 1-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2
2.56 (65)
NOTES:
1. Dimensions are in inches (mm) and may vary ±1/4 (6).
2. Components shown are shipped loose for field
installation and assembly.
3. Manifold supply size “A” and the number of hose
valves (“B”) meets or exceeds the minimums specified
by N.F.P.A. 20 for the pump ratings indicated.
4. Manifolds for 3000 through 5000 GPM ratings consist of
multiple sections and may require support (by others).
5. 1-1/2” Hose valves furnished with 1-1/2” National Standard
Fire Hose Thread: 1.9900 (50.55) O.D. (max.), 6 threads per
1/2 NPT
inch. 2-1/2” Hose valves are furnished with 2-1/2” National
Standard Fire Hose Thread: 3.0686 (77.94) O.D. (max.),
7-1/2 threads per inch. Refer to factory for other thread
conventions or adaptors.
OPTION 77 - BALL DRIP VALVE
Designed to drain a branch line leading to an
outside test manifold where danger of freezing
exists. Opens at zero flow.
OPTION 79 - MAIN RELIEF VALVE Date April 2012
OPTION 80 - WASTE CONE

"A" MAIN RELIEF VALVE INLET SIZE "A" MAIN RELIEF VALVE INLET SIZE
C F
B E
Y Y
WASTE CONE WASTE CONE
D "X" 125# ANSI FLANGE G "X" 125# ANSI FLANGE

RELIEF VALVE OUTLET RELIEF VALVE OUTLET
❑ Spring-Operated Main Relief Valve ❑ Pilot-Operated Main Relief Valve

❑ 125# INLET FLANGE ❑ 125# INLET FLANGE
❑ 250# INLET FLANGE ❑ 250# INLET FLANGE
❑ Enclosed Waste Cone ❑ Enclosed Waste Cone
PUMP INLET SPRING-OPERATED PILOT OPERATED WASTE CONE
RATING A FLANGE MAIN RELIEF VALVE MAIN RELIEF VALVE
G.P.M. RATING B C D E F G X Y
6 14-7/8 4
125#
250 3 5-7/8 21-1/4 6-1/8 (152) (378) (102) 5 11
500 (149) (540) (155) 6 15-1/4 4-3/8 (279)
250#
(152) (387) (111)
7-5/8 16-15/16 5-1/16 6 11
750 125#
4 6-7/16 22-5/8 6-5/8 (194) (430) (129) (279)
(163) (575) (168) 7-15/16 17-1/4 5-3/8 8 11-1/2

1000 250#
(202) (438) (137) (292)
1250 10 19-7/8 6 8 14
125#
1500 6 8-1/2 36 9-3/8 (254) (505) (152) (356)
2000 (216) (914) (238) 10 20-3/8 6-1/2 10 11-1/2

250#
2500 (254) (518) (195) (292)
12-3/4 22-7/8 8
125#
3000 8 (324) (581) (203) 12 12
Not Available
3500 12-3/4 22-7/8 8-1/2 (305)
250#
(324) (581) (216)
NOTES: 4. Relief valve discharge is intended to be piped to waste.

1. All dimensions are in inches (mm) and may vary ± 1/4 (6). Refer to factory if discharge is to be piped to a line where
2. Valves are available with inlet flange ratings of 125# or back pressure is present.
250#. All waste cones have 125# flange ratings. 5. Maximum operating pressure for valves rated for 125# is
3. Dimensions for conventional relief valves are not affected 175 PSI.
by flange rating. 6. Maximum operating pressure for valves rated for 250# is
300 PSI.
Section 916 Page 206 FAIRBANKS NIJHUIS™ FIRE PUMPS
Date April 2006
AUTOMATIC AIR RELEASE VALVE
4-3/4 (121)
1/2 NPT" OUTLET
5-1/4
(133)
HYDR8AC
(VAL-MATIC VM15A)
OR APPROVED EQUAL USED
WITH HORIZONTAL FIRE PUMPS
WORKING PRESSURE UP TO 300 PSI
(FM APPROVED)
1/2" NPT INLET
9-1/2 (241)
2" NPT OUTLET
12
(305)
HYDR8AD
(VAL-MATIC #102)
USED WITH VERTICAL TURBINE FIRE PUMPS
WORKING PRESSURE UP TO 300 PSI
2" NPT INTLET
NOTES:
1. All dimensions are in inches (mm) and may vary ± 1/4 (6).
FAIRBANKS NIJHUIS
FAIRBANKS ™
MODEL1800
1800&&1900
1900PUMPS
PUMPS Section 916 Page 251
DIESEL BATTERIES,
DIESEL RACKS,
BATTERIES, & CABLES
RACKS, & CABLES Date April 2006
POS NOTES:
11 1. Dimensions are in inches (mm) and may vary ± 1/4" (6).

2. Batteries are 12 volt, lead-acid type D-8D, approximate-
(279) ly 95 Ibs. each, dry.
NEG 3. Batteries are shipped dry. Electrolyte (approx.19 quarts
per battery) must be procured locally.
POS 4. Refer to Section 916 page 252 for exact number of
batteries & cables to be furnished based on the
11 diesel engine manufacturer and model used.
(279) 5. Battery racks are fabricated steel, approximately
20 Ibs. each.
NEG
6. Each rack holds 2 batteries. Racks are not to be stacked.
20.75
(527)
BATTERY
16.25
(419)
BATTERY
5.5 (140) RACK
20.5 23.5
(521) (597)
60" or 80"
NOTES: POSITIVE CABLE (1524 or 2032)
1. All cables are SAE J55BA type SGT with
tensile attachment of 700-800 lbs.
2. Positive & negative cables 60" (1524) long 17/32 DIA. HOLE (TYPICAL)
are 60" or 80"
2/0 gauge; positive & negative cables 80"
(2032) long are 3/0 gauge. (1524 or 2032)
3. Terminal clamps have steel reinforced
NEGATIVE CABLE
inserts.
4. Not all cable types are required for every
engine. Refer to Section 916 page 252 for 12"
cable applicability.
INTERCONNECTING (305)
CABLE
Section 916 Page 252 FAIRBANKS NIJHUIS
FAIRBANKS MODEL ™
1800 1800
& 1900&PUMPS
1900 PUMPS
Date April 2006 DIESEL
DIESEL BATTERY
BATTERY CABLECABLE DIAGRAMS
DIAGRAMS
Supersedes Section 916 Page 252
Dated November 2001
12 VOLT SYSTEM
REQUIRED COMPONENTS ENGINE APPLICABILITY
POS
(1) BATTERY RACK CUMMINS:
(2) BATTERIES ALL “CFP” MODELS
12V (2) POSITIVE CABLES
(2) NEGATIVE CABLES
NEG
POS
CLARKE:
ALL“JU4H” MODELS
ALL “JU64” MODELS
12V ALL “JW6H” MODELS
NEG
EDWARDS:
ALL MODELS
NOTES:
1. Clarke “VMFP,” “JU4H” & “JU6H” Engines require cable sets of different lengths. On these engine
models, a 2/0 guage postive and negative cable set 60” (1524 mm) long, and a 3/0 guage positive
and negativecable set 80” (2032 mm) long are furnished.
2. Refer to Section 916, Page 251 for details of batteries, racks and cables.
POS
24 VOLT SYSTEM
NEG
REQUIRED COMPONENTS ENGINE APPLICABILITY
POS
24V
(2) BATTERY RACKS CLARKE:
(4) BATTERIES ALL “JX6H” MODELS
(2) POSITIVE CABLES
NEG (2) NEGATIVE CABLES CATERPILLAR:
(2) INTERCONNECTING ALL MODELS
POS CABLES
NEG
POS
24V
NEG
Date June 2010 SINGLE WALL FUEL TANKS WITH FITTINGS
Dated April 2009
19
11
2
17
16 DIESEL FUEL TANKS:

15 1
1. Tanks are constructed and labeled in accordance with L-142.
10
21 18 2. Fittings shown are consistent with N.F.P.A. 30 and UL-142.
7 3. Tank to be pitched toward drain 1/4” per foot with outlet on the same elevation
20 as engine fuel pump. Means of elevating tank (by others) may be required.
21 4. Usable tank volume is total capacity less 5% for sump and 5% for expansion.
3 5 9
8
C D E F 6"
12 "A" DIA.
22
14
L
13
2" NPT CPLGS. FOR
CUST. FURN. LEGS H
4 G
B FUEL SUPPLY
FUEL RETURN 14
NOMINAL USABLE
TANK SIZE VOLUME A B C D E F G H L Z
IN GALLONS IN GALLONS
119 105 24 (609) 61 (1548) 6 (152) 6 (152) 6 (152) 19 (482) 37 (939) 14 (355) 3 (76) 4
187 165 30 (761) 61 (1548) 6 (152) 6 (152) 6 (152) 19 (482) 37 (939) 16 (406) 3 (76) 4
300 270 38 (964) 61 (1548) 6 (152) 6 (152) 6 (152) 19 (482) 37 (939) 23 (584) 3-3/4 (95) 4
359 320 36 (914) 73 (1853) 6 (152) 6 (152) 6 (152) 31 (787) 44 (1117) 23 (584) 3-3/4 (95) 4
572 515 48 (1218) 73 (1853) 6 (152) 6 (152) 6 (152) 31 (787) 44 (1117) 30 (761) 4-3/4 (121) 4
849 766 64 (1626) 61 (1548) 6 (152) 6 (152) 6 (152) 19 (482) 44 (1117) 30 (761) 4-3/4 (121) 4
1100 993 64 (1626) 79 (2007) 6 (152) 6 (152) 6 (152) 37 (940) 44 (1117) 30 (761) 4-3/4 (121) 6
COMPONENTS FURNISHED BY OTHERS COMPONENTS FURNISHED BY FAIRBANKS NIJHUIS™

ITEM NO. QTY. REQ’D DESCRIPTION ITEM NO. QTY. REQ’D DESCRIPTION
20 1 “Z” Diameter Piping for Vent 1 1 2” NPT Lockable Fuel Cap
21 1 1/2” Tubing and Fittings or 2 1 2” Screened Tank Vent
1/2” Black Pipe 3 1 Fuel Gauge 1-1/2” NPT
22 1 3/4” Tubing and Fittings or 4 1 1” NPT Drain Plug
3/4” Black Pipe 5 1 2” NPT Pipe Plug
NOTES 7 1 1/2” Tee
1. All dimensions are in inches and may vary ± 1/4”. 8 1 1/2” Close Nipple
2. Components shown are shipped loose for field assembly.
9 1 2” Fuel Fill Pipe
3. Illustration is for component identification only. Actual installation must meet
local codes and all applicable standards. 10 1 “Z” x “Z” x 2” Tee
4. Item 10 may consist of a combination of fittings. 11 1 “Z” Coupling
5. Refer to Section 916 page 259 for details of Fairbanks Nijhuis-furnished 12 1 3/4” NPT Lockable Fuel Valve
components.
6. Items 11 & 17 not required for 515 gallon tanks. 13 1 3/4” Close Nipple
14 2 Fuel Hoses for Supply & Return
(Furnished by Engine Mfr.)
15 1 2” Street Elbow
16 1 “Z” x “Z” x 2” Tee
17 1 “Z” Close Nipple
18 1 2” x 6” Nipple
19 1 “Z” Emergency Vent
FITTINGS FOR DIESEL FUEL TANKS Date April 2009
Dated April 2006
NOTES
1. All dimensions are in inches and may vary ± 1/4”.
local codes and all applicable standards.
4. Refer to Section 916 pages 255 through 258 for the location and applicability
of each component shown above
DIESEL ENGINE MUFFLERS Date July 2012
Dated August 2011
A DIA.
MUFFLER INLET & OUTLET

SIZE – 150# ANSI FLANGE
MUFFLER COMMERCIAL GRADE RESIDENTIAL GRADE CRITICAL GRADE
ENGINE MODEL
INLET & OUTLET A B WGT A B WGT A B WGT
CATERPILLAR
3406C 6" FLANGED 12 42 35 12 54 43 16 73 131
3412C*, 3508C, C18* 8" FLANGED 18 49 110 18 61 124 20 75 220
CLARKE FIRE PROTECTION
JU4H-UF10, -UF12, -UF14, -UF20, -UF22, -UF24,
-UFAB26, -UFAEA0, -UFAEE8, -UFAEF2, -UFADJ2,
-UFADJ8 3" NPT 8 36 19 8 42 21 10 42 42
JU4R-UF09, -UF11, -UF13, -UF19, -UF21, -UF23,
-UFAEA9, -UFAEE7, -UFAEF1
JU4H-UF30, -UF32, -UF34, -UF40, -UF42, -UF 50,
-UF52, -UF54, -UF58, -UFADJG, -UFADP0, -UFADR0,
-UFADW8, -UFADY8, -UFAD5G 4" FLANGED 10 36 24 10 46 29 12 55 68
JU4R-UF40, -UF49, UF51 -UF53
JU6H-UF30, -UF32, -UF34, -UF 50, -UF52, -UF54,
-UF58, -UF60, -UF62, -UF62, -UF68, -UF84,
-UFAAPG, -UFAAQ8, -UFAARG, -UFAAS0,-UFAB76,
-UFABL0, -UFABL8, -UFD0, -UFD2, -UFG8, -UFM0,
-UFM2, -UFM8, -UFAD58, -UFAD88, -UFADM0, 5" FLANGED 10 42 27 10 54 34 14 61 92
-UFADM8, -UFADN0, -UFADNG, -UFADP8
DP6H SERIES
JW6H-UF30, -UF40, UF48
DS0H SERIES*
5" FLANGED 10 42 27 10 54 34 14 61 92
DR8H SERIES*
JW6H-UF50, -UF58, -UF60, -UF8, -UFAAM8,
-UFAA80, -UFADD0, -UFADB0, -UFADF0, -UFADJO,
-FAD70, -UFAD80
JU6H-UFAD98, -UFADP0, -UFADQ0, -UFADR0,
6" FLANGED 12 42 35 12 54 43 16 73 131
-UFADR8, -UFADS0, -UFADS8, -FADT0, -UFADW8
-UFADX8
DQ6H SERIES
DT2H SERIES*
JX6H SERIES 8" FLANGED 18 49 110 18 61 124 20 75 220
CUMMINS
CFP5E, CFP59, CFP7E Series 4" NPT, FLANGED 10 36 24 10 46 29 12 55 68
CFP83 Series 4" NPT, FLANGED 10 36 24 10 46 29 12 55 68
CFP9E Series 5" NPT, FLANGED 10 42 27 10 54 34 14 61 92
CFP15E Series 6" FLANGED 12 42 35 12 54 43 16 73 131
DEUTZ
DFP4-2011 Series 3" NPT 8 36 19 8 42 21 10 42 42
DFP4-2012 Series 4" FLANGED 10 36 24 10 46 29 12 55 68
DFP6 Series 6" FLANGED 12 42 35 12 54 43 16 73 131
EQUIPO DE BOMBEO
SECUNDARIO.
TANQUE DE RESERVA DE DIESEL.
Date June 2010 SINGLE WALL FUEL TANKS WITH FITTINGS
Dated April 2009
19
11
2
17
16 DIESEL FUEL TANKS:

15 1
1. Tanks are constructed and labeled in accordance with L-142.
10
21 18 2. Fittings shown are consistent with N.F.P.A. 30 and UL-142.
7 3. Tank to be pitched toward drain 1/4” per foot with outlet on the same elevation
20 as engine fuel pump. Means of elevating tank (by others) may be required.
21 4. Usable tank volume is total capacity less 5% for sump and 5% for expansion.
3 5 9
8
C D E F 6"
12 "A" DIA.
22
14
L
13
2" NPT CPLGS. FOR
CUST. FURN. LEGS H
4 G
B FUEL SUPPLY
FUEL RETURN 14
NOMINAL USABLE
TANK SIZE VOLUME A B C D E F G H L Z
IN GALLONS IN GALLONS
119 105 24 (609) 61 (1548) 6 (152) 6 (152) 6 (152) 19 (482) 37 (939) 14 (355) 3 (76) 4
187 165 30 (761) 61 (1548) 6 (152) 6 (152) 6 (152) 19 (482) 37 (939) 16 (406) 3 (76) 4
300 270 38 (964) 61 (1548) 6 (152) 6 (152) 6 (152) 19 (482) 37 (939) 23 (584) 3-3/4 (95) 4
359 320 36 (914) 73 (1853) 6 (152) 6 (152) 6 (152) 31 (787) 44 (1117) 23 (584) 3-3/4 (95) 4
572 515 48 (1218) 73 (1853) 6 (152) 6 (152) 6 (152) 31 (787) 44 (1117) 30 (761) 4-3/4 (121) 4
849 766 64 (1626) 61 (1548) 6 (152) 6 (152) 6 (152) 19 (482) 44 (1117) 30 (761) 4-3/4 (121) 4
1100 993 64 (1626) 79 (2007) 6 (152) 6 (152) 6 (152) 37 (940) 44 (1117) 30 (761) 4-3/4 (121) 6
COMPONENTS FURNISHED BY OTHERS COMPONENTS FURNISHED BY FAIRBANKS NIJHUIS™

ITEM NO. QTY. REQ’D DESCRIPTION ITEM NO. QTY. REQ’D DESCRIPTION
20 1 “Z” Diameter Piping for Vent 1 1 2” NPT Lockable Fuel Cap
21 1 1/2” Tubing and Fittings or 2 1 2” Screened Tank Vent
1/2” Black Pipe 3 1 Fuel Gauge 1-1/2” NPT
22 1 3/4” Tubing and Fittings or 4 1 1” NPT Drain Plug
3/4” Black Pipe 5 1 2” NPT Pipe Plug
NOTES 7 1 1/2” Tee
1. All dimensions are in inches and may vary ± 1/4”. 8 1 1/2” Close Nipple
9 1 2” Fuel Fill Pipe
local codes and all applicable standards. 10 1 “Z” x “Z” x 2” Tee
4. Item 10 may consist of a combination of fittings. 11 1 “Z” Coupling
5. Refer to Section 916 page 259 for details of Fairbanks Nijhuis-furnished 12 1 3/4” NPT Lockable Fuel Valve
components.
6. Items 11 & 17 not required for 515 gallon tanks. 13 1 3/4” Close Nipple
14 2 Fuel Hoses for Supply & Return
(Furnished by Engine Mfr.)
15 1 2” Street Elbow
16 1 “Z” x “Z” x 2” Tee
17 1 “Z” Close Nipple
18 1 2” x 6” Nipple
19 1 “Z” Emergency Vent
FITTINGS FOR DIESEL FUEL TANKS Date April 2009
Dated April 2006
NOTES
1. All dimensions are in inches and may vary ± 1/4”.
local codes and all applicable standards.
4. Refer to Section 916 pages 255 through 258 for the location and applicability
of each component shown above
DIESEL ENGINE MUFFLERS Date July 2012
Dated August 2011
A DIA.
MUFFLER INLET & OUTLET

SIZE – 150# ANSI FLANGE
MUFFLER COMMERCIAL GRADE RESIDENTIAL GRADE CRITICAL GRADE
ENGINE MODEL
INLET & OUTLET A B WGT A B WGT A B WGT
CATERPILLAR
3406C 6" FLANGED 12 42 35 12 54 43 16 73 131
3412C*, 3508C, C18* 8" FLANGED 18 49 110 18 61 124 20 75 220
CLARKE FIRE PROTECTION
JU4H-UF10, -UF12, -UF14, -UF20, -UF22, -UF24,
-UFAB26, -UFAEA0, -UFAEE8, -UFAEF2, -UFADJ2,
-UFADJ8 3" NPT 8 36 19 8 42 21 10 42 42
JU4R-UF09, -UF11, -UF13, -UF19, -UF21, -UF23,
-UFAEA9, -UFAEE7, -UFAEF1
JU4H-UF30, -UF32, -UF34, -UF40, -UF42, -UF 50,
-UF52, -UF54, -UF58, -UFADJG, -UFADP0, -UFADR0,
-UFADW8, -UFADY8, -UFAD5G 4" FLANGED 10 36 24 10 46 29 12 55 68
JU4R-UF40, -UF49, UF51 -UF53
JU6H-UF30, -UF32, -UF34, -UF 50, -UF52, -UF54,
-UF58, -UF60, -UF62, -UF62, -UF68, -UF84,
-UFAAPG, -UFAAQ8, -UFAARG, -UFAAS0,-UFAB76,
-UFABL0, -UFABL8, -UFD0, -UFD2, -UFG8, -UFM0,
-UFM2, -UFM8, -UFAD58, -UFAD88, -UFADM0, 5" FLANGED 10 42 27 10 54 34 14 61 92
-UFADM8, -UFADN0, -UFADNG, -UFADP8
DP6H SERIES
DS0H SERIES*
5" FLANGED 10 42 27 10 54 34 14 61 92
DR8H SERIES*
JW6H-UF50, -UF58, -UF60, -UF8, -UFAAM8,
-UFAA80, -UFADD0, -UFADB0, -UFADF0, -UFADJO,
-FAD70, -UFAD80
JU6H-UFAD98, -UFADP0, -UFADQ0, -UFADR0,
6" FLANGED 12 42 35 12 54 43 16 73 131
-UFADR8, -UFADS0, -UFADS8, -FADT0, -UFADW8
-UFADX8
DQ6H SERIES
DT2H SERIES*
JX6H SERIES 8" FLANGED 18 49 110 18 61 124 20 75 220
CUMMINS
CFP5E, CFP59, CFP7E Series 4" NPT, FLANGED 10 36 24 10 46 29 12 55 68
CFP83 Series 4" NPT, FLANGED 10 36 24 10 46 29 12 55 68
CFP15E Series 6" FLANGED 12 42 35 12 54 43 16 73 131
DEUTZ
DFP4-2011 Series 3" NPT 8 36 19 8 42 21 10 42 42
DFP4-2012 Series 4" FLANGED 10 36 24 10 46 29 12 55 68
DFP6 Series 6" FLANGED 12 42 35 12 54 43 16 73 131
Date July 2012 EXHAUST FLEX CONNECTORS
Dated August 2011
MUFFLER FLEX
ENGINE MODEL CONNECTION CONNECTOR
SIZE STYLE
CATERPILLAR ANSI FLANGE
3406C 6" FLANGED B BY FAIRBANKS
3412C*, 3508C, C18* 8" FLANGED B FLEX CONNECTOR
CLARKE FIRE PROTECTION BY DIESEL ENGINE
JU4H-UF10, -UF12, -UF14, -UF20, -UF22, MANUFACTURER
-UF24, -UFAB26, -UFAEA0, -UFAEE8, -UFAEF2,
-UFADJ2, -UFADJ8 3" NPT A
JU4R-UF09, -UF11, -UF13, -UF19, -UF21, STYLE A
-UF23, -UFAEA9, -UFAEE7, -UFAEF1
JU4H-UF30, -UF32, -UF34, -UF40, -UF42, -UF
50, -UF52, -UF54, -UF58, -UFADJG, -UFADP0,
-UFADR0, -UFADW8, -UFADY8, -UFAD5G 4” FLANGED A
JU4R-UF40, -UF49, UF51 -UF53
JU6H-UF30, -UF32, -UF34, -UF 50, -UF52,
-UF54, -UF58, -UF60, -UF62, -UF62, -UF68, FLANGE TO FIT
-UF84, -UFAAPG, -UFAAQ8, -UFAARG,
-UFAAS0,-UFAB76, -UFABL0, -UFABL8, DIESEL ENGINE
-UFD0, -UFD2, -UFG8, -UFM0, -UFM2, -UFM8, EXHAUST OUTLET
5” FLANGED B
-UFAD58, -UFAD88, -UFADM0, -UFADM8,
-UFADN0, -UFADNG, -UFADP8
DP6H SERIES STYLE B*
DS0H SERIES*
5" FLANGE B
DR8H SERIES* *FLANGED FLEX CONNECTOR PROVIDED BY DIESEL
JW6H-UF50, -UF58, -UF60, -UF8, -UFAAM8, ENGINE MANUFACTURER. NO ADDITIONAL FLEX
-UFAA80, -UFADD0, -UFADB0, -UFADF0,
-UFADJO, -FAD70, -UFAD80 CONNECTOR OR ADAPTOR FITTING IS REQUIRED OR
JU6H-UFAD98, -UFADP0, -UFADQ0, -UFADR0, PROVIDED BY FAIRBANKS NIJHUIS™.
6" FLANGED B
-UFADR8, -UFADS0, -UFADS8, -FADT0,
-UFADW8 -UFADX8
DQ6H SERIES
DT2H SERIES*
JX6H SERIES 8" FLANGED B
CUMMINS
CFP5E, CFP59, CFP7E Series 3" NPT, FLANGED, CUFF A, B
CFP83 Series 4" NPT, FLANGED, CUFF A, B
CFP9E Series 4" NPT, FLANGED, CUFF A, B
CFP11E Series 5" NPT, FLANGED, CUFF A,B
CFP15E Series 6" FLANGED B
DEUTZ
DFP4-2011 Series 3" NPT A
DFP4-2012 Series 4" FLANGED B
DFP6 Series 6" FLANGED B
FAIRBANKS NIJHUIS™ MODEL 1800 & 1900 Section 916 Page 301
DIESEL ENGINE DRIVEN FIRE PUMP Date April 2006
COOLING WATER PIPING DATA Dated January 1997
BY-PASS VALVES
NORMALLY CLOSED GAUGE
TO
ENGINE
REGULATOR VALVES
STRAINERS SOLENOID
VALVE
FROM
PUMP
VALVE "A" VALVE "B"
This instructional data explains the installation and shutdown to prevent the waste of cooling water. (One
operation of the cooling system for UL listed, FM red wire must be connected to terminal #1 of the engine
approved Fire Pump engines equipped with heat junction box, the other red wire to terminal #11 of the
exchangers. engine junction box, and the green wire grounded to the
engine block. Refer to applicable wiring diagrams.)
Engines equipped with heat exchangers use an engine
mounted water pump to circulate jacket water around 4. The valves in the BYPASS Iine of the loop are nor-
the tubes of the heat exchanger to maintain proper mally CLOSED. They should ONLY be opened to pro-
jacket water temperatures. Cooling water, supplied vide cooling water to the engine if the regulator valve
by the Fire Pump, is piped through the tubes and dis- or solenoid valve require repair.
charged to waste.
5. Valves “A” and “B” are normally OPEN. They
REQUIREMENTS should ONLY be closed if repair is required to the reg-
ulator valve or solenoid valve.
The loop portion of the cooling water supply piping,
shown above, incorporates all components required 6. The gauge indicates back pressure on the cooling
by NFPA and is sized to provide the required volume water discharge. The recommended back pressure to
of water at the proper pressure for the heat exchang- assure adequate flow is 15-20 PSI and should not
ers of the engine models listed in Table A. exceed the allowable pressure shown in Table A.
Model 1800 & 1900 pumps are shipped from the plant 7. Since cooling loop components are subject to
with the loop piped between the pump and engine. bumps and movement during shipping. all compo-
The pipe and loop sizes are determined by the engine nents must be checked for pipe strain and leakage
model. prior to initial startup.
COMPONENTS INSTALLATION -COOLING WATER OUTLET
1. A flushing type strainer is used to protect the reg- The cooling water outlet piping from the engine heat
ulator valve, solenoid valve and the tubes of the heat exchanger must be at least the size listed in Table A.
exchanger from foreign material. The piping must be short, have no valves and dis-
charge into an open waste cone. If deviations from the
2. The regulator valve is used to control the volume requirement of discharge to an open waste cone are
and pressure of the cooling water. permitted by the authority having jurisdiction, the
proposed plumbing must be reviewed to assure that
3. The solenoid valve opens automatically when the the back pressure created wiII not reduce the cooling
engine is started and closes automatically on engine water flow to below that required for the engine.
Section 916 Page 302 FAIRBANKS NIJHUIS™ MODEL 1800 & 5900
Date April 2006 DIESEL ENGINE DRIVEN FIRE PUMP
Dated July 2001 COOLING WATER PIPING DATA
If the outlet piping from two or more engines is connect- adjusting is necessary, see the following procedure:
ed to a common manifold, the manifold piping should be
sized such that the velocity resulting from the combined With the pump operating at the rated duty, the adjustment
flow is the same as that in the outlet piping between the is made after the engine block temperature has risen to
manifold and heat exchanger. the level required to open the engine thermostat. The ther-
mostat opens at approximately 170°F. The temperature
Adequate pipe supports must be provided for the loop and will stabilize and then decrease slightly. At this point, the
outlet piping to minimize vibration and prevent excessive regulator is adjusted between 15 and 20 PSI by turning
strain at the heat exchanger, pump and engine connec- the regulator screw clockwise to increase the pressure and
tions. counterclockwise to reduce the pressure. The regulator
screw is then locked into place with the locknut provided.
Engine coolant should be added in accordance with the
engine manufacturer’s recommendations. MAINTENANCE
OPERATION 1. Strainers must be inspected frequently and kept clean.
The regulator valve is adjusted during operational tests at the 2. If cooling water temperature changes, the regulator
plant and set between 15 and 20 PSI back pressure. If additional valve may require adjustment.
CONTROLADOR DE EQUIPO DE
BOMBEO PRINCIPAL.
CONTROLADOR DE MOTOR DIESEL
Controladores de motor diésel
BR081011S Vigente abril 2015 FD120
Motor diésel
Controladores de bombas contra incendios
Tipos de comunicación Relés de salida estándar Alimentación/voltaje
USB Todos los relés de salida estándar son de Suministro de voltaje universal
El puerto USB se utiliza para descargar 8 amperios, DPDT. El controlador se puede alimentar con
el historial de mensajes, estadísticas, voltajes de suministro de 0 VAC a
diagnósticos, estado y datos de configuración t Future #1 (Futuro No. 1) 240 VAC al conectarse a tres terminales de
del controlador en una unidad de disco USB. entrada L, N, G que se encuentran en la
t Future #2 (Futuro No. 1)
El puerto USB también se puede utilizar para parte inferior izquierda del tablero del
t Low Fuel (combustible bajo) motor.
cargar mensajes personalizados, idiomas t Modo Auto (automático)
adicionales y actualizar el firmware
t Common Alarm (Alarma común)
del microprocesador.
Relés de salida opcionales
Descripción del producto Ethernet
Se puede conectar una computadora
Existe la posibilidad de agregar hasta ocho
salidas de relé adicionales, por medio de
Los Controladores de bomba contra incendios externa al controlador Diesel Plus por medio cuatro tableros de salida de relé opcionales
DIESEL Plus de Eaton están diseñados para del puerto Ethernet opcional. Una página que se montan en la configuración a presión.
controlar y supervisar los motores de bomba Web integrada muestra el estado actual Cada tablero contiene un máximo de 2 relés
contra incendios diésel de 12 o 24 voltios del controlador, así como todas las lecturas adicionales. Salida doble
y se encuentran entre los controladores actuales, puntos de ajuste e historial. La salida de 12 o 24 VDC se puede seleccionar
disponibles de motor diésel técnicamente por medio del interruptor DIP que se
más avanzados. encuentra en los cargadores de la batería.
Son una versión mejorada de la Serie FD100 Modbus Nota: Cada controlador está establecido en
basada en el microprocesador original Los controladores de bomba contra incendios fábrica para 12 VDC. Si se necesitan 24 VDC
de los controladores de motor diésel. La Diesel Plus tienen la opción de comunicarse de fábrica, se debe indicar en la información
programación es directa debido al uso del con los sistemas utilizando el nivel Regular de del pedido.
firmware principal y la estructura del menú Modbus (incluye los modos de transmisión
utilizada en la Serie LMR Plus de controladores RTU y ASCII). Los ajustes de comunicación Filtro de línea
eléctricos. los puede configurar el usuario a través del Un filtro de línea incorporado en el tablero
menú de configuración de Diésel Plus. del motor se utiliza para reducir/eliminar
El controlador se puede pedir con la opción
Relé de funcionamiento del motor los transientes de voltaje externo entrante.
para mostrar y transmitir valores y estados
de corriente, a pedido, desde varios protocolos El tablero de E/S de energía aloja un relé de
Conexiones de campo funcionamiento del motor de 10 amperios
Desconexión de alimentación de AC
de software.
que se utiliza para propósitos de alarma o para Un interruptor que se encuentra dentro del
Desde el puerto de comunicación opcional Entradas estándar energizar persianas externas. controlador en el Tablero del motor se utiliza
Ethernet se puede acceder a una página Web t Remote Start (Arranque remoto) para encender y apagar la alimentación de
integrada para recuperar los reportes de t Fuel Spill (Derrame de combustible) Relé de alarma común AC a la unidad. Se enciende cuando recibe
diagnóstico e historial. El puerto serial RS485 t Deluge Valve (Válvula de Inundación) El controlador FD120 tiene un relé de alarma energía.
opcional se puede utilizar para conexión t Low Suction (Succión baja)
t Interlock On (Interbloqueo activado)
común que se desenergiza cada vez que hay Desconexión de la alimentación
directa a una computadora para transferencia condiciones de alarma. Este relé se energiza
de datos. t Pump Start (Arranque de la bomba) de DC
bajo condiciones normales y tiene una
t Low Fuel (Combustible bajo) El tablero del motor aloja dos interruptores
indicación de estado de diodo fotoemisor.
t Entradas programables (9) automáticos en tablero que se utilizan para
Características Clasificación del relé de alarma encender o apagar la alimentación de DC de

Entradas programables las baterías.
Todos los relés de alarma están clasificados
del producto Se pueden programar hasta 9 entradas
a 8 amperios, 250 VAC, 1/3 HP solamente de Cada interruptor tiene un diodo fotoemisor
programables adicionales para indicar
Comunicación hasta 13 tipos de entradas diferentes. Se carga de resistencia. montado en el tablero del motor que se
enciende cuando el interruptor recibe energía.
pueden programar para energizar la salida Salidas programables
Página Web integrada
de alarma común, enlazar a relés y diodos
Las páginas Web integradas permiten al Se pueden programar hasta 10 salidas
usuario ver el estado actual del controlador
fotoemisores opcionales y asegurar hasta que
programables adicionales (dos estándar; ocho
Indicación de alarma y estado
las restablezca el usuario.
así como todas las lecturas de amperaje, Todas las entradas, salidas y diodos por medio de tableros de salida opcionales) Accesibilidad
puntos de ajuste, diagnósticos, estadísticas, fotoemisores opcionales se pueden enlazar, para indicar hasta 45 condiciones de salida.
Puede acceder a todos los diodos fotoemisores
configuración e historial. Para acceder a las según sea necesario. También se pueden Se pueden programar para seguridad contra
de alarma y estado así como la pantalla LCD
páginas se usa una computadora externa programar con funciones de retardo de fallas y asegurar hasta que las restablezca
y los botones de programación desde la parte
conectada por medio del puerto opcional tiempo. el usuario. Todas las entradas, salidas y diodos
delantera del controlador.
Ethernet. Los datos específicos requeridos fotoemisores opcionales se pueden enlazar,
se pueden descargar para propósitos de según sea necesario. También se pueden
referencia. programar con funciones de retardo de
tiempo. Igualmente, se pueden programar
dos diodos fotoemisores de alarma opcionales
hasta para 28 condiciones de alarma.
BR081011S Motor diésel
Abril de 2015 Controladores de bombas contra incendios
Pantalla LCD t FUEL INJECTION MALFUNCTION t AC Failure Alarm (Alarma de falla de AC)
El tablero de la pantalla del controlador (MAL FUNCIONAMIENTO EN t AC Fail to Start (Falla de arranque
contiene una pantalla LCD de 4 líneas por de AC)
LA INYECCIÓN DE COMBUSTIBLE)
40 caracteres de ancho, con iluminación
trasera, que tiene la capacidad de generar t ECM WARNING (ADVERTENCIA
varios idiomas. La pantalla muestra la presión DEL ECM)
Cajas
actual del sistema, hora y fecha, voltaje de t ECM FAILURE (FALLA DEL ECM)
salida del cargador y cualquier mensaje Capacidades
t HIGH RAW WATER TEMP. (TEMP. ALTA Todos los controladores FD120 vienen
personalizado, alarma o valores
del temporizador. DE AGUA NO PROCESADA) estándar con cajas NEMA 2 a menos que
t LOW ENGINE TEMPERATURE se pida algo distinto.
(TEMPERATURA BAJA DEL MOTOR)
Las opciones disponibles incluyen: Estándares y certificaciones
NEMA 3R, 4, 4X, 12.
t FUEL SPILL (DERRAME COMBUSTIBLE) Los controladores de bomba contra incendios
t One Programmable LED (Un diodo Tamaño reducido del motor diésel FD120 cumplen o superan
fotoemisor programable) Un diseño interno aerodinámico ha permitido los requisitos de Underwriters Laboratories,
que el tamaño total de modelos anteriores de Factory Mutual Research (FM), la Asociación
controladores DIESEL Plus se reduzca. Consulte Canadiense de Estándares, el código de
Estadísticas los dibujos de medidas en nuestro sitio Web. construcción de la Ciudad de Nueva York,
Se registran hasta 26 puntos estáticos para la marca CE y U.B.C. /requisitos sísmicos
proporcionar una revisión rápida de cómo de C.B.C, se construyen de acuerdo con los
está operando el sistema. Las estadísticas se Especificaciones técnicas estándares NFPA 20.
Diodos fotoemisores de estado pueden ver en la pantalla principal, se pueden

El controlador se suministra con seis (6) guardar en una unidad de disco USB o se t Voltaje de suministro: 0-240Vac
diodos fotoemisores verdes de estado para pueden ver en la página Web integrada. t Voltaje de salida: 12-24Vdc
lo siguiente: t Hertz: 50/60 Hz
t Caja:
t LOW PRESSURE (PRESIÓN BAJA) Diagnósticos
Estándar NEMA 2
Se pueden registrar hasta cincuenta y tres
t ENGINE RUN (FUNC DEL MOTOR) t NEMA 3R, 4, 4X, 12 opcional
puntos de diagnóstico que se pueden usar
t Temperatura:
t REMOTE START (ARRANQUE REMOTO) para ayudar a resolver problemas con
4 a +50 grados C
el controlador. Los diagnósticos se pueden ver
t INTERLOCK ON (INTERBLOQUEO 39 a +122 grados F
en la pantalla principal, se pueden guardar en
ACTIVADO) t Relés de alarma: DPDT 8 amp
una unidad de disco USB o se pueden ver en
t Relé de funcionamiento del motor
t DELUGE VALVE (VÁLVULA DE la página Web integrada.
DPDT 10 amp
INUNDACIÓN) t Relés de parada de arranque/
Historial de mensajes combustible: SPDT
t Un diodo fotoemisor programable Se pueden almacenar hasta 10k de alarmas/ t Transductor de presión: 500 psi
estado en la memoria del controlador. Se t Cumplimiento de inmunidad:
pueden ver en la pantalla principal, se pueden Ambiente A
Diodo fotoemisor de alarma guardar en una unidad de disco USB o se t Cumplimiento de emisión:
El controlador se suministra con veinte (20) pueden ver en la página Web integrada. Ambiente B
diodos fotoemisores rojos de estado para
lo siguiente:
Falla de DC
t BATTERY # 1 FAILURE Se proporciona una indicación visual y una Cargadores de la batería
(FALLA DE BATERÍA N.° 1) alarma audible para indicar una pérdida
t CHARGER # 1 FAILURE de alimentación de DC debido a que una t Modo: Interruptores
o ambas baterías se están desconectando t Doble de 10 amperios
(FALLA DEL CARGADOR No. 1)
del controlador. Esta indicación también se t Comunicación a alimentación
t BATTERY # 2 FAILURE proporcionará en caso de que el controlador Tablero de E/S
(FALLA DE BATERÍA N.° 1) no esté funcionando debido a una falla t Registro de diagnósticos
del tablero electrónico. t Ácido de plomo o carga en tres pasos
t CHARGER # 2 FAILURE
NiCad
(FALLA DEL CARGADOR No. 1) t Supervisión de temperatura interna
Características programables
t LOW PRESSURE (PRESIÓN BAJA) t Entrada de voltaje universal
t Languages (Idiomas)
t SYSTEM OVER PRESSURE t (Inglés, francés, español estándar. Hay t Salida de voltaje doble seleccionable
(SOBREPRESIÓN DEL SISTEMA) otros idiomas disponibles. Consulte
a la fábrica).
t LOW SUCTION PRESSURE
t Date and Time (Fecha y hora)
(BAJA PRESIÓN DE SUCCIÓN) t Pressure Start and Stop Points (Puntos
t LOW FUEL (COMBUSTIBLE BAJO) de arranque y parada de presión)
t FAIL TO START (FALLA DE ARRANQUE) t Low and High Pressure Alarms
(Alarmas de presión baja y alta)
t HIGH ENGINE TEMP t Stop Mode (Parada)
(TEMP ALTA DEL MOTOR) t Low Suction Shutdown (Desconexión
t LOW OIL PRESSURE por baja succión)
t Pressure Recording Parameters
(PRESIÓN ACEITE BAJA) (Parámetros de registro de presión)
t ENGINE OVER SPEED t Run Period Timer (Temporizador
(SOBREVELOCIDAD DEL MOTOR) del período de funcionamiento)
t Weekly Test Timer (Temporizador
t ECM SELECTOR IN ALT POSITION
de prueba semanal)
(SELECTOR DE ECM EN POSICIÓN ALT) t Sequential Start Timer (Temporizador
de arranque en secuencia)
© 2015 Eaton Eaton Industries Canada Company

Todos los derechos reservados 10725 - 25th Street NE, # 124
Impreso en Canadá Calgary, AB T3N0A4
Publicación N.º BR081011S Canada
Abril de 2015 www.chfire.com
Technical Data MD081013EN Dimensions
Standard Enclosure - Type NEMA 2, 3R, (*4, 4X), 12 Diesel Plus Engine Controller
Effective April 2015
>@
>@ >@
>@
>@
>@
ENGINE RUN INTERLOCK ON ENGINE RUN INTERLOCK ON

REMOTE START SPEED SWITCH FAULT REMOTE START SPEED SWITCH FAULT
DELUGE VALVE ECM SELECTOR IN ALT POSITION DELUGE VALVE ECM SELECTOR IN ALT POSITION
LOW PRESSURE FUEL INJECTION MALFUNCTION LOW PRESSURE FUEL INJECTION MALFUNCTION
FAIL TO START LOW FUEL FAIL TO START LOW FUEL
CHARGER #1 FAILURE LOW SUCTION PRESSURE CHARGER #1 FAILURE LOW SUCTION PRESSURE
CHARGER #2 FAILURE LOW OIL PRESSURE CHARGER #2 FAILURE LOW OIL PRESSURE
SILENCE BATTERY #1 FAILURE ENGINE OVERSPEED SILENCE BATTERY #1 FAILURE ENGINE OVERSPEED
ALARM ALARM
BATTERY #2 FAILURE HIGH ENGINE TEMPERATURE BATTERY #2 FAILURE HIGH ENGINE TEMPERATURE
ECM WARNING LOW ENGINE TEMPERATURE ECM WARNING LOW ENGINE TEMPERATURE
ENGINE ENGINE
ECM FAILURE LOW RAW WATER FLOW ECM FAILURE LOW RAW WATER FLOW

TEST TEST
HIGH RAW WATER TEMP. FUEL SPILL HIGH RAW WATER TEMP. FUEL SPILL
DATA DATA
PRINT PRINT
LAMP LAMP
TEST MENU TEST MENU
RESET RESET
SAVE/EXIT SAVE/EXIT
ACK.
CE16196H01
ACK.
CE16196H01

>@

>@

>@
>@
>@
>@
>@ >@

',(6(/3/860(0%5$1( >@
/2&.$%/(+$1'/( >@
+$1'2))$8726(/(&7256:,7&+
6723%87721
&5$1.%877216 >@ >@
$8',%/($/$50 >@
'&)$,//,*+7 >@
',6&+$5*(137)(0$/(
6(16,1*/,1(137)(0$/( >@
$//2:$%/(&$%/((175<(;,7$5($
>@ >@
>@
>@ >@
Approximate Weight NOTES:

1. All enclosures finished in FirePump red.
Lbs. (Kg) 2. Cable Entrance bottom only.
3. Standard Enclosure type NEMA 2
105 (48) 4. Enclosure made from #14 Gauge (0.75) HR Steel.
5. Feet are removable.
* NEMA 4, 4X enclosures are supplied:
With 1/4 Turn latches instead of a standard handle.
Main Display Diesel Plus Engine Controller
NOTES:
1. Refer to the DIESEL Plus technical manual for details and
setup information, as well as programming and custom
labeling for the Programmable LED’s.
Fuel Level Switch Diesel Plus Engine Controller
3A14119G01: 16 inch unit

Dimensions in Inches 3A14119G02: 45 inch unit
Technical Data TD081019EN Electrical Wiring Schematic
Diesel Plus Engine Controller
127(6
'(/8*(9$/9(,13871250$//<&/26('5(029(-803(5,)86('
&20021$/$502873871250$//<(1(5*,=('
28738767$7(66+2:1$5(:+(1&21752//(5,632:(5('$1'
6(7,12))02'(
$/$50&217$&765$7(')25$9$&(1*,1(581&217$&76
REMOTE START
DELUGE VALVE
INTERLOCK ON
LOW SUCTION
5$7('$9$&
PUMP START
FUEL SPILL
LOW FUEL
$/$50$1'(1*,1(:,5(6$5(72%(&233(5&21'8&72521/<
INPUT #1
INPUT #2
INPUT #3
INPUT #4
INPUT #5
INPUT #6
INPUT #7
INPUT #8
INPUT #9
CUSTOMER INPUTS
OPTION RELAY #1
(2 SETS FORM-C)
ENGINE RUN
OPTION RELAY #2
(2 SETS FORM-C)
ENGINE RUN
FUTURE #1 OPTION RELAY #3

(2 SETS FORM-C)
FUTURE #1
OPTION RELAY #4
(2 SETS FORM-C)
ALARM CONTACTS
FUTURE #2
FUTURE #2 OPTION RELAY #5

(2 SETS FORM-C)
LOW FUEL
OPTION RELAY #6
(2 SETS FORM-C)
LOW FUEL
OPTION RELAY #7
AUTO MODE (2 SETS FORM-C)
AUTO MODE OPTION RELAY #8

(2 SETS FORM-C)
COMMON ALARM
(ENERGIZED)
AUX. ANALOG INPUT (4-20MA)
COMMON ALARM
(ENERGIZED)
100-240VAC POWER
FUEL & WATER SOLENOID VALVE

ENGINE RUN SW.
OVERSPEED SW.
OIL PRESSURE SW.
ENGINE CONNECTIONS
ENGINE WATER TEMP. SW.

BATTERY #1 INPUT(+)
BATTERY #2 INPUT(+)
BATTERY #1 CRANK
BATTERY #2 CRANK
BATTERIES (-)
BATTERIES (-)
FUEL SOLENOID
ECM IN ALTERNATE
FUEL INJECTOR FAIL
ECM WARNING
ECM FAILURE
HIGH RAW WATER TEMP
LOW RAW WATER FLOW
LOW ENGINE TEMPERATURE
Technical Data TD081020EN Field Connections
Field Connections
Engine Board Terminal Blocks Inputs
100-240VAC POWER
FUEL & WATER SOLENOID VALVE

ENGINE RUN SW.
OVERSPEED SW.
OIL PRESSURE SW. INPUT #9
ENGINE WATER TEMP. SW. INPUT #8
BATTERY #1 INPUT(+) INPUT #7
BATTERY #2 INPUT(+) INPUT #6
INPUT #5
BATTERY #1 CRANK
BATTERY #2 CRANK INPUT #4
BATTERIES (-) INPUT #3
INPUT #2
BATTERIES (-) INPUT #1
FUEL SOLENOID FUEL SPILL
ECM IN ALTERNATE INTERLOCK ON
FUEL INJECTOR FAIL
ECM WARNING LOW FUEL
ECM FAILURE LOW SUCTION
HIGH RAW WATER TEMP PUMP START
LOW RAW WATER FLOW
LOW ENGINE TEMPERATURE DELUGE VALVE
REMOTE START
Outputs
ENGINE RUN LOW FUEL
ENGINE RUN LOW FUEL
FUTURE #1 AUTO MODE
FUTURE #1 AUTO MODE
FUTURE #2 COMMON ALARM

(ENERGIZED)
FUTURE #2 COMMON ALARM

(ENERGIZED)
NOTE: OUTPUT STATES SHOWN ARE WHEN CONTROLLER IS POWERED AND SET IN OFF MODE
7HFKQLFDO'DWDDQG6SHFLᚏFDWLRQV
/LQH7HUPLQDOV,QFRPLQJ&DEOHV
Recommended Wire Size Terminal Number Distance
I/O Board
Stranded # 14 (1.63mm) 11, 34-39, 60-95 N. A.
Stranded # 14 (1.63mm) Option Board Terminals N. A.
Engine Board
Stranded # 14 (1.63mm) 1-5, 9, 10, 12, 301, 302, 303, 304, 310, 311, 312 N. A.
L, N, G
Battery Wire
Stranded # 10 (2.59mm) 6, 8, 11 0 feet to 25 feet (7.62m)
Stranded # 8 (3.26mm) 6, 8, 11 25 feet to 50 feet (7.62-15.24m)
Technical Data TD081023EN LMR Plus Fire Pump Controllers
Wire & Cable Conversions Diesel Plus Engine Controllers
Technical Data and Specifications - LMR Plus Electric Controllers

Line Terminals on Main Isolation Switch (Incoming Cables)
Qty. & Cable Sizes
American Wire Gauge (AWG /MCM) Diameter (mm)

(1)#14-1/0 PER Ø (CU/AL) (1.63 - 5.83 mm)
(1)#4-4/0 PER Ø (CU) (5.83 - 11.68 mm)
(1)#3-350MCM PER Ø (CU/AL) (5.83 -15.03 mm)
(2)3/0-250MCM PER Ø (CU/AL) ((10.40 - 12.70 mm)
(2)2/0-250-350MCM PER Ø (CU/AL) ((12.70 - 15.03 mm)
(2)#1-500MCM PER Ø (CU/AL) ((7.35 - 17.96 mm)
(3)3/0-400MCM PER Ø (CU/AL) ((10.40 - 16.06 mm)
Service Entrance Ground Lug - Qty. & Cable Sizes

(1)#14-2/0 PER Ø (CU/AL) (1.63 - 9.27 mm)
(1)#4-350MCM PER Ø (CU/AL) (5.19 - 15.03 mm)
(2)1/0-750MCM PER Ø (CU/AL) (8.25 -22.00 mm)
Load Terminals (To Motor)

Qty. & Cable Sizes

(1)#4-#3 PER Ø (CU) (1.63 - 5.83 mm)
(1)#4-4/0 PER Ø (CU/AL) (1.63 - 8.25 mm)
(1)#6-250MCM PER Ø (CU/AL) (4.11 -12.70 mm)
(2)1/0-250MCM PER Ø (CU/AL) ((8.25 - 12.70 mm)
(2)2/0-500MCM PER Ø (CU/AL) ((9.27 - 17.96 mm)
For Proper Cable Size Refer to National Electrical Code NFPA-70.
Technical Data and Specifications - DIESEL Plus Diesel Engine Controllers

Line Terminals (Incoming Cables)
Recommended Wire Size Terminal Number Distance
I/O Board
Stranded # 14 (1.63 mm) 11, 34-49, 60-95 N. A.
Stranded # 14 (1.63 mm) Option Board Terminals N. A.
Engine Board
Stranded # 14 (1.63 mm) 1-5, 9, 10, 12, 301, 302, 303, 304, 310, 311, 312, L, N, G N. A.
Battery Wire
Stranded # 10 (2.59 mm) 6, 8, 11 0 feet to 25 feet (7.62m)
Stranded # 8 (3.26 mm) 6, 8, 11 25 feet to 50 feet (7.62 - 15.24m)
SEISMIC QUALIFIED
N. Y. C.
U.B.C and C.B.C
APPROVED
Must Be Installed Per Applicable Code
and Manufacturers Recommendations
Technical Data PA081004EN Part Number / Options Selection Guide
FD120
FDF120 L5
Language DIESEL Plus Options
L1 = English 380* - Supply Voltage (380V 50/60Hz)

L2 = French 480* - Supply Voltage (480V 60Hz)
L4 = Italian 600* - Supply Voltage (600V 60Hz)
L5 = Spanish COM - Communications Option
L6 = Portuguese CX - Extra Contacts (Two Form-C; Specify Function)
L7 = Chinese E1 - NEMA 3R - Raintight Enclosure
L8 = Polish E2 - NEMA 4 - Watertight Enclosure
L9 = Dutch E3 - NEMA 12 - Dust Tight Enclosure
L11 = Turkish E5 - NEMA 4X - 304 Stainless Steel
E8 - Tropicalization
E9 - NEMA 4X - Painted Steel
E10 - NEMA 4X - 316 Stainless Steel
EX - Export Crating
F2 - Floor Stand - 2 Inch Height **
LO - Powered Louver Contacts - (1.6 Amp Max)
LO+ - Powered Louver Contacts - (Up to 8.0 Amp)
LX - Extra Light (Specify Description)
Ni - Ni Cad Batteries
P5 - Proof Pressure Switch - ALCO - 19-250 PSI
P7 - Low Suction Pressure Switch
P8 - Shutdown (Requires P7 Option)
P10 - Pressure Transducer - Sea Water
P13 - Externally Mounted Pressure Transducer **
R1 - Space Heater (120 / 220V)
R2 - Space Heater c/w Thermostat
R3 - Space Heater c/w Humidistat
R4 - Low Room Temperature Switch ***
R5 - Space Heater (Internally powered - 120V / 240V)
S1 - Fuel Level Switch, 16 Inch
S2 - Fuel Level Switch, 45 Inch
S3 - Fuel Level Switch, High-Low
USB - Externally Mounted USB Port
X1 - Printer
X2 - 4 Inch Chart Recorder (10 - 300 psi fresh water)
Note: All controllers are factory set for 12Vdc operation,

unless otherwise noted on the purchase order.
* Standard voltage supplied: 110 / 220V 50/60Hz
** Not available for NEMA 4 or NEMA 4X units.
*** When ordered with a NEMA4 / 4X enclosure, the
temperature switch is shipped loose with 20 feet of wire.
Fire Pump Controllers 1-1
Features
$SULO Diesel Plus Fire Pump Controllers
Typical Specifications 5. Enclosure

1. Approvals $ 7KHFRQWUROOHUVKDOOEHKRXVHGLQD1(0$7\SH
$ 7KH)LUH3XPS&RQWUROOHUVKDOOPHHW)DFWRU\ ,(&,3GULSSURRISRZGHUEDNHGILQLVK
0XWXDO5HVHDUFK)0,WVKDOOEH IUHHVWDQGLQJHQFORVXUH
OLVWHGE\>8QGHUZULWHUV/DERUDWRULHV8/@ % 2SWLRQDO(QFORVXUHV
>&DQDGLDQ6WDQGDUGV$VVRFLDWLRQ&6$@ 1(0$5,(&,3UDLQWLJKWHQFORVXUH
>1HZ<RUN'HSDUWPHQWRI%XLOGLQJV1<6%@ 1(0$,(&,3ZDWHUWLJKWHQFORVXUH
IRUILUHSXPSVHUYLFH 1(0$;,(&,3ZDWHUWLJKWVWDLQ
% 7KHFRQWUROOHUVKDOOEH>YROWYROW@QHJDWLYH OHVVVWHHOHQFORVXUH
JURXQGIRUXVHZLWK'LHVHO(QJLQH0RGHOPDQX 1(0$;,(&,3ZDWHUWLJKWVWDLQ
IDFWXUHGE\BBBBBBBBBBBBBBB OHVVVWHHOHQFORVXUH
2. Construction 1(0$;,(&,3ZDWHUWLJKWFRUURVLRQUH
$ $OOLQWHUQDOFRPSRQHQWVVKDOOEHIURQWPRXQWHG VLVWDQWHQFORVXUH
DQGZLUHGIRUHDVHRILQVSHFWLRQDQGPDLQWH 1(0$,(&,3GXVWWLJKWHQFORVXUH
QDQFH$OOUHOD\VVKDOOKDYH YLVXDOLQGLFDWLRQWR 6. Microprocessor Control
VKRZWKDWWKHUHOD\VDUHHQHUJL]HG7KHFRQWURO $ 7KHIROORZLQJSDUDPHWHUVVKDOOEHSURJUDPPD
OHUVKDOOLQFOXGHDQ/&'GLVSOD\WRLQGLFDWHEDW EOHDQGLQFOXGHGDVVWDQGDUG
WHU\YROWDJHDQGDPSHUHVDVZHOODVV\VWHP 67$57DQG672336,SRLQWV
SUHVVXUHLQ36,RU%DUV +LJKDQG/RZ3UHVVXUH$ODUP6HWSRLQWV
% 7KHFRQWUROOHUVKDOOKDYHWZLQEDWWHU\FKDUJHUV 672302'(0DQXDORU$XWR
PHHWLQJ)DFWRU\0XWXDO5HVHDUFK)0UHTXLUH 5813(5,2'7,0(5PLQ
PHQWV7KHEDWWHU\FKDUJHUVVKDOOKDYHUHYHUVH $&32:(5)$,/85((QDEOHRU'LVDEOH
SRODULW\SURWHFWLRQLQGLFDWLRQDQGEHFDSDEOHRI 6(48(17,$/67$577,0(5VHF
UHFKDUJLQJDFRPSOHWHO\GLVFKDUJHGEDWWHU\ZLWK :((./<7(677,0(5
LQKRXUV7KHFKDUJHUVVKDOODXWRGHWHFWWKH 35(6685('(9,$7,2136,
LQSXWYROWDJHRI9$&WR9$&DQGVKDOOEH /$1*8$*((QJOLVK)UHQFK6SDQLVK2WKHU
DEOHWREHSURJUDPPHGIRUHLWKHU9'&RU % 7KHIROORZLQJYLVXDODQGDXGLEOHDODUPVVKDOOEH
9'&RXWSXW SURYLGHG
& 7KHFRQWUROOHUVKDOOFRPHVWDQGDUGZLWKDEUHDN )$,/7267$57
HUGLVFRQQHFWRQWKH$&OLQHDQGIRUERWKEDWWHU\ /2:2,/35(6685(
FRQQHFWLRQV (1*,1(29(563(('
3. Pressure Sensor %$77(5<)$,/85(
$ $VROLGVWDWHP$SUHVVXUHVHQVRUVKDOOEH %$77(5<)$,/85(
5(027(67$57
SURYLGHG7KHSUHVVXUH6WDUWDQG6WRSSRLQWV
/2:35(6685(
VKDOOEHDGMXVWDEOHLQLQFUHPHQWVRIRQH36, 63(('6:,7&+)$8/7
$ORZSUHVVXUHSUHDODUPLQGLFDWHGZLWKDIODVK (&06(/(&725,1$/7326,7,21
LQJJUHHQ/('VKDOOGHQRWHDSRWHQWLDOSXPS )8(/,1-(&7250$/)81&7,21
VWDUWLQJFRQGLWLRQDQGZLOOUHPDLQOLWRQFHWKH 67$57(5)$,/85(
SXPSKDVVWDUWHGWRLQGLFDWHWKHVWDUWLQJFDXVH 67$57(5)$,/85(
4. Output Relays 75$16'8&(5)$,/85(
$ 7ZRVHWVRIDODUPFRQWDFWV)RUP&UDWHG '$7$&$%/(',6&211(&7
'&)$,/
DW$9$&9'&VKDOOEHSURYLGHGIRU
+,*+(1*,1(7(03
UHPRWHLQGLFDWLRQRI (1*,1(581
(1*,1(581$ /2:)8(/
/2:)8(/ &+$5*(5 )$,/85(
$87202'( &+$5*(5)$,/85(
&20021$/$50 '(/8*(9$/9(
% 7ZRµ)8785(¶UHOD\VHDFKFRQWDLQLQJWZR ,17(5/2&.21
VHWVRIDODUPFRQWDFWV)RUP&VKDOOEHSURYLG /2:68&7,21
(&0:$51,1*
HG5HOD\VFDQEHIDFWRU\VHWWRLQGLFDWHDVSH
(&0)$,/85(
FLILFDODUPDQGVKDOOEHILHOGSURJUDPPDEOHDG +,*+5$::$7(57(03(5$785(
MXVWDEOHWRPHHWIXWXUHVLWHUHTXLUHPHQWV /2:(1*,1(7(03(5$785(
& 7KH&RPPRQ$ODUPUHOD\VKDOOEHHQHUJL]HG /2:5$::$7(5)/2:
XQGHUQRUPDOFRQGLWLRQV )8(/63,//
)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ YLVLW www.chfire.com 36(1

Features
& 7KHFRQWUROOHUVKDOOKDYHDOLQHE\FKDUDFWHU 5HPDLQLQJWLPHOHIWRQDFWLYHWLPHUV

/&'GLVSOD\PRXQWHGRQDSDQHORSHQLQJLQWKH ' 7KHFRQWUROOHUVKDOOEHVXSSOLHGZLWKVL[
IURQWGRRU 7KH/&'GLVSOD\VKDOOLQGLFDWHWKHIRO JUHHQ VWDWXV/('¶VIRUWKHIROORZLQJ
ORZLQJ (QJLQH5XQ
0DLQVFUHHQGLVSOD\LQJV\VWHPSUHVVXUH 5HPRWH6WDUW
%DWWHU\YROWDJHDQGDPSHUDJHRSHUD /RZ3UHVVXUH
WLRQPRGHVKXWGRZQPRGHFXVWRPPHV ,QWHUORFN2Q
VDJHVDODUPVWLPHUVGDWHDQGWLPH 'HOXJH9DOYH
6HWSRLQWUHYLHZVFUHHQGLVSOD\LQJWKHSUR 2QH 3URJUDPPDEOH/('
JUDPPHGSUHVVXUHVWDUWDQGVWRSSRLQWVDQG ( 7KHFRQWUROOHUVKDOOEHVXSSOLHGZLWKWZHQW\
ZHHNO\WHVWWLPH UHGDODUP/('¶VWRLQGLFDWHWKHIROORZLQJ
&RQWUROOHUVWDWLVWLFVVFUHHQLQFOXGLQJ %$77(5<)$,/85(
D 3RZHUHG7LPH %$77(5<)$,/85(
E (QJLQH5XQ7LPH &+$5*(5)$,/85(
F 1XPEHURI&UDQNV &+$5*(5)$,/85(
G 1XPEHURI6WDUWV 63(('6:,7&+)$8/7
H /DVW(QJLQH6WDUW7LPH (&06(/(&725,1$/7326,7,21
I /DVW(QJLQH5XQ7LPH )8(/,1-(&7,210$/)81&7,21
J /DVW/RZ3UHVVXUH6WDUW /2:68&7,2135(6685(
K 0LQLPXP%DWWHU\9ROWDJH )$,/7267$57
L 0D[LPXP%DWWHU\9ROWDJH +,*+(1*,1(7(03
M 0LQLPXP%DWWHU\9ROWDJH /2:2,/35(6685(
N 0D[LPXP%DWWHU\9ROWDJH (1*,1(29(563(('
O 0LQLPXP%DWWHU\$PSV /2:)8(/
P 0D[LPXP%DWWHU\$PSV (&0:$51,1*
Q 0LQLPXP%DWWHU\$PSV (&0)$,/85(
R 0D[LPXP%DWWHU\$PSV +,*+5$::$7(57(03(5$785(
S 0LQLPXP6\VWHP3UHVVXUH /2:(1*,1(7(03(5$785(
T 0D[LPXP6\VWHP3UHVVXUH /2:5$::$7(5)/2:
U /DVW6\VWHP6WDUWXS )8(/63,//
V /DVW(QJLQH7HVW 2QH3URJUDPPDEOH/('
W /DVW/RZ2LO3UHVVXUH ) 7KHPLFURSURFHVVRUORJLFERDUGVKDOOEH
X /DVW2YHUVSHHG DYDLODEOH ZLWK
Y /DVW)DLO7R6WDUW $86%SRUWIRUWUDQVIHUHQFHRIPHVVDJHKLV
Z /DVW/RZ)XHO WRU\FRQWUROOHUVWDWXVGLDJQRVWLFV
[ /DVW&KDUJHU)DLOXUH FRQILJXUDWLRQVWDWLVWLFVDQGWKHDELOLW\WRXS
\ /DVW%DWWHU\)DLOXUH GDWHILUPZDUH
] /DVW(&0$ODUP $QRSWLRQDO(WKHUQHWSRUWIRUGLUHFWFRQQHF
&RQWUROOHUGLDJQRVWLFVVFUHHQLQFOXGLQJ WLRQWRDFRPSXWHUIRUGDWDWUDQVIHU
D 'DWH 7LPH $QRSWLRQDO56 6HULDOSRUWIRUFRPPXQL
E )LUPZDUH9HUVLRQ FDWLRQWRYDULRXVH[WHUQDOVRIWZDUHSURJUDPV
F 6KRS2UGHU1XPEHU $QRSWLRQDO56 6HULDO3RUW
G &XVWRPHU2UGHU1XPEHU * 7KHFRQWUROOHUVKDOOFRPHFRPSOHWHZLWKDQHP
H %DWWHU\9ROWDJH EHGGHGZHESDJHZKLFKDOORZVYLHZLQJRIWKH
I ,QWHUQDO%RDUG9ROWDJH FRQWUROOHUV
FXUUHQWVWDWXVGDWDYDOXHVSUR
J 7UDQVIRUPHU2XWSXW9ROWDJH JUDPPHGVHWSRLQWVDQGGRZQORDGDEOHKLVWRU\
K &XUUHQW7UDQVIRUPHU2XWSXWV + $)DLOWR6WDUWDODUPVKDOORFFXULIWKHHQJLQH
L 3UHVVXUH7UDQVGXFHU&DOLEUDWHG GRHVQRWVWDUWDIWHUWKHFUDQNF\FOH
6HWWLQJV , $VHTXHQWLDOVWDUWWLPHU ZHHNO\WHVWWLPHU DQG
M ,QSXW6WDWXV $&)DLOXUH6WDUWWLPHUVKDOOEHSURYLGHGDV
N 5HOD\ 6WDWXV VWDQGDUG
'LVSOD\ODVWPHVVDJHVVFUHHQWKDWZLOOGLV - 7KHFRQWUROOHUVKDOOEHVXSSOLHGZLWKLQWHUORFN
SOD\DWOHDVWWKHODVW DODUPVPHV DQGVKXWGRZQFLUFXLWVDVVWDQGDUG$IODVKLQJ
VDJHVVWRUHG LQWKHFRQWUROOHUV
PHPRU\ JUHHQ/('VKDOOLQGLFDWHDQLQWHUORFNRQFRQGL
'LVSOD\XSWRWHQFXVWRPPHVVDJHVRI WLRQ
XSWRFKDUDFWHUVHDFKZKLFKZLOOFRQWLQ
XDOO\VFUROODFURVVWKHIRXUWKOLQHRIWKHGLV
SOD\

Features
. :KHUHVKXWGRZQRIWKHSXPSVGXHWRORZVXF ( 7KHIXWXUHUHOD\VVKDOOEHVHOHFWDEOHEDVHGRQ

WLRQSUHVVXUHLVUHTXLUHGLWVKDOOEHDFFRP WKHIROORZLQJFULWHULD
SOLVKHGZLWKRXWWKHDGGLWLRQRIDVHSDUDWHSDQHO 2XWSXWEDVHGRQDPLQLPXPRIIRUW\
RUHQFORVXUH7KH/&'GLVSOD\VKDOOLQGLFDWHORZ SUHGHWHUPLQHGDODUPVFRQWUROOHUVWDWXVRUD
VXFWLRQVKXWGRZQ5HVHWWLQJRIWKHFRQGLWLRQ FXVWRPLQSXW
VKDOOEHDXWRPDWLFRUPDQXDODVVHOHFWHGE\WKH /DWFKHGXQWLOUHVHW
XVHU (QHUJL]HGXQGHUQRUPDOFRQGLWLRQV
/ 0HDQVVKDOOEHSURYLGHGWRWHVWWKHRSHUDWLRQRI 2QRURIIGHOD\WLPHURQWKHRXWSXW
DOO/('¶VWRHQVXUHWKHLUIXQFWLRQDOLW\ 9. Manufacturer
7. Programming Menu $ 7KHFRQWUROOHUVKDOOEHPLFURSURFHVVRUEDVHG
$ 7KHSURJUDPPLQJPHQXVKDOOKDYHWKHDELOLW\WR DVPDQXIDFWXUHGE\(DWRQ,QGXVWULHV &DQDGD
HQDEOHDQHQWU\SDVVZRUG &R
% 7KHSURJUDPPLQJPHQXVKDOOEHOLPLWHGWRWZR
OHYHOVRISDVVZRUGSURWHFWLRQ
& 7KHFRQWUROOHUVKDOOKDYHWKUHHODQJXDJHVDV
DVWDQGDUG(QJOLVK)UHQFKDQG6SDQLVKZLWK
WKHDELOLW\WRDGGDIRXUWKODQJXDJH
' 7KHSURJUDPPLQJPHQXVKDOOEHJURXSHGLQWR
PDLQPHQXKHDGLQJVDVIROORZV
5HJLRQDO6HWWLQJV
3UHVVXUH6HWWLQJV
7LPHU9DOXHV
,QSXW2XWSXW0HQX
6\VWHP&RQILJXUDWLRQSDVVZRUGSURWHFWHG
/DQJXDJH
0DLQ0HQX3DVVZRUG
8. Custom Inputs/Outputs
$ 7KHFRQWUROOHUVKDOOFRPHVWDQGDUGZLWKQLQH
FXVWRP LQSXWVWZR SURJUDPPDEOH /('LQGL
FDWRUVDQGWZR IXWXUHRXWSXWVZLWKWKHDELOLW\
WRDGGXSWRDQRWKHURXWSXWVYLDRSWLRQDOUHOD\
ERDUGV
% 7KHXVHUVKDOOEHDEOHWRSURJUDPWKHIXWXUHLQ
SXWVRXWSXWVDQGRSWLRQDOUHOD\VWKURXJKWKH
PDLQSURJUDPPLQJPHQX
& 7KHLQSXWVVKDOOEHVHOHFWDEOHEDVHGRQWKHIRO
ORZLQJFULWHULD
8VHUVHOHFWHGPHVVDJHRUWZHQW\IRXU
SUHGHWHUPLQHGPHVVDJHV
(QHUJL]HWKHFRPPRQDODUPUHOD\ZKHQWKH
LQSXWLVUHFHLYHG
/LQNWRDIXWXUHUHOD\DQGRU/('LQGLFDWRU
$ODUPODWFKHGXQWLOUHVHW
1RUPDOO\RSHQRUFORVHGLQSXW
2QGHOD\WLPHU
(QHUJL]HWKHEX]]HUZKHQWKHLQSXWLVUH
FHLYHG
' 7KH/('LQGLFDWRUVVKDOOEHVHOHFWDEOHEDVHGRQ
WKHIROORZLQJFULWHULD
,QGLFDWLRQEDVHGRQDPLQLPXPRIIRXUWHHQ
SUHGHWHUPLQHGDODUPVRUDFXVWRPLQSXW

Customer Technical Offer

Customer SALVAVIDAS DE C.A.S.A. Size / Stages /
Item number 003 Pump speed
Customer reference Quote number QS-20-5032
Pump
Qty Description
1 Vertical Turbine Fire Pump 12M
COS
Conditions of service
Flow: 750 USgpm (170 m3/h)
Pressure required at flange: 135 psi (9.31 bar)
Pump Speed: 1770 RPM
Maximum lift: 21.17 ft. (6.45 m.)
Bowl pressure: 144.16 psi (9.94 bar)
Overall Length: 285.04 in (23.75 ft. / 7.24 m.)
UL Listed: Yes
FM Approved: Yes
Elevation: 2624.67191601 ft. (800 m.)
Ambient temp: 110°F (43.33°C)
Pump BHP: 112 Hp
Overall length confirmation: Confirming overall length of pump is 285.04 in (23.75 ft. / 7.24 m.) as measured from the bottom of the soleplate to
the bottom of the suction strainer.
Fire pump configuration
Pump
Vertical pump module
Bowl assembly: 4 stage, 12M
Basket Strainer: Bronze
Discharge head: 16.5" X 6", "D"
Discharge head rating: 250 Lb.
Threaded column: Length 5 Ft., Size 8"
Open line shaft: Length 5 Ft., Size 1-1/4"
Total column: Length 18.94 Ft.
Fittings module: Discharge pressure gauge & 2" Automatic air release valve
Additional Column and Line shaft
Additional 5 Foot column
Additional 10 Foot column
Shipping assembled pumps
Shipping Assembled Pump
Shipping Assembled Pumps: Yes
Driver
Qty Description
1 Driver
Driver type
Is pump discharge pressure less than 80psi at 150% of rated flow?: No
Will the pump discharge water temperature be greater than 100° F?: No
Engine: Clarke JU6H-UFD0 144HP 2100rpm 12V, Heat exchanger cooled, Emission level Tier 1
Cooling loop adders: Standard cooling loop
Engine Kit number: KIT F4105
Driver options
Available HP: 125.33
Water jacket heater / Battery charger voltage: 115 Volt
Drive shaft: CDS20-SC UL Driveshaft w/ Flange & Guard
Battery type: Lead acid
Engine battery volt: 12 Volt DC
SALVAVIDAS DE C.A.S.A. · 75 metros norte de Pedregal · San Antonio de Belen, Heredia
phone: (506) 22931248 · · www.salvavidascr.com
Driver
Qty Description
Engine frequency operation: 60 Hz
Gear drive
Qty Description
1 Driver
Gear box
Gear box: Randolph G125, 6:5 - Includes non-reverse ratchet
Gear box shipping: Ship from factory
Fire Pump Controller

Qty Description
1 Fire pump controller
Fire pump controller
Fire pump controller: Eaton FD120
Battery Voltage: 12V
Fire pump controller - alarm and indicators
Controller voltage: 115 Volt AC
Standard status LED's
Engine run
Remote start
Low pressure
Interlock on
Deluge valve
Standard alarm LED's
Battery 1 failure
Battery 2 failure
Charger 1 failure
Charger 2 failure
Speed switch fault
ECM selector in ALT position
Fuel injection malfunction
Low suction pressure
Fail to start
High engine temperature
Low oil pressure
Engine overspeed
Low fuel
Standard output relays
Engine run
Low fuel
Auto mode
Common alarm
Future 1
Future 2
Fire pump controller - additional option selections
Battery Type: Lead acid
Enclosure: NEMA Type 2
Space heater: No
Pressure transducer: 0-600 PSI for fresh water
Pressure transducer mounting: Externally mounted
Floor Stand: 18" height
Louver contacts: No
Fuel level switch: None

Fire Pump Controller

Qty Description
Language: Spanish
Jockey Pump
Qty Description
1 Jockey pump
Pump and Motor
Pump type: Submersible
Flow rate: 7.5 USgpm
TDH: 145 psi: 145.0 psi
JP Details: L20P4GH, 60 Hz, 2 Hp.
Frequency: 60 Hz
Phase: Three
Motor Voltage: 460 Volt
Jockey pump motor: 3-Wire Motor, 50/60 Hz, 3 Ph, 380/460 Volt, 2 Hp, without magnetic starter
Watson McDaniel relief valve: 1/2"
Jockey Pump Controller

Qty Description
1 Jockey pump
Controller
JP controller details: Eaton Model XTJP-G05, Across-The-Line, 440-480V, 3 Phase, 50/60 Hz, 2 Hp
Manufacturer: Eaton
Starting method: Across-The-Line
Voltage: 460 V
Horsepower: 2Hp
Jockey pump controller options
Pressure transducer rating: 0-500 psi - Fresh water
System Accessories
Qty Description
1 Driver Accessories
Diesel engine
Muffler: Residential grade
Fuel tank: Single wall, 187 US gallon tank, 165 usable US gallons, NFPA 20 & UL 142 (per NFPA 20 & UL 142)
Fuel tank Diameter: 30 inches: 30
Accessories
System Accessories
Hose valve manifold: None
Angle type hose valves: 2.5", 3 valves
Ball drip valve: None
Main relief valve: 4", 250 lb, OCV valve Flow range (750 - 1000 US GPM)
Enclosed waste cone details: 4" X 8", waste cone
Vertical turbine water level kit: None
Engineering Tests
Qty Description
1 Testing and Certifications
Driver and Engineering Tests / SASO Compliance
Is any additional testing required?: Yes
Driver to be used for engineering tests: Calibrated test lab motor
Engineering tests
Certified performance test

Engineering Tests
Qty Description
Performance test of Bowl Assembly, non-witnessed
Hydrostatic test of Bowl and Head, non-witnessed
Weight, Freight, Boxing

Qty Description
1 Fire pump weight: 1427 lb / 647.28 kg
Additional 5ft column weight: 173 lb / 78.47 kg
Additional 10ft column weight: 317 lb / 143.79 kg
Driver weight: 2360 lb / 1070.48 kg
Muffler weight: 5 lb / 2.27 kg
Fuel tank weight: 361 lb / 163.75 kg
Fire pump controller weight: 250 lb / 113.4 kg
Gear box weight: 360 lb / 163.29 kg
Jockey pump weight: 13 lb / 5.9 kg
Jockey pump motor weight: 34 lb / 15.42 kg
Watson McDaniel relief valve weight: 2 lb / 0.91 kg
Jockey pump controller weight: 0 lb / 0 kg
Angle type hose valve weight: 60 lb / 27.22 kg
Main relief valve weight: 150 lb / 68.04 kg
Waste cone weight: 85 lb / 38.56 kg
Total weight: 5584 lb / 2532.86 kg

CONTROLADOR DE EQUIPO DE
BOMBEO SECUNDARIO.
CONTROLADOR DE BOMBA JOCKEY
BR081001EN Effective June 2015 Jockey Pump Controllers
Jockey Pump Controllers

Microprocessor Based with Color Touchscreen
Sealed Rotary Handle Color Touchscreen Display
Mechanism The JOCKEY Touch - Jockey Pump
The rotary handle mechanism can be Controllers are supplied with a micro-
padlocked in the OFF position. processor based, color touchscreen.
The touchscreen display allows the
XT Power Controls user to monitor and program func-
The JOCKEY Touch - Jockey Pump tions and values.
Controllers incorporate Eaton’s XT Pressure input is provided by a
Power Controls which are designed 4-20mA pressure sensor.
for the global marketplace. The XT
controls carry global ratings, are
Product Description small in size and are available in a
ACROSS THE LINE wide variety of operating voltages.
They are easy to install and maintain, Technical Data
JOCKEY PUMP CONTROLLERS due to their modular, plug-in design.
The JOCKEY Touch - Jockey Pump
Universal Supply Voltage ACROSS-THE-LINE (Direct On Line)
Controllers operate across-the-line.
Full voltage is applied to the motor The controllers will auto-detect three JOCKEY PUMP CONTROLLERS
for starting by the use of a single phase voltage supply from 200VAC
Line Voltage
motor starter. Starting inrush current to 600VAC, 50/60Hz and single phase
is approximately 600% of rated full from 110VAC to 240VAC, 50/60Hz, 200-208V 220-240V 380-415V 440-480V 550-600V 120V-1Ph 240V-1Ph
load amperes. without the use of a control trans- Motor Horsepower
former. 1/3-20Hp 1/3-20Hp 1/3-40Hp 1/3-50Hp 1/3-50Hp 1/3-2Hp 1/3-5Hp
WYE-DELTA (Star-Delta) NEMA 2 Enclosures

JOCKEY PUMP CONTROLLERS Enclosures have an oven baked
When six or twelve-lead delta powder paint finish and are supplied WYE-DELTA (Star-Delta)
with NEMA 2 rating, unless otherwise
connected jockey pump motors JOCKEY PUMP CONTROLLERS
are started wye (star) connected, ordered. Available options include:
approximately 58% of line voltage NEMA 3R, 4, 4X, 12. Line Voltage
is applied to each winding. The 200-208V 220-240V 380-415V 440-480V 550-600V
motor develops 33% of full-voltage Programmable Functions
Motor Horsepower
starting torque and draws 33% of Inputs, Outputs, Timers and Virtual
1/3-40Hp 1/3-40Hp 1/3-50Hp 1/3-50Hp 1/3-50Hp
normal locked-rotor current from the LED’s are programmable via the (0.74-29.42Kw) (0.74-29.42Kw) (0.74-36.78Kw) (0.74-36.78Kw) (0.74-36.78Kw)
line. After an adjustable time delay touchscreen display.
(during which the motor accelerates),
it is reconnected for normal Starting Methods
operation. There are four methods of starting
the controller: Auto, Hand, Remote
Standards
Product Features Start and Pump Start. & Certification
Diagnostics / Statistics The JOCKEY Touch - Jockey Pump
Combination Motor Controllers Eight diagnostics and seven statistics Controllers meet the requirements of
All JOCKEY Touch parameters can be monitored. the latest edition of NFPA 20 as well
controllers are as meeting CE mark requirements.
supplied with Alarm Setpoints They meet or exceed the require-
EATON combination Four alarm setpoints can be pro- ments of UL 508 [Underwriters
motor controllers, grammed from the Alarm Setpoints Laboratories (UL)] and are approved
which combine the sub-menu. by [Canadian Standards Association
circuit breaker and (CSA)].
overload in one
device.
BR081001EN Effective June 2015 Jockey Pump Controllers
© 2015 Eaton Eaton Industries Canada Company

All Rights Reserved 10725 25th Street NE #124
Printed in Canada Calgary, AB T3N0A4
Publication No. BR081001EN Canada
June 2015 www.chfire.com
VALVULERIA Y ACCESORIO DEL
ARBOL DE DESCARGA.
Modelo 108FC (Esférica) / 108FCA (Angular)
VALVULA DE VÁLVULA DE ALIVIO PARA BOMBA DE INCENDIO
El modelo 108FC alivia automáticamente el exceso de presión de descarga en la
ALIVIO bomba de incendio para evitar que la presión exceda el rango de los compo-
nentes del sistema de incendios.
CARACTERÍSTICAS DE LA SERIE
Limita la presión máxima de descarga de la bomba.

Se abre rápidamente; mantiene la presión dentro de límites cercanos.
Ajustable 60-180 psi o 100-300 psi.
Válvula principal operada por un piloto.
La presión es ajustable mediante un solo tornillo.
Probada en fábrica y configurada según sus requisitos.
Las bombas de turbina verticales y centrífugas divididas poseen
clasificación UL y están aprobadas por la Mutual de Fábricas.
Tamaños de 3 a 8 pulgadas, patrón esférico o angular.
Bridas ANSI clase 300, clase 300 y 300 de entrada x 150 de salida
Amplia gama de materiales disponibles.
Modelo 108FCA
FUNCIONAMIENTO DIAGRAMA
Este piloto, normalmente cerrado y activado por un resorte, al detectar
la presión de descarga de la bomba, se abre cuando la presión excede
la configuración del resorte, permitiendo que la válvula principal se
abra. A medida que la presión de la bomba aumenta, el piloto controla
la válvula principal para que esta continúe abriéndose. La presión se
mantiene en el punto de ajuste controlado a lo largo de una amplia
gama de flujos, sin importar la presión residual de la tubería descen-
dente. La válvula se cierra en forma gradual a medida que las presiones
descienden por debajo del punto de ajuste.
COMPONENTES
El Modelo 108FC consiste en los siguientes componentes, organizados
como se muestra en el diagrama esquemático:
1) Válvula Básica de Control Modelo 65 (se muestra el patrón angu-
lar), una válvula de operación hidráulica y activación por diafragma,
esférica o angular, que se cierra con un sellado de elastómero sobre
INSTALACIÓN TÍPICA
metal.
2) Piloto de Despresurización Modelo 1330FC, una válvula piloto de
dos vías, cerrada bajo condiciones normales, que percibe la presión
ascendente bajo su diafragma y la balancea contra una carga elástica
ajustable. Un aumento en la presión ascendente tiende a causar la
abertura del piloto.
3) Eyector Modelo 126, una simple conexión en T con un orificio fijo
en su puerto de entrada. Brinda la presión adecuada a la cámara del
diafragma de la válvula principal dependiendo de la posición del piloto
de despresurización.
4.) Válvula de Verificación Modelo 141-1, que evita que la válvula se
abra bajo una condición de vacío que puede suceder con una bomba
de turbina vertical.
5.) Filtro en Y Modelo 159, El filtro protege al sistema piloto contra
contaminantes sólidos en el fluido de la línea.
6.) Manómetro
7.) Indicador Visual Modelo 155 (opcional), permite al usuario deter-
minar la posición de operación de las válvulas.
MEDIDAS
Las válvulas de alivio para
TAMAÑO DE LA VÁLVULA FLUJO MÁXIMO DE BOMBA, GPM CONFIGURACIÓN DE PRESIÓN MÁXIMA, PSI
3" 500 300 (UL) 175 (FM)
bombas de incendio tienen un 4" 1000 300 (UL) 175 (FM)
tamaño de acuerdo a los lin- 6" 2500 300 (UL) 175 (FM)
eamientos de NPFA 20, y se 8" 5000 175 (UL & FM)
basan en el flujo de la bomba.
LÍNEA GRATUITA 1.888.628.8258 teléfono: (918)627.1942 fax: (918)622.8916 7400 E. 42nd Pl., Tulsa, OK 74145
correo electrónico: sales@controlvalves.com sitio web: www.controlvalves.com
Desempeño Global. Toque Personal.. MODIFICADO: 01/13/10

MEDIDAS
ESFÉRICA- 3", 4", 6", 8" ESPECIFICACIONES
ANGULAR - 3", 4", 6", 8" La válvula de alivio para bomba de incendio deberá funcionar para limitar la presión de descarga de
GAMA DE RESORTES la bomba.
60-175 psi estándar para UL / FM DISEÑO
100-300 psi estándar para UL, La válvula deberá ser una válvula esférica o angular con un asiento único, operada por la presión de
tamaños de 3, 4 y 6 pulgadas, clase línea, controlada por un piloto y activada por un diafragma. La válvula deberá estar sellada por
300 y 300 x 150 medio de un asiento resistente a la corrosión y un disco de asiento rectangular y elástico. Estas y
RANGO DE TEMPERATURA otras partes podrán ser reemplazadas sin remover la válvula de la línea. El vástago de la válvula
(Elastómeros Buna-N) principal deberá ser guiado arriba y abajo por bujes integrales. La alineación del cuerpo, la tapa y el
32° F - 180°F ensamble del diafragma deberá ser realizada con pasadores de precisión. El diafragma no podrá ser
MATERIALES utilizado como una superficie de asiento, de la misma forma en que los pistones no serán utilizados
Cuerpo/Tapa: como medios operativos. El sistema piloto deberá estar completo e instalado en la válvula principal,
-Hierro dúctil ASTM A536-recubier- y deberá incluir un filtro en Y y un manómetro montado en la tapa. La válvula deberá ser probada a
to con epoxy (estándar) nivel funcional e hidrostático previo a su embarque.
-Acero fundido ASTM A216 WCB - MATERIALES DE CONSTRUCCIÓN
recubierto con epoxy El cuerpo y la tapa de la válvula principal deberán ser de hierro dúctil, por ASTM A536, grado 65-
-Acero Inoxidable ASTM A743 CF8M 45-12 (para otros materiales, vea MATERIALES). Todas las superficies ferrosas internas deberán
-Aleación de Bronce Aluminio de estar recubiertas con 4 mis. de epoxy. Las superficies externas deberán estar recubiertas con 4 ml.
Níquel ASTM B148 C95800 de epoxy, seguido por una capa de pintura de esmalte color rojo vivo. El anillo de asiento de la
válvula principal deberá ser de bronce de acuerdo a ASTM B61 (para otros materiales vea MATERI-
Anillo de asiento: ALES). Los elastómeros (diafragmas, asientos elásticos y anillos tóricos) deberán ser Buna-N. El
-Bronce (estándar) piloto de control deberá ser de bronce ASTM B61 (para otros materiales vea MATERIALES). La
-Acero Inoxidable ASTM A743CF8M tubería de la línea de control deberá ser de cobre (para otros materiales vea MATERIALES).
(opcional) PRODUCTOS ACEPTABLES
-Aleación de Bronce Aluminio de La válvula de alivio para la bomba de incendios deberá ser un Modelo 108FC (esférica) o 108FCA
Níquel ASTM B148 C95800 (angular), con clasificación UL y/o aprobada por la Mutual de Fábricas, con un tamaño según NFPA
(opcional) 20 y como las producidas por OCV Control Valves, Tulsa, OK, USA.
Vástago:
Acero inoxidable (estándar), Monel DIMENSIONES DE USA (PULGADAS) DIMENSIONES MÉTRICAS (MILÍMETROS)
Resorte: DIM BRIDAS 3 4 6 8 DIM BRIDAS DN80 DN100 DN150 DN200
Acero inoxidable 150# 12 15 17 3/4 25 3/8 150# 305 381 451 645
Diafragma: A 300# 12 3/4 15 5/8 18 5/8 26 3/8 A 300# 324 397 473 670
Buna-N con refuerzo de nylon 300#X150# 12 3/4 15 5/8 18 5/8 26 3/8 300#X150# 324 397 473 670
Disco de Asiento: C 150# 6 7 1/2 10 12 11/16 C 150# 152 191 254 322
Buna-N ANGULAR 300# 6 3/8 7 13/16 10 1/2 13 3/16 ANGULAR 300# 162 198 267 335
Piloto: 300#X150# 6 3/8 7 13/16 10 12 11/16 300#X150# 162 198 254 322
-Bronce Fundido (estándar) D 150# 4 5 1/2 6 8 D 150# 102 140 152 203
-Acero Inoxidable ASTM A743CF8M ANGULAR 300# 4 3/8 5 13/16 6 1/2 8 1/2 ANGULAR 300# 111 148 165 216
(opcional) 300#X150# 4 3/8 5 13/16 6 1/2 8 1/2 300#X150# 111 148 165 216
-Aleación de Bronce Aluminio de E TODOS 6 1/2 8 10 11 7/8 E TODOS 165 203 254 302
Níquel ASTM B148 C95800 F TODOS 3 7/8 3 7/8 3 7/8 6 3/8 F TODOS 98 98 98 162
(opcional) H TODOS 11 12 13 14 H TODOS 279 305 330 356
Tubería y accesorios:
-Cobre/metal (estándar),
-Acero inoxidable (opcional)
Para una máxima eficiencia, la válvula de con-

trol OCV debe ser montada en un sistema de
tuberías de manera tal que la tapa (cubierta) de
la válvula se encuentre en la posición superior.
Otras posiciones son aceptables, pero puede
que no permitan el máximo y más seguro fun-
cionamiento de la válvula. En particular, por
favor consulte con la fábrica antes de instalar
válvulas de 8 pulgadas o mayores, o cualquier
válvula con un interruptor de límite, en posi-
ciones diferentes a las descritas. Debe tener en
cuenta el espacio al instalar válvulas y sus sis- Representado por:
temas pilotos. QUALITY SYSTEM
REGISTERED TO
Es necesario que un técnico calificado establez- ISO 9001:2000
ca y lleve a cabo un programa de mantenimien-
to e inspección de rutina una vez al año.
Consulte con nuestra fábrica al 1-888-628-
8258 para información sobre partes y servi-
cios.
Cómo ordenar su válvula
Número de serie - Tamaño de válvula - Esférica
o Angular - Tipo de presión - Bridada - Material
de los bordes - Rango de ajuste - Opciones de
piloto - Necesidades especiales / o requisitos
de instalación.
LÍNEA GRATUITA 1.888.628.8258 teléfono: (918)627.1942 fax: (918)622.8916 7400 E. 42nd Pl., Tulsa, OK 74145
correo electrónico: sales@controlvalves.com sitio web: www.controlvalves.com
MODIFICADO: 01/13/10 Desempeño Global. Toque Personal..

SENSOR DE FLUJO EN ARBOL
VSR-S
Vane Type Waterflow Alarm
Switch With Retard
Features
• Assembled in USA
• 0-90 second field replaceable time delay retard
• Easy to read retard time delay adjustment knob
• Fits 1” to 2” CPVC, copper, brass, or iron pipe
• Comes with all necessary paddles
• Two SPDT (form C) contacts
• Weatherproof
• Easy to read wire terminal designations
• 5 year warranty
CAUTION
Waterflow switches that are monitoring wet pipe sprinkler systems
shall not be used as the sole initiating device to discharge AFFF,
deluge, or chemical suppression systems. Waterflow switches used
for this application may result in unintended discharges caused by
surges, trapped air, or short retard times.
Important: This document contains important information on the installation and operation of the VSR-S waterflow switches. Please read all instructions
carefully before beginning installation. A copy of this document is required by NFPA 72 to be maintained on site.
Description Technical Specifications
The Model VSR-S is a vane type waterflow switch for use on wet Service Pressure 300 PSI (20,68 BAR) - UL
sprinkler systems that use 1” (25mm), 1¼” (32mm), 1½” (38mm) or 2”
10 GPM (38 LPM)
(50mm) pipe size. The unit may also be used as a sectional waterflow To ensure minimum flow of 10 gpm, a minimum pressure is
detector on large systems. Flow Required for required at all sprinklers with a k-factor of 3 or less.
Alarm
K-3: 10 PSI
The unit contains two single pole double throw snap action switches
K-2.8: 12 PSI
and an adjustable, instantly recycling pneumatic retard. The switches
are actuated when a flow of 10 gallons per minute (38 LPM) or more Maximum Surge 18 FPS (5,5 m/s)
occurs downstream of the device. The flow condition must exist for a Enclosure Die-cast, red powdercoat finish
period of time necessary to overcome the selected retard period. Two sets of SPDT (Form C)
10.0 Amps at 125/250VAC
Contact Ratings
Enclosure 2.0 Amps at 30VDC Resistive
10 mAmps min. at 24VDC
The VSR-S switches and retard device are enclosed in a general Two 1/2” conduit connections provided. Individual switch
Conduit Entrances
purpose, die-cast housing. The cover is held in place with two tamper compartments suitable for dissimilar voltages.
resistant screws which require a special key for removal. A field Listed plastic, copper, schedule 40 iron pipe and unlisted riser
installable cover tamper switch is available as an option which may assemblies approved by Potter .
Fits pipe sizes - 1”, 1¼”, 1½” and 2”
be used to indicate unauthorized removal of the cover. See bulletin Usage Note: 12 paddles are furnished with each unit, one for each pipe
number 5401103 for installation instructions of this switch. size of threaded and sweat TEE, one for 1” CPVC, one for 1”
CPVC (Central), one for 1” threaded Nibco CPVC, and one for
1½” threaded (Japan).
• NEMA 4/IP65 Rated Enclosure suitable for indoor or
Environmental outdoor use with factory installed gasket and die-cast housing when
• Installation must be performed by qualified personnel Specifications used with appropriate conduit fitting.
and in accordance with all national and local codes and • Temperature Range: 40°F - 120°F, (4.5°C - 49°C) - UL
ordinances. Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13
• Shock hazard. Disconnect power source before servicing. One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D
Serious injury or death could result. Service Use
Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R
• Risk of explosion. Not for use in hazardous locations. Serious National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72
injury or death could result.
*Specifications subject to change without notice.
Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 800-325-3936 • www.pottersignal.com
5401206 - REV H • 05/19 page 1 OF 6

VSR-S
Switch With Retard
Installation
These devices may be mounted in horizontal or vertical pipe. On horizontal pipe they should be installed on the top side of the pipe where they will
be accessible. The units should not be installed within 6” (15cm) of a fitting which changes the direction of the waterflow or within 24” of a valve or
drain. Select the proper paddle for the pipe size and type of TEE used see Fig. 2 for instructions on changing paddle. The unit has a 1” NPT bushing for
threading into a TEE. See Fig. 1 for proper TEE size, type and installation. Use no more than three wraps of teflon tape.
Screw the device into the TEE fitting as shown in Fig. 1. Care must be taken to properly orient the device for the direction of waterflow.
The vane must not rub the inside of the TEE or bind in any way. The stem should move freely when operated by hand.
The device can also be used in copper or plastic pipe installations with the proper adapters so that the specified TEE fitting may be installed on the pipe
run.
Note: Do not leave cover off for an extended period of time.
Do not trim the paddle. Failure to follow these instructions may prevent the device from operating and will void the warranty. Do not obstruct or otherwise
prevent the trip stem of the flow switch from moving when water flows as this could damage the flow switch and prevent an alarm. If an alarm is not
desired, a Flowswitch Bypass Switch should be used (refer to Potter data sheet 5401554), or a qualified technician should disable the alarm system.
Fig 1 Retard Adjustment

OPTIONAL COVER TAMPER SWITCH The delay can be adjusted by rotating the retard adjustment knob from
0 to the max setting (60-90 seconds). The time delay should be set at
the minimum required to prevent false alarms.
Paddle Selection
Fig 2
DIRECTION OF
WATER FLOW
MOUNT SO ARROW ON
BUSHING POINTS IN
DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW
DWG# 737-31
1” NPT THREADED
FITTING ON ALL SIZES There are 12 paddles furnished with each unit. One for each size of
threaded, sweat or plastic TEE as described in Fig. 3. These paddles
RUN OF THE TEE MAY BE have raised lettering that shows the pipe size and type of TEE that
THREADED OR SWEAT PIPE they are to be used with. The proper paddle must be used. The paddle
must be properly attached (see drawing) and the screw that holds the
paddle must be securely tightened. Do not trim the paddle.
DIRECTION OF
WATERFLOW Note: For National Fire Products risers, use paddle marked SWEAT
DWG# 802-30A for corresponding size riser.
5401206 - REV H • 05/19 page 2 OF 6

VSR-S
Switch With Retard
TEE Specifications Cover Tamper Switch Wiring

Screw the fitting into the TEE fitting as shown in Fig. 3. Fig 4
Fig 3 (Shown with cover in place)
1 11/16”
APPROX.
(43MM)
C N.O. N.C.
(WHT) (RED) (BLK)
DWG# 8810018-2
Switch Terminal Connections

DEPTH
Clamping Plate Terminal
Fig 5
DWG# 735-33
The depth to the inside bottom of the TEE should have the following
dimensions:
Approximate Depth Requirement
Tee Size Threaded Sweat CPVC
1" x 1" x 1" 2 1/16" 1 3/4" 2 7/16"
1 1/4" x 1 1/4" x 1" 2 7/16" 2 7/16" N/A
1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 1" 2 11/16" 2 1/4" N/A

An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped
2" x 2" x 1" 3 3/16" 2 3/4" N/A around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire
must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in
the event that the wire become dislodged from under the terminal.
Failure to sever the wire may render the device inoperable risking
severe property damage and loss of life.
Use only factory TEE’s with a 1” NPT bull. Threaded bushings, Do not strip wire beyond 3/8” of length or expose an uninsulated
reducing bushings, mechanical TEE’s and weld-o-lets are not conductor beyond the edge of the terminal block. When using
allowed unless they comply with the dimensions listed in the chart stranded wire, capture all strands under the clamping plate.
in Fig. 3 and have been factory approved by Potter. Apply teflon
tape to the 1” NPT fitting. Do not use more than three wraps of
teflon tape. Do not use any other type of sealant.
5401206 - REV H • 05/19 page 3 OF 6

VSR-S
Switch With Retard
Typical Electrical Connections

Fig 6 CONNECTOR
BELL
NEUTRAL FROM
BREAKER NEUTRAL FROM BELL
LOAD TO BELL
BREAKER
LINE FROM BREAKER

EOL (End Of Line Resistor)
NOTE:
When connecting to a UL Listed
control panel, use the panel’s
resistor value for circuit supervision.
CAUTION
The VSR-S does not require power to operate. Do not connect AC power directly to the terminals as this will damage the switch.
The terminals are for switching power to an indicating appliance such as a bell or strobe. Similar to how a light switch is used to switch power to a
light. The terminals can also be used to connect to a fire/security panel.
Notes:
1. The Model VSR-S has two switches, one can be used to operate a central station, proprietary or remote signaling unit, while the other contact is
used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator.
2. For supervised circuits, see “Switch Terminal Connections Clamping Plate Terminal” drawing and warning note (Fig. 5).
Fig 7 Testing
Break out thin section of cover when wiring both switches from one The frequency of inspection and testing for the Model VSR-S and its
conduit entrance. associated protective monitoring system should be in accordance with
applicable NFPA Codes and Standards and/or the authority having
jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently).
If provided, the inspector’s test valve shall always be used for test
purposes. If there are no provisions for testing the operation of the
flow detection device on the system, application of the VSR-S is not
recommended or advisable.
A minimum flow of 10 GPM (38 LPM) is required to activate this device.
Please advise the person responsible for testing of the fire

protection system that this system must be tested in accordance
with the testing instructions. Do not obstruct or otherwise prevent
the trip stem of the flow switch from moving when water flows as
this could damage the flow switch and prevent an alarm. If an alarm
is not desired, a Flowswitch Bypass Switch should be used (refer to
Potter data sheet 5401554), or a qualified technician should disable
the alarm system.
DWG# 1206-2
5401206 - REV H • 05/19 page 4 OF 6

VSR-S
Switch With Retard
Mounting Dimensions
Fig 8
3.50" 5.56"
(89.0 mm) (141.2 mm)
GROUND SCREWS
2.00"
(50.8 mm)
2.34"
(59.4 mm)
4.89"
(52.3 mm)
1"-11 1/2 NPT
Maintenance DWG# 1206-5
Inspect detectors monthly for leaks. If leaks are found, replace the detector. The VSR-S waterflow switch should provide years of trouble-free service. The
retard and switch assembly are easily field replaceable. In the unlikely event that either component does not perform properly, please order replacement
retard switch assembly stock number 1029030. There is no maintenance required, only periodic testing and inspection. Vane type watearflow switches
have a normal service life of 10-15 years. However, the service life may be significantly reduced by local environmental conditions.
Vane-Type Waterflow Switch for Small Pipe Specification

UL, CUL Listed, LPCB Approved and CE Marked vane type waterflow switches shall be furnished and installed at each sprinkler system connection to
the wet pipe main where indicated on the drawings and plans and as required by applicable local and national codes and standards. The device shall consist
of a 1” NPT threaded brass bushing for installation into tees and approved manifolds, gasket and non-corrosive vane and trip stem assembly as well as
a field replaceable adjustable time delay / switch mechanism to prevent false alarms from water surges. All wetted parts of the waterflow switch shall be
non-corrosive to resist being affected by or contributing to corrosion. The waterflow switch enclosures shall be NEMA 4 rated and the cover shall be held
captive by tamper resistant screws. It shall be possible to install an optional cover tamper switch to detect removal of the enclosure. The field replaceable
instantly recycling adjustable pneumatic retard shall provide a 0-90 second time delay and visual indication of activation. Expiration of the retard time shall
result in the simultaneous operation of two sets of single pole double throw (SPDT) switch contacts rated at 10A, 125VAC and 2A, 30VDC. Each switch
contact shall have a separate wiring chamber and separate conduit entrance to comply with the NEC requirements for separation of power limited and non
power limited conductors without the need for special wire or wire methods. The device shall be listed for pressures up to 300 psi, maximum water surges of
18 fps and alarm activation by a continuous flow of 10gpm. The device shall be Listed for installation on CPVC, brass, copper and iron tees and manifolds
from 1” - 2” size. The waterflow switch shall be a model VSR-S manufactured by Potter Electric Signal Company LLC.
5401206 - REV H • 05/19 page 5 OF 6

VSR-S
Switch With Retard
Retard/Switch Assembly Replacement
The Retard/Switch Assembly is field-replaceable without draining the system or removing the waterflow switch from the pipe
1. Make sure the fire alarm zone or circuit connected to the waterflow switch is bypassed or otherwise taken out of service.
2. Disconnect the power source for local bell (if applicable).
3. Identify and remove all wires from the waterflow switch.
4. Remove the (2) mounting screws holding retard/switch assembly to the base. Do not remove the (2) retard housing screws.
5. Remove the retard assembly by lifting it straight up over the tripstem.
6. Install the new retard assembly. Make sure the locating pins on the retard/switch assembly fit into the locating pin bosses on the base.
7. Re-install the (2) original mounting screws.
8. Reconnect all wires. Perform a flow test and place the system back in service.
Fig 9 REMOVE (2) ORIGINAL MOUNTING BREAK OUT THIN SECTION OF COVER
SCREWS HOLDING RETARD/SWITCH WHEN WIRING BOTH SWITCHES (2) ORIGINAL MOUNTING
ASSEMBLY TO BASE FROM ONE CONDUIT ENTRANCE. SCREWS
RETARD/SWITCH ASSEMBLY
(2) LOCATING PINS
(2) LOCATING PIN

BOSSES IN BASE
DO NOT REMOVE
(2) RETARD HOUSING
SCREWS
BASE
Removal of Waterflow Switch Ordering Information

• To prevent accidental water damage, all control valves should be Model Description Stock Number
shut tight and the system completely drained before waterflow
detectors are removed or replaced. VSR-S WATER FLOW
VSR-S 1144440
INDICATOR
• Turn off electrical power to the detector, then disconnect wiring.
• Use a wrench on the flats of the bushing. Turn the switch Replaceable Components: Retard/Switch Assembly, stock no. 1029030
counterclockwise to disengage the pipe threads. Paddle Tree, stock no. 5559001
• Gently lift with your fingers, roll the vane so it will fit through Paddle Retention Screw, stock no. 5490374
the hole while continuing to lift the waterflow detector. Optional Components: Cover Tamper Switch, stock no. 0090148
• Lift detector clear of pipe. FSBS - Flowswitch Bypass Switch , stock no.
3001006
DG-B-R Surface Mount Double Gang Box -
Red F/ FSBS, stock no. 1000484
5401206 - REV H • 05/19 page 6 OF 6

SISTEMA CONTRA INCENDIO
0686ES Septiembre 2014
Válvula para prueba y drenado ISO ISO OHSAS
Serie A61 9001
0006/7
14001
0032A/3
18001
0064L/1
Datos Técnicos VALVULAS EN

• Presión nominal: 300 psi
CABEZAL DE
Materiales
• Cuerpo en latón forjado DESCARGA.
• Esfera de latón cromado
• Maneral de acero
• Asientos para la válvula en PTFE
• Disco de indicaciones en latón
• Mirilla en cristal de policarbonato
Aprobaciones
LISTED
36Y7
A61 A61
Hembra x Hembra Ranura x Ranura
Dimensiones
A61 - HEMBRA NPT x HEMBRA NPT
Descripción
Lá válvula para prueba y drenado A61 de Giacomini para sistemas de C
rociado combina las funciones de probar y drenar para sistemas húmedos.
Las válvulas A61 tienen cuerpo de latón forjado con esfera de latón
cromado y asientos de PTFE. Las válvulas cumplen con los requerimientos H
B
de NFPA-13, NFPA-13R y NFPA-13D. Las A61 son válvulas de esfera con
D
un solo maneral con tres posiciones útiles. They include tamper resistant
test orifice and sight glass for the visual control.
Versiones y códigos de producto A

Serie Medida Tipo
Medida C (tapón) Puerto A B C D H
1”
NPT 1” 1/4” 1 1/16” 5 1/32” 2 43/64” 5 11/32” 4 27/64” 1 57/64”
1 1/4” (F)
x 1 1/4” 1/4” 1 1/16” 5 1/32” 2 43/64” 5 11/32” 4 27/64” 1 57/64”
A61 2” NPT
(F) 2” 1/4” 1 12/16” 6 6/32” 4” 6 26/32” 6 21/64” 2 40/64”
1 1/4” Ranura
x
2” Ranura A61 – RANURA X RANURA
Orificio de prueba
C
Medida de Válvula Medida Factor K
3/8” 2,8 H H
B
7/16” 4,2
1” D
1/2” 5,6
17/32” 8,0
3/8” 2,8
7/16” 4,2
A
1/2” 5,6
Medida C (tapón) Puerto A B C D H
1 1/4”
17/32” 8,0
1 1/4” 1/4” 1 1/16” 6 13/32” 2 43/64” 5 11/32” 4 27/64” 1 1/4” ranura
5/8” 11,2
2” 1/4” 1 12/16” 7 17/32” 4” 6 26/32” 6 21/64” 2” ranura
3/4” 14,0
7/16” 4,2
1/2” 5,6
Especificaciones de producto
17/32” 8,0 A61
5/8” 11,2 Válvula de prueba y drenado para sistemas húmedos de rociadores. Cumple con
2“ los requerimientos de NFPA-13, NFPA-13R y NFPA-13D y está aprobada por
3/4” 14,0
FM y listada por UL.
15/16” 16,8 - Rosca NPT 1”- 1 1/4”- 2”
15/64” 22,4 - Conexiones ranuradas 1 1/4”- 2”
- Cuerpo de latón forjado
19/64” 25,2
- Esfera de latón cromado
- Asientos de PTFE
- Válvula de mineral sencillo con tres posiciones de trabajo
- Orificio de prueba resistente a manipulación con mirilla
1
Válvula mariposa FireLock®
Serie 705 con actuador resistente al clima 10.81-SPAL
UNA VALVULA VA EN EL ARBOL Y

OTRA EN EL RISER CLASE III.
1.0 DESCRIPCIÓN DEL PRODUCTO

• Tamaños disponibles: 2 – 12"/50 – 300 mm
• Listado por cULus, listado por LPCB, aprobado por FM y VdS para servicios de hasta 300 psi/2068 kPa /20 bar.
• Diseñado solo para servicios de protección contra incendios.
• Incluye una carcasa de actuador resistente al clima Aprobado para uso interior y exterior.
• Opciones de actuadores: Volante (2 – 12”/50 – 300 mm)
• Exclusivo para uso con tuberías y productos Victaulic que incluyan extremos formados con perfil de ranura
Victaulic Original Groove System (OGS, vea la sección 7.0 para materiales de referencia).
G410001 104j/04
NOTAS
• Consulte los detalles en la ficha técnica 10.01 de Victaulic
SIEMPRE CONSULTE LAS NOTIFICACIONES AL FINAL DE ESTE DOCUMENTO ACERCA DE LA INSTALACIÓN,

EL MANTENIMIENTO Y EL RESPALDO DEL PRODUCTO.
Sección de Párrafo
Sistema Nº Ubicación especificaciones
Propuesto por Fecha Aprobado Fecha
victaulic.com
1
victaulic.com
Presiones de servicio aprobadas/clasificadas
Válvula mariposa Serie 705
Tamaño cULus FM VdS LPCB

2
hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa n/d hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa
50
2½
65
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
165.1 mm hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa n/d hasta 300 psi/2.068 kPa
8
200
10
250
12
300
3.0 ESPECIFICACIONES – MATERIALES

Cuerpo: Hierro dúctil conforme a ASTM A-536, Clase 65-45-12
Cara de extremo, 2 – 6”/50 – 150 mm: Hierro dúctil conforme a ASTM A-536, Clase 65-45-12
Retenedor de sello, 8 – 12”/200 – 300 mm: Hierro dúctil conforme a ASTM A-536, Clase 65-45-12
Revestimiento del cuerpo: Esmalte alquídico negro
Disco: Hierro dúctil conforme a ASTM A-536, Clase 65-45-12, con revestimiento de niquelado químico conforme
a ASTM B-733
Asiento: EPDM Clase “E”
Vástagos: Acero inoxidable 416 conforme a ASTM A-582
Cartucho de sello de vástago: Latón C36000
Rodamientos: Acero inoxidable con revestimiento de tetrafluoroetileno (TFE)
Sellos de vástago: EPDM
Anillo de retención del vástago: Acero al carbón
Actuador:
2 – 8"/50 – 200 mm: Tuerca corrediza de latón o bronce en tornillo guía de acero, en carcasa de hierro dúctil
10 – 12"/250 – 300 mm: Engranaje helicoidal de acero con cuadrantes de hierro fundido en carcasa de hierro fundido
victaulic.com 2
victaulic.com
4.0 DIMENSIONES
Serie 705
ØH
F J
G E A D
Tamaño Dimensiones
Diámetro
exterior De E a E DIA
Nominal real A B C D E F G H J
pulgadas pulgadas pulgadas pulgadas pulgadas pulgadas pulgadas pulgadas pulgadas pulgadas pulgadas
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
2 2.375 4.25 2.28 6.41 4.00 4.22 4.50 2.12
– –
60.3 60.3 108.0 57.9 162.8 101.6 107.2 114.3 53.8
2 1/2 2.875 3.77 2.28 7.54 4.00 4.22 4.50 1.77
– –
73 73.0 95.8 57.9 191.5 101.6 107.2 114.3 45.0
3.000 3.77 2.28 7.54 4.00 4.22 4.50 1.77
76.1 mm – –
76.1 95.8 57.9 191.5 101.6 107.2 114.3 45.0
3 3.500 3.77 2.53 7.79 4.50 4.22 4.50 1.77
– –
88.9 88.9 95.8 64.3 197.9 114.3 107.2 114.3 45.0
4.250 4.63 2.88 8.81 5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20
108 mm – –
108.0 117.6 73.2 223.8 139.7 107.2 114.3 55.9
4 4.500 4.63 2.88 8.81 5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20
– –
114.3 114.3 117.6 73.2 223.8 139.7 107.2 114.3 55.9
5.250 5.88 3.35 10.88 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58
133 mm – –
133.0 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.5
5.500 5.88 3.35 10.88 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58
139.7 mm – –
139.7 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.6
5 5.563 5.88 3.35 10.88 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58
– –
141.3 141.3 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.5
6.250 5.88 3.84 11.38 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 2.58
159 mm –
159.0 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5
6.500 5.88 3.84 11.38 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 2.58
165.1mm –
165.1 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5
6 6.625 5.88 3.84 11.38 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 1.90
–
168.3 168.3 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 48.3
8 8.625 5.33 5.07 13.53 0.80 1.47 10.00 6.19 8.10 2.33
219.1 219.1 135.4 128.8 343.6 20.3 37.3 254.0 157.2 205.7 59.2
10 10.750 6.40 6.37 15.64 1.41 1.81 12.25 8.10 9.00
–
273 273.0 162.6 161.8 397.3 35.8 46.0 311.2 205.7 228.6
12 12.750 6.50 7.36 16.64 2.30 2.80 14.25 8.10 9.00
–
323.9 323.9 165.1 186.9 422.7 58.4 71.1 362.0 205.7 228.6
NOTA
• Grifo opcional disponible de ½”/15 mm. Consulte los detalles con Victaulic.
victaulic.com 3
victaulic.com
5.0 RENDIMIENTO
Serie 705
La siguiente tabla muestra la resistencia a la fricción de la válvula de mariposa Victaulic Serie 705 y su correspondiente
equivalencia en pies/metros de tubería recta.
Tamaño Diámetro Equivalente

nominal exterior
pulgadas pulgadas Pies/m
mm mm de tubería
2 2.375 6
50 60.3 1.8
2 1/2 2.875 6
65 73.0 1.8
3.000 6
76.1 mm
76.1 1.8
3 3.500 7
80 88.9 2.1
4 4.500 8
100 114.3 2.4
8
108 mm 108 mm
2.4
5 5.563 12
125 141.3 3.7
12
133 mm 133 mm
3.7
5.500 12
139.7 mm
139.7 3.7
6 6.625 14
150 168.3 4.2
14
159 mm 159 mm
4.3
6.500 14
165.1 mm
165.1 4.2
8 8.625 16
200 219.1 4.9
10 10.750 18
250 273.0 5.5
12 12.750 19
300 323.9 5.8
victaulic.com 4
victaulic.com
5.1 RENDIMIENTO
Serie 705
En la siguiente tabla se indican los valores CV para un flujo de agua a +60°F/+16°C a través de una válvula
completamente abierta.
Para ver más detalles, consulte con Victaulic.
Fórmulas para valores Cv Fórmulas para valores Kv
∆P = Q2 En que: En que:
Cv2 Q = Flujo (GPM) Q = Caudal (m3/hr)
∆P = Disminución de presión (psi) ∆P = Disminución de presión (en bar)
Q = Cv x ∆P Cv = Coeficiente de flujo Kv = Coeficiente de flujo
Tamaño de la válvula Completamente abierta Tamaño de la válvula Completamente abierta

Diámetro Diámetro
Tamaño exterior Tamaño exterior
nominal real Coeficiente de flujo nominal real Coeficiente de flujo
pulgadas pulgadas Cv pulgadas pulgadas Kv
mm mm mm mm
2 2.375 2 2.375
170 147
50 60.3 50 60.3
2 1/2 2.875 2 1/2 2.875
260 225
65 73.0 65 73.0
3.000 3.000
76.1 mm 260 76.1 mm 225
76.1 76.1
3 3.500 3 3.500
440 380
80 88.9 80 88.9
4 4.500 4 4.500
820 710
100 114.3 100 114.3
108 mm 108 mm 820 108 mm 108 mm 710
5 5.563 5 5.563
1200 1040
125 141.3 125 141.3
133 mm 133 mm 1200 133 mm 133 mm 1040
5.500 5.500
139.7 mm 1200 139.7 mm 1040
139.7 139.7
6 6.625 6 6.625
1800 1560
150 168.3 150 168.3
159 mm 159 mm 1800 159 mm 159 mm 1560
6.500 6.500
165.1 mm 1800 165.1 mm 1560
165.1 165.1
8 8.625 8 8.625
3400 2940
200 219.1 200 219.1
10 10.750 10 10.750
5800 5020
250 273.0 250 273.0
12 12.750 12 12.750
9000 7790
300 323.9 300 323.9
victaulic.com 5
victaulic.com
6.0 NOTIFICACIONES
ADVERTENCIA
• Lea y comprenda todas las instrucciones antes de instalar, retirar, ajustar o dar mantenimiento a cualquier
producto Victaulic para tuberías.
• Despresurice y drene el sistema de tuberías antes de instalar, retirar, ajustar o dar mantenimiento a cualquiera
de los productos para tuberías de Victaulic.
• Use gafas, casco y calzado de seguridad.
Si no sigue estas instrucciones, existe riesgo de un accidente mortal o lesiones personales graves y daños materiales.
Interruptor y cableado
1. El interruptor de supervisión incluye dos
CAJA DE EMPALME
interruptores unipolares de dos posiciones cableados CON CLASIFICACIÓN UL
de fábrica. CONDUCTO
2. La capacidad nominal de los interruptores es:

10 A a 125 o 250 VCA/60 Hz ½" NPT
CONECTORES
DE CONDUCTO
0.50 A a 125 VCC
TUERCAS PARA ALAMBRE
0.25 A a 250 VCC
3. Los interruptores supervisan la válvula en la posición
CIRCUITO DE SUPERVISIÓN
“ABIERTA”. DEL PANEL DE CONTROL
AL RESISTOR DE FIN DE LÍNEA,
O AL INDICADOR SIGUIENTE
DE LA ALARMA CONTRA
5. Un interruptor tiene dos cables aislados #18 por INCENDIOS
N.C. N° COM.
terminal, que permiten una supervisión completa CAPACIDAD DE
de los conductores (vea los diagramas y notas CONTACTO DEL
INTERRUPTOR: S1
a continuación). El segundo interruptor posee un 10A A 125 Y 250VCA,
0.5A A 125 VCC,
cable aislado #18 por terminal. Este doble circuito 0.25A A 250 VCC
S2 CAMPANILLA
proporciona flexibilidad para operar dos dispositivos FUENTE DE VOLTAJE
O BOCINA
eléctricos en ubicaciones separadas, como un

indicador luminoso y una alarma sonora, en el área Interruptor 1: 2 conductores por terminal
Interruptor 2: 1 conductor por terminal
donde está instalada la válvula.
6. Se incluye un conductor aislado #14 conectado NOTAS
a tierra (verde). • El diagrama anterior muestra una conexión entre la terminal común
(amarilla – S1 y la amarilla con franja anaranjada – S2) y la terminal
Interruptor #1 = S1 normalmente cerrada (azul – S1 y azul con franja anaranjada – S2).
Para la conexión al circuito de supervisión En este ejemplo, el indicador luminoso y la alarma se mantendrán activados
hasta que la válvula esté completamente abierta. Cuando la válvula está
de un panel de control de alarmas listado por UL completamente abierta, el indicador luminoso y la alarma se apagarán.
Interruptor #2 = S2 Corte los cables que no utilice (por ej. café con franja anaranjada).
• Sólo S1 (dos cables por terminal) se puede conectar al panel de control
Interruptor auxiliar que se puede conectar de la alarma de incendios.
a dispositivos auxiliares, conforme a los • La conexión del cableado del interruptor de alarma debe ajustarse a la
requerimientos de la autoridad competente norma NFPA 72 y la del interruptor auxiliar a la norma NFPA 70 (NEC).
S1
{ Normalmente cerrado: (2) Azul
Común: (2) Amarillo
{
Normalmente cerrado: Azul con franja anaranjada
S2 Normalmente abierto: Café con franja anaranjada
Común: Amarillo con franja anaranjada
victaulic.com 6
victaulic.com

10.01: Guía de Referencia de Aprobaciones Regulatorias
29.01: Términos y Condiciones/Garantía
I-100: Manual de Instalación en Campo
Responsabilidad del usuario en la selección y aptitud del producto Nota

Todos los usuarios asumen la responsabilidad última por tomar una determinación en cuanto Este producto debería ser fabricado por Victaulic o según las especificaciones de Victaulic.
a la aptitud de los productos Victaulic para una aplicación final en particular, de acuerdo con Todos los productos se instalarán de acuerdo con las últimas instrucciones de instalación
los estándares de la industria y las especificaciones de los proyectos, y con los códigos de y montaje de Victaulic. Victaulic se reserva el derecho de cambiar las especificaciones,
construcción vigentes y normativas relacionadas como también en función de las instrucciones diseños y equipamiento estándar de los productos sin aviso y sin incurrir en obligación alguna.
de funcionamiento, mantenimiento, seguridad y advertencias de Victaulic. Ninguna indicación Instalación
de este u otro documento, ni recomendación, consejo u opinión verbal de algún empleado de Siempre debería consultar el Manual de Instalación Victaulic o las instrucciones de instalación
Victaulic, deberá interpretarse como que modifica, varía, anula o descarta alguna disposición del producto que está instalando. Con cada despacho de productos Victaulic se incluyen
de las condiciones de venta estándares de Victaulic Company, la guía de instalación o esta manuales que contienen datos completos sobre la instalación y el montaje, disponibles
exención de responsabilidad. también en formato PDF en nuestro sitio web www.victaulic.com.
Derechos de propiedad intelectual Garantía
Ninguna declaración aquí contenida acerca del uso posible o sugerido de estos materiales, Consulte la sección Garantía de la Lista de Precios o contacte a Victaulic para más información.
productos, servicios o diseños implica, de manera directa o por interpretación, la cesión de alguna
licencia asociada a patentes o a derechos de propiedad intelectual de Victaulic o alguna de sus Marcas registradas
filiales o empresas afiliadas en lo que concierne al uso o diseño, ni constituye recomendación Victaulic y todas sus demás marcas son marcas comerciales o industriales registradas
de uso de dichos materiales, productos, servicios o diseños de manera que vulnere cualquier por Victaulic Company y/o sus entidades afiliadas en EE.UU. y/u otros países.
otra patente o derecho de propiedad intelectual. Los términos “patentado” o “con patente en
trámite” se refieren a patentes de diseño o utilidad o bien solicitudes de patentes para artículos
y/o métodos que se usan en Estados Unidos y/u otros países.
victaulic.com 7

DARC-051 Suministro e Instalacion Del Sistema Contraincendios.

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

DARC-051 Suministro e Instalacion Del Sistema Contraincendios.

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

INDICE DE ANEXOS.

ANEXO 1: TUBERIA Y ACCESORIOS PARA RED EXTERIOR DEL SISTEMA CONTRAINCENDIOS.

AWWA C900/IB PVC Pressure Pipe

North American Pipe Corporation’s AWWA C900

Our C900 pipe utilizes Rieber style gaskets throughout

Short Form Specification

Diameter Std.: Cast Iron Outside Diameter (CIOD)

Lay Length: 20' [6.1m]

Pipe Compound: ASTM D1784 Cell Class 12454

Pipe Joint Std.: ASTM D3139

Potable Waste- Reclaimed

*See Certification Letter for full explanation and list of exceptions.

AWWA C900/IB PVC Pressure Pipe

C900/IB PIPE DIMENSIONS & PERFORMANCE

AWWA C900/IB PVC Pressure Pipe

C900/IB PIPE DIMENSIONS & PERFORMANCE

Style 741 Style 741

1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph

Submitted By Date Approved Date

3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL

Draw Bolts/Nuts (14 – 24"/DN350 – DN600 only):

Shaded area of mating face must be free

Size Assembly Bolt/Nut2 Sealing Surface Dimensions Weight

Shaded area of mating face must be free

Size PN10 Flanges PN16 Flanges Sealing Surface Dimensions Weight

Shaded area of mating face must be free

Size Assembly Bolt/Nut2 Sealing Surface Dimensions Weight

Shaded area of mating face must be free

Size Assembly Bolt/Nut2 Sealing Surface Dimensions Weight

Shaded area of mating face must be free

Size Bolt/Nut Sealing Surface Dimensions Weight

Shaded area of mating face must be free

Size Assembly Bolt/Nut2 Sealing Surface Dimensions Weight

6.0 NOTIFICATIONS (Continued)

7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS

User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note

3"-48" FULL BODY MECHANICAL JOINT FITTINGS

MATERIAL: Cast Iron ASTM A48

MECHANICAL JOINT PLAIN END

BENDS, 1/4 (90 DEG)

BENDS, 1/8 (45 DEG)

BENDS, 1/16 (22.5 DEG)

BENDS, 1/32 (11 1/4 DEG)

Ductile Iron and Cast Iron TEES and CROSSES

Ductile Iron and Cast Iron TEES and CROSSES (Continued)

6 6 XMH66 116 8.0 10.5 .55 .55

4 4 XMF44 89 6.5 6.5 .52 .52

CMR/XMR CSPR/XSPR CLPR/XLPR

4 3 CMR43 XMR43 40 CSPR43 XSPR43 35 CLPR43 XLPR43 40 7 .52 .48

3 3 XMY33 60 10.0 3.0 10 .48 .48

42" and 48" lateral wyes are available on

CAPS AND PLUGS

C110 DUCTILE IRON MECHANICAL JOINT FITTINGS

C110 DUCTILE IRON MECHANICAL JOINT FITTINGS

• 250 PSI Water Working Pressure 30” - 48”.

SIGMA Corporation 700 Goldman Drive 800 999 2550 p www.sigmaco.com

WYES 45° LATERALS 11-12

REDUCERS: XMR, XSPR, XLPR, XPPR 9

SLEEVES: XMS, XML 11

CAPS AND PLUGS: XMK, XTK, XMP, XTP, XMMP 14

Weights in pounds, less accessories/Dimensions in inches

Member January 2019 SIGMA Corporation www.sigmaco.com 3

Issue Date 18-Feb-2014 Revision Date: 2-Aug-2017 Version 3

TSRN 0210 Proprietary Lubricity Enhancers 40 -‐50%